Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
5928 FARNSWORTH CT; ; FA130028; Permit
5/30/24,4:18 PM FA130028 Permit Data City of Carlsbad Fire Alarm Permit 5928 FARNSWORTH Job Address: CT Permit Type: FALARM Parcel No: 2120701000 Lot #: 0 Reference No.: Permit No: FA130028 Status: PENDING Applied 5/2/2013 Approved: Issued: PC #: Inspector: Project Title: CARLSBAD TECHNOLOGY LAUNDRY BUILDING T.I. Applicant: TYCO INTEGRATED SECURITY 3830 CALLE FORTUNADA SAN DIEGO, CA 760458-0161 Owner: MCR FARNSWORTH L L C 1808 ASTON AVE #180 CARLSBAD CA Fees ($) Add'I Fees ($) Total ($) Balance ($) 442 0 442 0 about:blank 1/1 UL Certificate of Compliance Cut Sheets and CSFM listings for: CARLSBAD TECHNOLOGY 5928 FARNSWORTH COURT CARLSBAD, CA 92008 c'w p's hin c het . it d k4 jnp.tcnlc' lt![!I!,IIiL I it; iPII1 it .LI'I. iiI 'iitlid'. iii It 11 k-C h IT I! Iii !.!I!T it 'l Ii!'. 1. fill., Il(CS IhI .u.i r -i..i'i a~f [licit :i: inci or ardillect Ii Still: I II iiipIiIIii -. iii said Lds and Millidalds. i..Itidifl! Ilic liiilding Lk It le of.ti! wly jjpIIsII!III i. ciic err'!'. mill ii neI iene III 11 Jew s Iieher ii 1101nieti in this res Ies 3 RcsILscr() RI-Ct )tfltENI) AI'1'ROVAI.. Rh(4 )MMEsI) •I'}'R( IV•.t. AS NOTED tqcu.. 3830 Calle Fortunada San Diego, CA 92123 (858) 654-3133 FA13 00 2 Applicant ID No: 100584-325 Service Center No 768 U Expires: 31-MAR-2014 J. JI çETIFIc,ATE OFCOMPLIANCE i ) lt THIS IS TO CERTIFY ttat the Alarm Service Company indicated beldw is included byUnderwritër J a Labor.ries lcULin itdProduct Direct6i as eligible to usethe UL Listg Mark in nhction wifhA Y/ Certificated Alarr Systems The onlyèvidence of compliance with UL'requirements ishe issyance of a /,':'UL Certifi6 for the Alarm S?steri and t1ie Certificate is cdrrent unde(UL's Certificate Verification Siiice' this Certificate does not apply in anyway to the communication channel between the p fin rotected propertyand tj any facility that monitors signals from the protected property unless the- ii use of a UL listed orClassifiedAlarm •. ans';ort Company ispecifid dntheCetifiète. -' - , \ /7- iE1h' ListedServiceFrom ' -- Alarm Service Company: (360682-221) '>. -- Service Center: (360682-221) . r- '\ 4rr U TYCOJNTEGRATED SECURITY LLC * \i f TYCO INTEGRATED SECURITY LLC1 R r 1 i4200EEXi'OSITlONAiE JJt t i1. 14200EEXPSITIONAVE )4 AURORA-CO 0012 i ê1i i u. ruui III VI.. wuipiuui, I I_II.a hi hJu u.#ui.Pvv..i LuuUI vh uI i . Fii - Vni Nn t(Ki1 I itinnt'tpntin, —-••-----p—•. t1i T r) % I (Protective. { Ion J - ,BP34192-- 5994 1839 [ (A Jj F.U ky;Si17 gnaling Serviàes) Centr \"_______ •h 1 \. L1I r ' '1((tiIJ 'r -'• 7 P wn vYp. vf' 1i --L L4 \ \ THIS CERTIFICATE EXPIRES ON 31MAR2014* \ \ / ?'iq d r i i • 'r p DK-FOR THE UL ALARM SYSTEMcERTIFIATE" - k — * - r ' \ n \'/ ' - r \/p \i/r11I J 9 tj)r { / ' % DF-60415:C MS-9200UDLS(E) Rev 2 Intelligent Addressable FACP with Built-In Communicator General The Fire•Lite MS-9200UDLS Rev 2 with Version 4.0 firmware is a combination FACP (Fire Alarm Control Panel) and DACT (Digital Alarm Communicator/Transmitter) all on one circuit board. This compact intelligent addressable control panel has an extensive list of powerful features. While the MS-9200UDLS Rev 2 may be used with an SLC configured in the CLIP (Classic Loop Interface Protocol) mode, it can also operate in LiteSpeedTM mode—Fire•Lite's latest polling technology—for a quicker device response time. LiteSpeed's patented technology polls 10 devices at a time. This improvement allows a fully-loaded panel with up to 198 devices to report an incident and activate the notification cir- cuits in under 10 seconds. With Litespeed polling, devices can be wired on standard twisted, unshielded wire up to a distance of 10,000 feet. The MS-9200UDLS Rev 2's quick-remove chassis protects the electronics during construction. The backbox can be installed allowing field wiring to be pulled. When construction is com- pleted, the electronics can be quickly installed with just two bolts. Available accessories include ANN-BUS devices as well as ACS LED, graphic and LCD annunciators, and reverse polar- ity/city box transmitter. The integral DACT transmits system status (alarms, superviso- ries, troubles, AC loss, etc.) to a Central Station via the public switched telephone network. It also allows remote and local programming of the control panel using the PS-Tools Upload/ Download utility. In addition, the control panel may be pro- grammed or interrogated off-site via the public switched tele- phone network. Any personal computer with Windows® XP or greater, a compatible modem, and PS-Tools, the Fire•Lite Upload/Download software kit, may serve as a Service Termi- nal. This allows download of the entire program or upload of the entire program, history file, walktest data, current status and system voltages. The panel can also be programmed through the FACP's keypad or via a standard PS-2 computer keyboard, which can be plugged directly into the printed circuit board. This permits easy typing of address labels and other programming information. Version 4.0 firmware supports the following: ANN-bus devices, AD355 (LiteSpeed), USB port, NAC circuit diagnostics, a new report has been added to the walk-test that lists untested devices, new device types added: audio telephone type code for ACC 25/50ZST, Photo Supervisory and auto-resettable Drill (non-latching). The FireWatch Series internet monitoring modules IPDACT-2 and IPDACT-2UD permit monitoring of alarm signals over the Internet saving the monthly cost of two dedicated business telephone lines. Although not required, the secondary tele- phone line may be retained providing backup communication over the public switched telephone line. NOTE: Unless otherwise specified, the term MS-9200UDLS is used in this document to refer to both the MS-9200UDLS and the MS-9200UDLS(E) FACPs (Fire Alarm Control Panels). (a Fire LITGALS by Honeywell Features Listed to UL standard 864, 9th edition. On-board DACT. Remote site or local USB port upload/download, using PS- Tools. Four Style V (Class B) or two Class A (Style Z) NAC cir- cuits. (Up to 6.0 amps total NAG power when using optional XRM-24B.) Selectable strobe synchronization for System Sensor, Wheelock, and Gentex devices. Remote Acknowledge, Silence, Reset and Drill via address- able monitor modules or LCD-80F, ANN-80 or ACS Annun- ciators. ANN-BUS for connection to following optional modules (cannot be used if ACS annunciators are used): - ANN-80(-W) Remote LCD Annunciator - ANN-I/O LED Driver - ANN-S/PG Printer Module - ANN-RLY Relay Module - ANN-LED Annunciator Module - ANN-RLED Annunciator Module alarms only ACS/TERM: -ACS Annunciators: Up to 32 ACM Series annunciators (ACM-16AT or ACM-32 series). Cannot be used if ANN- BUS devices are used. -Terminal-mode Annunciators: Up to 32 LCD-80F remote annunciators. EIA-222 printer/PC interface (variable baud rate) on main circuit board, for use with optional UL-listed printer PRN-6F. Integral 80-character LCD display with backlighting. DF-60415:C • 12/17/2009 - Page 1 of 6 Real-time clock/calendar with automatic daylight savings control. Detector sensitivity test capability (NFPA 72 compliant). History file with 1,000-event capacity. Maintenance alert warns when smoke detector dust accu- mulation is excessive. Automatic device type-code verification. One person audible or silent walk test with walk-test log and printout. Point trouble identification. Watertlow (nonsilenceable) selection per monitor point. System alarm verification selection per detector point. PAS (Positive Alarm Sequence) and presignal delay per point (NFPA 72 compliant). NOTE: Only detectors may participate in PAS. SLC LOOP: SLC can be configured for NFPA Style 4, 6, or 7 operation. SLC supports up to 198 addressable devices per loop (99 detectors and 99 monitor, control, or relay modules). SLC loop maximum length 10,000 ft. (3,000 m.). See installation manual for wire tables. NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE CIRCUITS (NACS): Four onboard NACs with additional NAC capability using output control modules (CMF-300 or CMF-300-6). The four Class B NACs can be converted to two Class A NACs with NACKEY (included). Silence Inhibit and Auto Silence timer options. Continuous, March Time, Temporal or California code for main circuit board NACs with two-stage capability. Selectable strobe synchronization per NAC. 2.5 amps maximum per each NAC circuit. NOTE: Maximum 24VDC system power output is shared among all NAC circuits and 24VDC special-application auxiliary power outputs. Total available output is 3.0 amps. Using the optional XRM-248 transformer increases 24VDC output to 6.0 amps. PROGRAMMING AND SOFTWARE: Autoprogram (learn mode) reduces installation time. Custom English labels (per point) may be manually entered or selected from an internal library file. Three Form-C relay outputs (two programmable). 99 software zones. Continuous fire protection during online programming at the front panel. Program Check automatically catches common errors not linked to any zone or input point. OFFLINE PROGRAMMING: Create the entire program in your office using a Windows®-based software package (order programming kit PS-Tools, separately). Upload/ download system programming locally to the MS- 9200UDLS(E) Rev 2 in less than one minute. USB programming with standard Male-A to Male-B cable. User interface LED INDICATORS AC Power (green) Fire Alarm (red) Supervisory (yellow) Alarm Silenced (yellow) System Trouble (yellow) Maintenance/Presignal (yellow) Disabled (yellow) Battery Fault (yellow) Ground Fault (yellow) KEYPAD CONTROLS Acknowledge/Step Alarm Silence Drill System Reset (lamp test) 16-key alpha-numeric pad (similar to telephone keypad) 4 cursor keys Enter Product Line Information MS-9200UDLS Rev 2: 198-point addressable Fire Alarm Con- trol Panel, one SLC loop. Includes 80-character LCD display, single printed circuit board mounted on chassis, and cabinet. 120 VAC operation. MS-9200UDLSE Rev 2: Same as MS-9200UDLS Rev 2, except with 240 VAC operation. 4XTMF Reverse Polarity Transmitter Module: Provides supervised output for local energy municipal box transmitter, alarm, and trouble. PK-CD: Contains PS-Tools Programming software for Win- dows®-based PC computer (cable not included). DP-9692: Optional dress panel for MS-9200UDLS Rev 2. TR-CE: Trim Ring for semi-flush mounting. BB-26: Battery backbox, holds up to two 25 AH batteries and CHG-75. BB-55F: Battery box, houses two 55 AH batteries. CHG-75: Battery charger for lead-acid batteries with a rating of 25 to 75 AK. CHG-120F: Remote battery charging system for lead-acid bat- teries with a rating of 55 to 120 AH. Requires additional BB- 55F for mounting. BAT Series: Batteries, see data sheet DF-52397. XRM-24B(E): Optional transformer. Increases system power output to 6.0 amps. Use XRM-24BE with MS-9200UDLS Rev 2(E). PRT/PK-CABLE: Cable printer/personal computer interface cable; required for printer or for local upload/download pro- gramming. PRN-6F: UL listed compatible event printer. Uses tractor-fed paper. IPDACT-212UD, IPDACT Internet Monitoring Module: Mounts in bottom of enclosure with optional mounting kit (PN IPBRKT). Connects to primary and secondary DACT tele- phone output ports for internet communications over customer provided ethernet internet connection. Requires compatible Teldat VisorALARM Central Station Receiver. Can use DHCP or static IR (See data sheet df-60407 or df-52424 for more information.) IPBRKT: Mounting kit for IPDACT-2/2UD in common enclo- sure. IPSPLT: V-adaptor option allows connection of both panel dialer outputs to one IPDACT-2/2UD cable input. COMPATIBLE ANNUNCIATORS ANN-80(-W): LCD Annunciator is a remote LCD annunciator that mimics the information displayed on the FACP LCD dis- Page 2 of 6— DF-60415:C • 12/17/2009 play. Recommended wire type is un-shielded. (Basic model is red; order -w version for white; see DF-52417.) ANN-LED: Annunciator Module provides three LEDs for each zone: Alarm, Trouble and Supervisory. Ships with red enclosure (see DF-60241). ANN-RLED: Provides alarm (red) indicators for up to 30 input zones or addressable points. (See DF-60241). ANN-RLY: Relay Module, which can be mounted inside the cabinet, provides 10 programmable Form-C relays. (See DF-52431.) ANN-S/PG: Serial/Parallel Printer Gateway module pro- vides a connection for a serial or parallel printer. (See DF- 52429.) ANN-I/O: LED Driver Module provides connections to a user supplied graphic annunciator. (See DF-52430.) ACM-SRF: Relay module provides 8 Form-C 5.0 amp relays. ACS-LED Zone Series: LED-type fire annunciators capa- ble of providing up to 99 software zones of annunciation. Available in increments of 16 or 32 points to meet a variety of applications. LDM Graphic Series: Lamp Driver Module series for use with custom graphic annunciators. LCD-80F (Liquid Crystal Display) point annunciator: 80-character, backlit LCD-type fire annunciators capable of displaying English-language text. NOTE: For more information on Compatible Annunciators for use with the MS-9200UDLS Rev 2, see the following data sheets (document numbers) ACM-817F (DF-51555), ACS/ ACMSeries (DF-52378), LDM Series (DF-51384), LCD-80F (DF-52185). DF-60415:C • 12/17/2009 - Page 3 of 6 LITESPEED COMPATIBLE ADDRESSABLE DEVICES All feature a polling LED and rotary switches for address- ing. CP355: Addressable low-profile ionization smoke detec- tor. SD355: Addressable low-profile photoelectric smoke detector. SD355T: Addressable low-profile photoelectric smoke detector with thermal sensor. H355: Fast-response, low-profile heat detector. H355R: Fast-response, low-profile heat detector with rate- of-rise option. H355HT: Fixed high-temperature detector that activates at190F/88C. AD355(A): Low-profile, intelligent, "Adapt" multi-sensor detector (13350LP base included). BEAM355: Intelligent beam smoke detector. BEAM355S: Intelligent beam smoke detector with integral sensitivity test. D350PL: Photoelectric low-flow duct smoke detector. D350RPL: Photoelectric low-flow duct smoke detector with relay option. DNR(A): Innovair Flex low-flow non-relay duct-detector housing. (Order SD355 separately.) DNRW: Innovair Flex low-flow non-relay duct-detector housing, with NEMA-4 rating. Watertight. (Order 5D355 separately.) MMF-300: Addressable Monitor Module for one zone of nor- mally-open dry-contact initiating devices. Mounts in standard 4.0" (10.16 cm.) box. Includes plastic cover plate and end-of- line resistor. Module may be configured for either a Style B (Class B) or Style D (Class A) IDC. MDF-300: Dual Monitor Module. Same as MMF-300 except it provides two Style B (Class B) only lDCs. MMF-302-6: Six-zone interlace module for compatible conven- tional two-wire detectors. Mount one or two modules in a 1313- 2F cabinet (optional). Mount up to six modules on a CHS-6 chassis in a BB-6F. CMF-300-6: Six-circuit supervised control module. Mount one or two modules in a BB-2F cabinet (optional). Mount up to six modules on a CHS-6 chassis in a BB-6F. MMF-301: Miniature version of MMF-300. Excludes LED and CRF400-6: Six Form-C relay control module. Mount one or Style D option. Connects with wire pigtails. May mount in two modules in a BB-2F cabinet (optional). Mount up to six device backbox. modules on a CHS-6 chassis in a BB-6F. MMF-302: Similar to MMF-300, but may monitor up to 20 con- ventional two-wire detectors. Requires resettable 24 VDC power. Consult factory for compatible smoke detectors. CMF-300: Addressable Control Module for one Style Y/Z (Class B/A) zone of supervised polarized Notification Appli- ances. Mounts directly to a 4.0" (10.16 cm.) electrical box. Notification Appliance Circuit option requires external 24 VDC to power notification appliances. CRF-300: Addressable relay module containing two isolated sets of Form-C contacts, which operate as a DPDT switch. Mounts directly to a 4.0" (10.16 cm.) box, surface mount using the SM13500. BG-12LX: Addressable manual pull station with interface mod- ule mounted inside. 1300: Fault Isolator Module. This module isolates the SLC loop from short circuit conditions (required for Style 6 or 7 opera- tion). SMB500: Used to mount all modules except the MMF-301 and M301. MMF-300-10: Ten-input monitor module. Mount one or two modules in a BB-2F cabinet (optional). Mount up to six mod- ules on a CHS-6 chassis in a BB-6F. NOTE: I) For more information on Compatible Addressable Devices for use with the MS-9200UDLS Rev 2, see the following data sheets (document numbers): AD355 (DF-52386), BG-I2LX (DF-52013), CMF-300-6 (DF-52365), CRF-300-6 (DF-52374), CMF/CRF Series (DF-52130), CP355 (DF-52383), D350PU D35ORPL (DF-52398), H355 Series (DF-52385), 1300 (DF-52389), MMF-300 Series/MDF-300 (DF-52121), MMF-300-10 (DF-52347), MMF-302-6 (DF-52356), 5D355/SD355T (DF-52384). 2) Legacy 300 Series detection devices such as the CP300/CP350, SD300(T)/SD350(7) and older modules such as the M300, M301, M302, C304, and BG-10LX are not compatible with LiteSpeed polling. If the SLC contains one of these devices, polling must be set for standard LiteSpeed protocol. Please consult factory for fur- ther information on previous 300 Series devices. Wiring Requirements While shielded wire is not required, it is recommended that all SLC wiring be twisted-pair to minimize the effects of electrical interference. Wire size should be no smaller than 18 AWG (0.78 mm2) and no larger than 12 AWG (3.1 mm2). The wire size depends on the length of the SLC circuit. Refer to the panel manual for wiring details. Page 4 of 6— DF-60415:C • 12/17/2009 DF-60415:C • 12/17/2009— Page 5 of 6 SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS System Capacity Intelligent Signalling Line Circuits.......................................1 Addressable device capacity..........................................198 Programmable software zones.........................................99 ACS Annunciators............................................................32 ANN-bus devices................................................................8 Electrical Specifications AC Power: MS-9200UDLS Rev 2:120 VAC, 60 Hz, 3.0 amps. MS-9200UDLS Rev 2E: 240 VAC, 50 Hz, 1.5 amps. Wire size: minimum 14 AWG (2.00 mm2) with 600 V insulation. Battery: Two 12 V 18AH lead-acid batteries. Battery charger capacity: 7- 18 AH. MS-9200UDLS Rev 2 cabinet holds maximum of two 18 AH batteries. Communication Loop: Supervised and power-limited. Notification Appliance Circuits: Each terminal block pro- vides connections for two Style V (Class B) or one Style Z (Class A) for a total of four Style V (Class B) or two Style Z (Class A) NACs. Maximum signaling current per circuit: 2.5 amps. End-of-Line Resistor: 4.71K ohm, 1/2 watt (PIN 71252 UL listed) for Style Y (Class B) NAC. Refer to panel documen- tation and Fire-Lite Device Compatibility Document for listed compatible devices. Two Programmable Relays and One Fixed Trouble Relay: Contact rating: 2.0 amps @ 30 VDC (resistive), 0.5 amps @ 30 VAC (resistive). Form-C relays. Special Application Power (24 VDC Nominal): Jumper selectable (JP4) for conversion to resettable power output Up to 0.3 amps total DC current available from each output. Power-limited. Four-Wire Resettabie Special Application Smoke Detector Power (24 VDC nominal): Up to 0.3 amps for powering four- wire smoke detectors. Power-limited. Refer to the Fire•Lite Device Compatibility Document for listed compatible devices. Remote Sync Output: Remote power supply synchronization output. Nominal special application power: 24 VDC. Maximum current: 40 mA. End-of-Line Resistor: 4.7K ohm. Output linked to NAG 1 control. Supervised and power-limited. Telephone Interface: Unless used with Teldat VISORALARM, requires dedicated business telephone number with a mini- mum of 5 volts DC (off-hook voltage). Obtain dedicated phone line directly from your local phone company. Do not use shared phone lines or PBX (digital) type phone line extensions. Cabinet Specifications Door: 19.26" (48.92 cm.) high x 16.82" (42.73 cm.) wide x 0.12' (.30 cm.) deep. Backbox: 19.00" (48.26 cm.) high x 16.65° (42.29 cm.) wide x 5.20" (13.34 cm.) deep. Trim Ring (TR-CE): 22.00' (55.88 cm.) high x 19.65' (49.91 cm.) wide. Shipping Specifications Weight: 26.9 lbs. (12.20 kg.) Dimensions: 20.00" (50.80 cm.) high x 22.5" (57.15 cm.) wide x 8.5" (21.59 cm.) deep. Temperature and Humidity Ranges This system meets NFPA requirements for operation at 0- 49°C/32 - 120°F and at a relative humidity 93%* 2% RH (noncondensing) at 32°C ± 2°C (90°F ± 30F). However, the useful life of the systems standby batteries and the electronic components may be adversely affected by extreme tempera- ture ranges and humidity. Therefore, it is recommended that this system and its peripherals be installed in an environment with a normal room temperature of 15- 27°C/60 - 80°F NFPA Standards The MS-9200UDLS Rev 2 complies with the following NFPA 72 Fire Alarm Systems requirements: - LOCAL (Automatic, Manual, Waterflow and Sprinkler Supervisory). - AUXILIARY (Automatic, Manual and Waterflow) (requires 4XTMF). - REMOTE STATION (Automatic, Manual, Waterflow and Sprinkler Supervisory) (Where a DACT is not accepted, the alarm, trouble and supervisory relays may be con- nected to UL 864 listed transmitters. For reverse polarity signaling of alarm and trouble, 4XTMF is required.) - PROPRIETARY (Automatic, Manual, Waterflow and Sprinkler Supervisory). - CENTRAL STATION (Automatic, Manual, Waterflow and Sprinkler Supervisory). - OT, PSDN (Other Technologies, Packet-switched Data Network) Agency Listings and Approvals The listings and approvals below apply to the basic MS- 9200UDLS Rev 2 control panel. In some cases, certain mod- ules may not be listed by certain approval agencies, or listing may be in process. Consult factory for latest listing status. UL: S624 FM approved CSFM: 7165-0075:208 MEA: 120-06-E UteSpeedTM is a trademark; and FireLite® Alarms is a registered trademark of Honeywell International Inc. Microsoft® and Windows® are registered trademarks of the Microsoft Corporation. ©2009 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this document is strictly prohibited. This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. ISO 9001 We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. 93~. We cannot cover all specific applications or anticipate all requirements. milmnammmim All specifications are subject to change without notice. QUALITY SYSTEMS Made in the U.S. A. For more information, contact Fire4ite Alarms. Phone: (800) 627-3473, FAX: (877) 699-4105. www.firelite.com Page 6 of 6— DF-60415:C • 12/17/2009 J RreifferALarms PN: 52750:EI ECN 09-062 by Honeywell Addressable Fire Alarm Control Panel MSm920OUDLS MSm920OUDLSE IMPORTANT! The SLC Manual Document #51309 must be referenced in addition to this manual when installing or servicing the Fire Alarm Control Panel. Document #52750 01/27109 RevIsion. Fir • Al u L1m1 t While a fire alarm system may Ioer in" urace rates, it is not a substitute for fire insurance! An automatic fire alarm system—typically made up of smoke detectors, heat detectors, manual pull stations, audible warning devices, and a fire alarm control panel with remote notification capability—can provide early warning of a developing fire. Such a system, however, does not assure protection against property damage or loss of life resulting from a fire. The Manufacturer recommends that smoke and/or heat detectors be located throughout a protected premise follow- ing the recommendations of the current edition of the National Fire Protection Association Standard 72 (NFPA 72), manufacturer's recommendations, State and local codes, and the recommendations contained in the Guides for Proper Use of System Smoke Detectors, which are made available at no charge to all installing dealers. These docu- ments can be found at http:/www.systemsensor.com/htm!/ applicat.htmL A study by the Federal Emergency Manage- ment Agency (an agency of the United States government) indicated that smoke detectors may not go off in as many as 35% of all fires. While fire alarm systems are designed to provide early warning against fire, they do not guarantee warning or protection against fire. A fire alarm system may not provide timely or adequate warning, or simply may not function, for a variety of reasons: Smoke detectors may not sense fire where smoke cannot reach the detectors such as in chimneys, in or behind walls, on roofs, or on the other side of closed doors. Smoke detectors also may not sense a fire on another level or floor of a building. A second-floor detector, for example, may not sense a first-floor or basement fire. Particles of combustion or "smoke" from a developing fire may not reach the sensing chambers of smoke detectors because: Barriers such as closed or partially dosed doors, walls, or chimneys may inhibit particle or smoke flow. Smoke particles may become "cold," stratify, and not reach the ceiling or upper walls where detectors are located. Smoke particles may be blown away from detectors by air outlets. Smoke particles may be drawn into air returns before reaching the detector. The amount of "smoke" present may be insufficient to alarm smoke detectors. Smoke detectors are designed to alarm at various levels of smoke density. If such density levels are not created by a developing fire at the location of detectors, the detectors will not go into alarm. Smoke detectors, even when working properly, have sens- ing limitations. Detectors that have photoelectronic sensing chambers tend to detect smoldering fires better than flam- ing fires, which have little visible smoke. Detectors that have ionizing-type sensing chambers tend to detect fast-flaming fires better than smoldering fires. Because fires develop in different ways and are often unpredictable in their growth, neither type of detector is necessarily best and a given type of detector may not provide adequate warning of a fire. Smoke detectors cannot be expected to provide adequate warning of fires caused by arson, children playing with matches (especially in bedrooms), smoking in bed, and violent explosiofls(caused by escapinggas, improper stor- age of flammable materials, etc.). Heat detectors do not sense particles of combustion and alarm only when heat on their sensors increases at a predetermined rate or reaches a predetermined level. Rate-of-rise heat detectors may be subject to reduced sensitivity over time. For this reason, the rate-of-rise feature of each detector should be tested at least once per year by a qualified fire protection specialist. Heat detectors are designed to protect property, not life. IMPORTANT! Smoke detectors must be installed in the same room as the control panel and in rooms used by the system for the connection of alarm transmission wiring, communications, signaling, and/or power. If detectors are not so located, a developing fire may damage the alarm system, crippling its ability to report a fire. Audible warning devices such as bells may not alert people if these devices are located on the other side of closed or partly open doors or are located on another floor of a building. Any warning device may fail to alert people with a disability or those who have recently con- sumed drugs, alcohol or medication. Please note that: Strobes can, under certain circumstances, cause seizures in people with conditions such as epilepsy. Studies have shown that certain people, even when they hear a fire alarm signal, do not respond or com- prehend the meaning of the signal. It is the property owner's responsibility to conduct fire drills and other training exercise to make people aware of fire alarm signals and instruct them on the proper reaction to alarm signals. In rare instances, the sounding of a warning device can cause temporary or permanent hearing loss. A fire alarm system will not operate without any electrical power. If AC power fails, the system will operate from standby batteries only for a specified time and only if the batteries have been properly maintained and replaced regularly. Equipment used In the system may not be technically compatible with the control. It is essential to use only equipment listed for service with your control panel. Telephone lines needed to transmit alarm signals from a premise to a central monitoring station may be out of service or temporarily disabled. For added protection against telephone line failure, backup radio transmis- sion systems are recommended. The most common cause of fire alarm malfunction is inadequate maintenance. To keep the entire fire alarm system in excellent working order, ongoing maintenance is required per the manufacturer's recommendations, and UL and NFPA standards. At a minimum, the require- ments of NFPA 72 shall be followed. Environments with large amounts of dust, dirt or high air velocity require more frequent maintenance. A maintenance agreement should be arranged through the local manufacturer's representative. Maintenance should be scheduled monthly or as required by National and/or local fire codes and should be performed by authorized professional fire alarm installers only. Adequate written records of all inspectiofls:should.be...kept;'. . . Installation Precautions WARNING - Several different sources of power can be connected to the fire alarm control panel. Disconnect all sources of power before servicing. Control unit and asso- ciated equipment may be damaged by removing and/or inserting cards, modules, or interconnecting cables while the unit is energized. Do not attempt to install, service, or operate this unit until this manual is read and understood. CAUTION - System Reacceptance Test after Software Changes. To ensure proper system operation, this product must be tested in accordance with NFPA 72 after any programming operation or change in site-specific software. Reacceptance testing is required after any change, addition or deletion of system components, or after any modification, repair or adjustment to system hardware or wiring. All components, circuits, system operations, or software functions known to be affected by a change must be 100% tested. In addition, to ensure that other operations are not inadvertently affected, at least 10% of initiating devices that are not directly affected by the change, up to a maximum of 50 devices, must also be tested and proper system operation verified. This system meets NFPA requirements for indoor dry operation at 0-49° C/32-120° F and at a relative humidity of 93 ±2% RH (non-condensing) at 32 ±2° C/90 ±3° F. However, the useful life of the system's standby batteries and the electronic components may be adversely affected by extreme temperature ranges and humidity. Therefore, it is recommended that this system and all peripherals be installed in an environment with a nominal room tempera- ture.of 15-27° C/60-80° F. Verify that wire sizes are adequate for all initiating and indicating device loops. Refer to manual Specifications section for maximum allowable I.R. drop from the specified device voltage. FCC Warning WARNING: This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual, may cause interference to radio communications. It has been tested and found to comply with the limits for class A computing device pursuant to Subpart B of Part 15 of FCC Rules, which is designed to provide reasonable protection against such interference when operated in a commercial environment. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause interference, in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at their own expense. Adherence to the following will aid in problem-free installation with long-term reliability: Like all solid state electronic devices, this system may operate erratically or can be damaged when subjected to lightning-induced transients. Although no system is completely immune from lightning transients and interferences, proper grounding will reduce susceptibility. Overhead or outside aerial wiring is not recommended, due to an increased susceptibility to nearby lightning strikes. Consult with the Technical Services Department if any problems are anticipated or encountered. Disconnect AC power and batteries prior to removing or inserting circuit boards. Failure to do so can damage circuits. Remove all electronic assemblies prior to any drilling, filing, reaming, or punching of the enclosure. When possible, make all cable entries from the sides or rear. Before making modifications, verify that they will not interfere with battery, transformer, and printed circuit board location. Do not tighten screw terminals more than 9 in-lbs. Over-tightening may damage threads, resulting in reduced terminal contact pressure and difficulty with screw terminal removal. This system contains static-sensitive components. Always ground yourself with a proper wrist strap before handling any circuits so that static charges are removed from the body. Use static-suppressive packaging to protect electronic assemblies, removed from the unit. Follow the Instructions in the installation, operating, and programming manuals. These instructions must be followed to avoid damage to the control panel and associated equipment FACP operation and reliability depend upon proper installation by authorized personnel. Canadian Requirements This digital apparatus does not exceed the Class A limits for radiation noise emissions from digital apparatus set out in the Radio Interference Regulations of the Canadian Department of Communications. This Class A digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003. Le present appareil numerique n'emet pas de bruits radioelectriques depassant les limites applicables aux appareils numeriques de la classe A prescrites dans le Reglement sur le brouillage radioelectrique edicte par le ministere des Communications du Canada. Cet appareil numerique de la Classe A est conforme a la norme NMB-003 du Canada. I ' 'PrecauLrngePMO 026666ô7 It is imperative that the installer understand the requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction (Al-U) and be familiar with the standards set forth by the following regulatory agencies: Underwriters Laboratories Standards NFPA 72 National Fire Alarm Code CAN/ULC - S527-99 Standard for Control Units for Fire Alarm Systems -Before iproceeding, theinstaller shou1r .'e 1f1Ti11IflI with the tIFfollowi ngTTdocuments. 141 NFPA Standards NFPAG NFPA 72 National Fire Alarm Code NFPA 70 National Electrical Code ii Underwriters Laboratories Documents: IlL UL 38 Manually Actuated Signaling Boxes UL 217 Smoke Detectors, Single and Multiple Station UL 228 Door Closers—Holders for Fire Protective Signaling Systems UL 268 Smoke Detectors for Fire Protective Signaling Systems UL 268A Smoke Detectors for Duct Applications UL 346 Waterfiow Indicators for Fire Protective Signaling Systems UL 464 Audible Signaling Appliances UL 521 Heat Detectors for Fire Protective Signaling Systems UL 864 Standard for Control Units for Fire Protective Signaling Systems UL 1481 Power Supplies for Fire Protective Signaling Systems UL 1610 Central Station Burglar Alarm Units UL 1638 Visual Signaling Appliances UL 1971 Signaling Devices for Hearing Impaired UL 2017 General-Purpose Signaling Devices and Systems CAN/IJLC - S524-01 Standard for Installation of Fire Alarm Systems nul Other: EIA-232E Serial Interface Standard EIA-485 Serial Interface Standard NEC Article 250 Grounding NEC Article 300 Wiring Methods NEC Article 760 Fire Protective Signaling Systems Applicable Local and State Building Codes Requirements of the Local Authority Having Jurisdiction (LAHJ) Fire-Lite Documents: Fire-Lite Device Compatibility Document #153 84 SLC Wiring Manual Document #51309 ACS Series Annunciators Document #51480 CHG-120F Battery Charger Document #50888 CHG-75 Battery Charger Document #51315 LDM Series Lamp Driver Modules Document #50055 LCD-80E Remote Fire Annunciator Document #51338 ACM-8RF Relay Control Module Document #50362 IPDACT Communicator/Transmitter Document #53109 ANN-80 Product Installation Document Document #52749 ANN-(R)LED Product Installation Doc. Document #53032 ANN-I/O Product Installation Document Document #151416 ANN-RLY Product Installation Document Document #53033 ANN-S/PG Product Installation Document Document #151417 ACC-25/50(ZS/T) Manual Document #52750 This product has been certified to comply with the requirements in the Standard for Control Units and Accessories for Fire Alarm Systems, UL 864, 9th Edition. Operation of this product with products not tested for UL 864, 9th Edition has not been evaluated. Such operation requires the approval of the local Authority Having Jurisdiction (Alli). MS-9200UDLS PN 5275O:E1 01/27/09 : . ....... .. .. H z•. Ttwrsfwmer 1 Connecter CA -. glMrqRII[e1:anLe1a M. with the approval of the AHJ 0. (Authority Having Jurisdiction) (0 0 Transformer connector Remote Synchronization Output Spedal Alq,lication Power 24 VOC Ifanred, supervised and power-limited. d3_ 0.040 snipe maximum. moose NACI controldrerit Reqrireo 4.7kohm End-of-the resistor. Special Application DC Power Outputs (24 VOC) Noneupentmed, power-tmfled drcuils Supervise v.4th a power eupemvluion rainy A77-7155 Reneltable Power .24 VDC filtered, pov.er.flmfted $4 (0.300 amp, maximum) to smoke detector, CDC).t 3 flquentslen required Nomnesagable or Rotatable Power .irmniper selectable by JP4. 24 VOC tuleTeA power-bulled (0.300 amps meoirroam) Supervision required. Nuleesettable Power slileirde for powering annunciators. Rotatable Power suitable for powering oilmEn detector,.. CordgursTitl. Terminals l&2 as Rotatable or Nunresellable Power. Nomesullabme Power -Jumper pins 1 & 2 (as shown), Rauatlable Power-jumper pins 2 & 3. For more specific UI. wiring information rotor to page 33. Important! Removing Ground Fault Disable Jumper JP7 voids UL/NFPA Style/Class identifications for circuits. Remove jumper JP7 only I . e — Q neirorwear — — — -0 arorone Jag__ cornllgweltAc,fnrClaooAor Cutthinjamnporto enable Supervisory relay Wren 0 Class B Wring using NfrCi4EY card Factory default to Class 6. ° 4XTMF module Ta tnoteiled I**1 rmooiroio curser J5 _ C Q noeotzwemFr.t JPF PluS Memory Lead BreWs Beach. UP to normal petition for 0541Gb. — To doable ground but detection, reovs)Jrrqm&eiilait from JP7 DOIMI poellion dose loading of faclary software upedes. eVil wasm , 5ThuuMe Input Jr Remonefids Juniper to disable the FACP — — — — battery charger when ips mining eutmni olisrgsr. lip .311 LOOPLAY )II I1 :1-Oil .32 In is $. .310 IM r-0-01 D enT NEW mare o I U 50 fool maximum v.40115 some room. r(lePl Su5e94 I I I theeni—PI I Relays & ' I Programmable I Fixed Trouble Relay Noneupemvised relay melanie contact Reflogu: - 2.0 as @30 VDC (realetive) pe ACSIANN.BUS L1Ii!L'1 I 0.5 on" 550 AC (resistive) TBSJEIA.485 to contacts sham below In minimal (powor-lkmtiteA OR 1 condition (AC power with no alarm, supenvloo brouble or 0. OR A SLC Loop I AFil Sen Trouble o I relay s'Mtdme to the I I (nupemvieed) Referto the &.CIAEISS ,) NOpoofliondiflig Mcmii for detaled boabie cundillons sod 1armIaio. information on Wring under Ions of all power. addressable devices I I (Faotory dofat dl nay pregrsovoing) for styl e4 Oend7. I I Cut thin )Jmrqmsr to supervise Ow 4XTMF module when - Installed (see 456.36) At pocuctoic PHIl PHIS 10 5.'. 0 PRLRMMLM 000.PlaE GrE 0 P82 Keyboard Interface DACT Phone Una Jacks Notification Appliance Circuits NAC Ct  style Z (Clan A) (Supervised. Power Umrdted) 2.5 amps may. per circull. jag configured for Claea A suing MACKEY card. NACCI NA0102 i .31204 local tog using a rormrputer and brg ullity. T83 '154 '188 100 f0tI0fl to DB.25) 92udLSlsyo.cdr Notification Appliance Circuits 2.6 snipe risc. perclreilt. jag to printer or Basic System Connections EIA-232 I '° Style Z ikisisated near rInt edge of baar. (norioiqrevtse6) forCtoeeBueingNAcltEvoert personal computer .,- For ECP'linted equipment or Personal computer with FACP mo, r, r-i ELfin 4.piç u. DB9F 0 1-9 [LLL11 . Peripheral Devices and Their Documents: ANN Audio Control for ACC-25/50(ZS,r) Doe. #51889 ANN-RLY ANN-(R)LED 10 Form-C Relay Card LED Display Doe. #53033 Doe. #53032 f H-' ANN-I/O ANN-SO LED Driver LCD Text Annunciator #151416 Doe. #52749 , IPDACF Internet Communicator Doe. #53109 P1115 & P1116 Telep one Connections 0=••• Reverse Polarity Module p • SLC Loop - TB1O Addressable Devices and SLC Wiring Doe. #51309 ANN-S/PG Printer Driver Doe. #151417 Battery Connector - J9 I CHG-120F Charger CHC-75 Charger Doe. #50888 Doe. # 51315 - MS-9200UDLS PN 52750:E1 01/27/09 ...................... ... - 13 Product Description SECTION 1 Product Description The Fire-Lite MS-9200UDLS is a combination FACP (Fire Alarm Control Panel) and DACT (Digital Alarm Communicator/Transmitter) all on one circuit board. This compact, cost effective, intelligent addressable control panel has an extensive list of powerful features.The combination of Fire-Lite's newer series devices and legacy 300 Series devices, along with the MS-9200UDLS FACP, offer the latest in fire protection technology. The power supply and all electronics are contained on a single circuit board housed in a metal cabinet, providing a complete fire control system for most applications. Optional modules, which plug into the main circuit board, are available for special functions. Available accessories include LED, graphic and LCD annunciators, reverse polarity/city box transmitter, local and remote upload/download software and remote power expansion. The integral DACT transmits system status (alarms, troubles, AC loss, etc.) to a Central Station via the public switched telephone network. It also allows remote programming or interrogation of the control panel using the PS-Tools Upload/Download utility via the public switched telephone network. Local programming and interrogation is also possible using the PS-Tools and the USB port (J12) on the FACP. Any personal computer with Windows" XP or greater, and compatible modem with a speed of 2400 baud or faster and PS-Tools software may serve as a Service Terminal. This allows download of the entire program or upload of the entire program, history file, walktest data, current status and system voltages. MS-9200UDLS is used in this manual to refer to both the MS-9200UDLS (120 VAC version) and the MS-9200UDLSE (240 VAC version) FACPS. Inventory When MS-9200UDLS shipment is received, check that all parts have been included in shipment. The MS-9200UDLS shipment consists of one of each of the following: I main circuit board with display / backbox with door / plastic bag containing screws, cables, key, etc. / manual 1.1 Features and Options New LiteSpeedtm polling protocol for faster SLC response time SLC operates up to 10,000 ft. (3,000 m) in LiteSpeed mode with twisted, unshielded wire (refer to "Wire Requirements" on page 205) Built-in DACT (Digital Alarm Communicator/Transmitter) Single addressable SLC loop which meets NFPA Style 4,6 and 7 requirements 198 addressable device capacity (99 detectors and 99 control/relay/monitor modules) 99 software zones Onboard NACs (Notification Appliance Circuits) which can be configured as four Style Y (Class B) or two Style Z (Class A) circuits - special application 3.0 amps total power for NACs and 24 VDC special application auxiliary power outputs expandable to 6.0 amps 3.6 amps total system power (includes battery charger) expandable to 6.6 amps Two programmable relay outputs and one fixed trouble relay Synchronization output for remote power supply applications (special application) Built-in Programmer Telephone Line Active LEDs 14 . . . ... MS-9200UDLS PN 52750:E1 01127109 ..... Product Description Communication Confirmation (Kissof/) LED Touchtone/Rotary dialing Programmable Make/Break Ratio EIA-232 Printer/PC interface (variable baud rate) 80-character LCD display (backlit) Real-time clock/calendar with daylight savings time control History file with 1,000 event capacity Advanced fire technology features: / Automatic drift compensation / Maintenance alert I Detector sensitivity test capability (NFPA 72 compliant) / Automatic device type-code verification / Point trouble identification Waterfiow selection per module point Alarm verification selection per detector point Walktest, silent or audible PAS (Positive Alarm Sequence) and Pre-signal per point (NFPA 72 compliant) Silence inhibit timer option per NAC Autosilence timer option per NAC Continuous, March Time, Temporal or California code for main circuit board NACs with two-stage capability Selectable strobe synchronization per NAC Remote Acknowledge, Alarm Silence, Reset and Drill via addressable modules, ACS annunciators or ANN-80 Remote annunciator Auto-program (learn mode) reduces installation time. Reports two devices set to the same address Password and key-protected nonvolatile memory User programmable password Fully programmable from local keypad or optional keyboard Optional PK-CD (contains PS-Tools utility) for local or remote Upload! Download of program and data Compatible with Fire-Lite's newer series devices in LiteSpeed and CLIP mode (refer to SLC Wiring Manual for a list of compatible addressable devices) Compatible with legacy Fire-Lite 300 Series devices in CLIP mode only (refer to the SLC Wiring Manual for a list of compatible addressable devices) Optional 4XTMF module (conventional reverse polarity/city box transmitter) ANN-BUS for connection to following optional modules (cannot be used if ACS annunciators are used): I ANN-80 Remote Annunciator / ANN-I/O LED Driver / ANN-S/PG Printer Module I ANN-RLY Form-C Relay Module I ANN-LED Annunciator Module annunciates alarm, trouble and supervisory / ANN-RLED Annunciator Module annunciates alarms only Automated activation of the ACC-25/50(ZS!T) Audio-Command-Center Legacy ACS/TERM Annunciators (cannot be used if ANN annunciators are used): I ACS Series-LED Zone Annunciators / LDM Graphic Annunciator Series I LCD-80F Liquid Crystal Display point annunciator I ACM-8RF Relay Module MS-9200UDLS PN 52750:EI 11I27I09 - . . .............................. Product Description 1.2 Specifications Refer to illustration on page 10 for terminal locations and connections. AC Power - TB11 MS-9200UDLS: 120 VAC, 60 Hz, 3.0 amps MS-9200UDLSE: 240 VAC, 50 Hz, 1.5 amps Wire size: minimum 14 AWG (2.00 nun2) with 600 V insulation Battery (Lead Acid Only)- J9 Maximum Charging Circuit: Normal Flat Charge - 27.6 VDC @ 0.80 amp Maximum Battery Charger Capacity: 18 Amp Hour (FACP cabinet holds maximum of two 18 Amp Hour batteries. For greater than 26 Amp Hour up to 120 Amp Hour batteries, use the CHG-75 or CHG-120F Battery Charger and BB-55F Battery Box). Minimum Battery Size: 7 Amp Hour Note: Jumper JP5, on the FACP main circuit board, must be removed to disable the FACP battery charger when using an external battery charger. Communication Loop - TB10 24 VDC nominal, 27.6 VDC maximum Maximum length - refer to "Wire Requirements" on page 205) Maximum loop current is 400 mA (short circuit) or 100 mA (normal) Maximum loop resistance is 40 ohms Supervised and power-limited circuit Refer to SLC Loop manual for wiring information Notification Appliance Circuits - TB3 & TB4 Each Terminal Block provides connections for two Style Y (Class B) or one Style Z (Class A) for a total of Four Style Y (Class B) or two Style Z (Class A) NACs Style is configured using NACKEY card, plugged into JP6 on main board Special Application full-wave rectified power Power-limited circuitry NAC wiring requirements refer to "NAC Wiring" on page 207 Nominal operating voltage: 24 VDC Current-limit: fuseless, electronic, power-limited circuitry Maximum signaling current per circuit: 2.5 amps (see Figure 1.1 on page 17) End-of-Line Resistor: 4.7 kg), 1/2 watt (P/N 71252 UL listed) for Style Y (Class B) NAC Refer to the Device Compatibility Document for listed compatible devices Two Programmable Relays and One Fixed Trouble Relay - TBS, TB6 & TB7 Contact rating: 2.0 amps @ 30 VDC (resistive), 0.5 amps @ 30 VAC (resistive) Form-C relays Refer to Figure 2.6 on page 50 for information on power-limited relay circuit wiring Nonresettable or Resettable Special Application Power (24 VDC Nominal) - TB1, Terminals I (+) & 2 (-) Jumper selectable (JP4) for conversion to resettable power output Maximum ripple voltage: OmVRMs Total DC current available from each output is up to 0.300 amps (see Figure 1.1) Power-limited circuit Four-Wire Resettable Special Application Smoke Detector Power (24 VDC nominal) - TB1, Terminals 3 (+) & 4 (-) Maximum ripple voltage: 10 mVRms Up to 0.300 amps is available for powering 4-wire smoke detectors (see Figure 1.1) Power-limited circuit Refer to the Device Compatibility Document for listed compatible devices 16......-. . . . . •-... 'MS-9200UDLS PN 52750:E1 01127109 Alarm > 6 amps max per panel 6.0 amps with optional second XPM-248(E) transformer. 3.0 amps ,nax with only standard transformer installed Product Description Remote Sync Output - TB2 Remote power supply synchronization output 24 VDC nominal special application power Maximum current is 40 mA End-of-Line Resistor: 4.7K0 Output linked to NAC I control Supervised and power-limited circuit 1A485 (TERM) or EIA-232 Serial- TB8 EIA-485 Terminal Mode annunciator connections: Terminal I (In +), 2 (In 3 (Out +), 4 (Out -) EIA-232 PC/Printer applications connections: Terminal I (Transmit), 2 (Receive), 3 (DTR) 4 (Ground) EJA-485 ACS or ANN-BUS - TB9 ACS/ANN-BUS annunciator connector, Terminal I (+/A) and Terminal 2 (48) 1.2.1 Current Availability The following figure illustrates the maximum current that is possible for each panel circuit and the total current available from the FACP with optional second transformer. 0.30 mpsma PerdrW. 1:1 > mpsmax O6 amp max Sta ndby 0.30 a 2gsE!!!,- per panel / 2.5 amps max per 2.5 d,uIt amps, per Note: I/NA Cs are per circ uit cos1fguredas Iwo Style Z (Class A) circuits, each circuit can handle 2.5 2.5 amps ma~x per dra,It amps masimum. 2.5 am TaX per circuit Special Application Nonresettable or Resettable Power Special Application Resettable Power for 4-Wire Smoke Detectors NAC #1 NAC #3 NAC #2 NAC #4 Refer to the battery calculations section for additional information. Figure 1.1 Current Availability MS-9200UDLS PN 52750:EI 01i27109 ................................ 17• Product Description 1.3 Controls and Indicators LCD Display The FACP uses an 80-character (4 lines X 20 characters) high viewing angle LCD display. The display includes a long life LED backlight that remains illuminated. If HONEYWELL LIFE SAFETY SYSTEM ALL NORMAL 10:00R 012102 yuwi 1 OR an UIV SLVU1 IS not in alarm, the LED backlight will turn off to conserve batteries. LED Indicators LED indicators are provided to annunciate the following conditions: AC Power (green) Fire Alarm (red) Supervisory (yellow) Trouble (yellow) Maintenance/presignal (yellow) Alarm Silenced signals (yellow) Disabled (yellow) Battery fault (yellow) Ground fault (yellow) Key Panel Mounted on the main circuit board, the key panel includes a window for the LCD display and LED indicators as listed above. The key panel, which is visible with the cabinet door closed, has 25 keys, including a 16 key alpha-numeric pad similar to a telephone keypad. Function keys: Acknowledge/Step Alarm Silence Drill Reset (lamp test) Service/program keys: Keys labeled Ito 9 *key #key 0 (recall) key 1st Event key Clear key Figure 1.2 Membrane/Display Panel Escape key Mode key Four cursor keys (up, down, left and right) Enter key Local Plezo Sounder A piezo sounder provides separate and distinct pulse rates for alarm, trouble and supervisory conditions. 8 ...................... . .. MS-9200UDLS PN 52750:EI 01/27/09 I Product Description 1.4 Circuits SLC Communication Loop One SLC loop is provided standard on the FACP main circuit board. The SLC loop, configurable for NFPA Style 4,6 or 7, provides communication to addressable detectors, monitor (initiating device) and control (output device) modules. Refer to the Li] SLC Wiring manual for information on wiring devices. Reftm,ce Output Circuits The following output circuits are available on the FACP: Special Application Power /24 VDC Resettable (smoke detector power) output - 0.300 amps maximum / 24 VDC Nonresettable or Resettable power output - 0.300 amps maximum 24 VDC Battery Charger (up to 18 AH batteries) NAC (Notification Appliance Circuits) NACs configurable for four Style Y (Class B) or two Style Z (Class A) using NACKEY card in JP6, are provided with various programmable features. Relays One fixed and two hilly programmable Form-C dry contact relays are provided. The fixed fail-safe relay monitors system trouble and the two programmable relays are factory default programmed for system alarm and system supervisory. Contacts are rated 2.0 amps @ 30 VDC (resistive) and 0.5 amps @ 30 VAC (resistive). The programmable relays can be programmed for the following operations: fire alarm trouble supervisory supervisory auto-resettable DACT communication failure process monitor process monitor auto-resettable hazard alert medical alert AC loss 1.5 Digital Alarm Communicator/Transmitter Two modular phone jacks allow easy connection to telephone lines. Modular jacks are labeled PHI for Primary Phone Line and PH2 for Secondary Phone Line. Two telephone line active red LEDs are provided as well as a green Kissoff LED. The integral digital communicator provides the following functions: Line Seizure: takes control of the phone lines disconnecting any premises phones Off7On Hook: performs on and off-hook status to the phone lines Listen for dial tone: 440 Hz tone typical in most networks Dialing the Central Station(s) number: default is Touch- Tone®, programmable to rotary For tone burst or touchtone type formats: discern proper Ack and Kissofftone(s). The frequency and time duration of the tone(s) varies with the transmission format. The control panel will adjust accordingly. Communicate in the following formats: / Ademco Contact ID /S1ADCS8 / SIA DCS 20 I MS-9200UDLS PN 52750:EI •01/27/09 ............... . . . - . 19 Product Description 1.6 Components Main Circuit Board The main circuit board contains the system's CPU, power supply, other primary components and wiring interface connectors. The 4XTMF option module plugs in and is mounted to the main circuit board. pg Cabinet The MS-9200UDLSbackbox provides space for two batteries (up to 18 Amp Hour). Ample knockouts are provided for system wiring. Also available is an optional dress panel (DP-9692), which mounts to the inside of the cabinet (required by ULC for Canadian installations). 1ansformer Assembly Optional One IOOVA transformer is provided standard XR.M-24B(E) with the panel (3.6 amps maximum). An optional 100 VA transformer XRM-24B Standard (XRM-24BE for the MS-9200UDLSE) is XRM-24B(E) available to provide maximum system and accessory power (6.6 amp total). Note that the XRA'f-24B andXRlvf-24BE are only suitable for use with MS-9200UDLS(E) with main circuit board number 03611. This circuit board can also be identified by using the software revision of#9200UDV4.0 (meaning version 4.0) or late;: Batteries Battery Cable P/N 75287 The MS-9200IJDLS cabinet provides space for two batteries (up to 18 Amp Hour). I. Batteries larger than 18 Amp Hour require an external charger such as the CHG-75 or CHG-120F and a UL listed battery box such as the BB-55F. Batteries must be ordered separately. 1.6.1 Intelligent Addressable Detectors: Newer Series Intelligent, addressable detectors provide information to the control panel on an SLC Signaling Line Circuit (refer to the SLC Wiring Manual for detailed information on device installation, wiring and operation). This allows the control panel to continually process the information to determine the status (alarm, trouble, maintenance or normal) of each detector. Each detector responds to an SLC address that is set in the detector head using built-in rotary decimal switches. The maximum address cannot exceed address 99. Note that a blinking LED on an intelligent detector indicates communication between the detector and the control panel. These devices (350 Series or newer) can operate in CLIP mode (Classic Loop Interface Protocol) or LiteSpeed mode to provide a quicker response. They are also compatible with older 300 Series devices. If a mix of old and new series devices are installed on the same loop, the FACP must be programmed to operate in CLIP mode. Refer to the SLC Wiring Manual for a list of compatible addressable detectors. 1.6.2 Intelligent Addressable Modules: Newer Series The newçr series of Control Modules and Monitor Modules provide an interface between the control panel and conventional notification and initiating devices. Each module can be set to respond to an address with built-in rotary switches. The maximum 061d1 address cannot exceed address 99. Note that a blinking LED on an addressable module indicates communication between the module and the control panel. 20 : . MS-9200UDLS PN52750:E1 01/27/09 Product Description These devices (i.e., MMF-300, MMF-301, Ivfiv1F-302, CMF-300, CRF-300) can operate in CLIP mode (Classic Loop Interface Protocol) or LiteSpeed mode to provide a quicker response. They are also compatible with older 300 series devices. If a mix of old and new series devices are installed on the same loop, the FACP must be programmed to operate in CLIP mode. Refer to the SLC Wiring Manual for a list of compatible addressable modules. Refer to the Device Compatibility Document for a list of approved conventional notification and initiating devices. 1.6.3 300 Series Intelligent Addressable Devices Fire-Lite's 300 Series Intelligent Addressable Devices are filly compatible with the MS-9200UDLS FACP. The address of 300 Series devices cannot be set above 99. Refer to the SLC Wiring Manual for a list of compatible addressable devices. 1.6.4 Addressable Device Accessories End-of-Line Resistor Assembly The End-of-Line resistors are included with each module. Refer to the specific module documentation for specific information. Power Supervision Relay The UL listed End-of-Line power supervision relay is used to supervise the power to 4- wire smoke detectors and notification appliances. EOL-C(R/W) Mounting Plate The EOL-CR (red) and EOL-CW (white) are single End-of-Line resistor plates which are required for use in Canada. An ELR, which is supplied with each module and fire alarm control panel, is mounted to the EOL-C(R/W) plate. Resistors mounted to the plate can be used for the supervision of a monitor and control module circuit. 1.7 Optional Modules The MS-9200UDLS main circuit board includes option module connectors for the following module: 4XTMF Transmitter Module The 4XTMF provides a supervised output for local energy municipal box transmitter, alarm and trouble reverse polarity. It includes a disable switch and disable trouble LED. A jumper on the module is used to select an option which allows the reverse polarity circuit to open with a system trouble condition if no alarm condition exists. The module plugs into connectors J5 and J6 which are located near the right edge the main circuit board. When the 4XTMF module is installed, Jumper JP3, on the main circuit board, must be cut to allow supervision of the module. MS-9200UDLS PN 52750:E1 01127/09 - 21 Product Description 1.8 Accessories 1.8.1 PS-Tools Programming Utility The PS-Tools Programming Utility can be used to locally or remotely program the FACP directly from most IBM compatible computers (PC), running Windowsm XP (or newer). FACP program files can also be created and stored on the PC and then downloaded later to the control panel. The PK-CD Kit includes the Windows-based Programming Utility software on CD-ROM with on-line help file. A standard USB cable with male-A to male-B connectors, which must be purchased separately, is required for local connection of the PC to the USB port J12 on the FACP main circuit board. Remote programming requires that the PC have a 2400 baud (or faster) modem. Important: Remote modjflcation ofFACP programming requires that the panel be enabledfor remote download (refer to "Remote Site Upload/Download" on page 184). Remote interrogation ofpanelprogramming, history logs, detector status, etc., is possible without enabling the remote download option. 1.8.2 DP-9692 Dress Panel An optional dress panel DP-9692 is available for the MS-9200UDLS (required by ULC for Canadian installations). The dress panel restricts access to the system wiring while allowing access to the key panel. A ground strap must be connected between the stud on the inside of the dress panel and the ground stud in the backbox. An optional DP- 9692-LED dress panel is available for use with the ANN-LED annunciator module. 1.8.3 Trim Ring An optional Trim Ring (P/N TR-CE) is available for the FACP backbox. The Trim Ring provides a finished appearance for a semi-flush mounted panel. 1.8.4 Battery Box BB-26 The BB-26 battery box may be used to house up to two 26 AN batteries and the CHG-75 Battery Charger. The battery box, which is red and is provided with knockouts, was designed specifically to compliment mounting below the FACP. BB-55F The BB-55F battery box may be used to house two 26 AN batteries, two 60 AN batteries or one 100 AN battery. When the CHG-120F is mounted in the BB-55F, two 26 AH or one 60 AN battery may also be housed in the battery box. .. MS-9200UDLS PN 52750:EI 01/27/09....... Product Description 1.8.5 Battery Charger 1.8.5.1 CHG-75 Battery Charger The CHG-75 is capable of charging up to 75 AH lead-acid batteries with the MS- 9200UDLS FACP. The FACP battery charger must be disabled, by removing jumper JP5, when using the CHG-75. The charger and up to 26 AH batteries can be housed in the BB-26 battery box. Larger batteries and the charger can be housed in the BB-55F battery box which can be mounted up to 20 feet away from the control panel. Refer to the CHG-75 Manual for additional information. 1.8.5.2 CHG-1 20F Battery Charger The CHG-120F is capable of charging up to 120 AH lead-acid batteries with the MS-9200UDLS FACP. The FACP battery charger must be disabled, by removing jumper JP5, when using the CHG-120F. The batteries and charger can be housed in the BB-55F battery box which can be mounted up to 20 feet away from the control lilt panel. Note that when using the BB-55F for housing the charger and batteries Rthr greater than 26A}I, multiple BB-55Fs are required. Refer to the CHG-120F Manual Manual for additional information. 1.8.6 IPDACT- Internet Protocol DACT The IPDACT is a compact, Internet Protocol Digital Alarm Communicator/Transmitter designed to allow FACP status communication to a Central Station via the internet. No telephone lines are required when using the IPDACT. Using Contact ID protocol from the FACP, the IPDACT converts the standard DACT phone communication to a protocol that can be transmitted and received via the internet. It also checks connectivity between the FACP and Central Station. Refer to the IPDACT Product Installation Document P/N 53109 for additional information. MS-9200UDLS PN 52750:E1 01/27/09 ............. . .. - - . 23 .. Product Description 1.8.7 ANN-BUS Annunciators/Modules WARNING! Disconnect all sources ofpower (AC and DC) before installing or 4' removing any modules or wiring. The legacy ACS annunciators may not be used if new ANN-BUS annunciators are being used due to incompatible serial communication protocols. A variety of optional devices can be connected to the FACP ANN-BUS communication circuit. ANN Series devices can be connected to the ACS (EIA-485) terminals on TB-9. Compatible devices include the following: ANN-80 LCD Annunciator ANN-S/PG Serial/Parallel Printer Interface Module ANN-I/O LED Driver Module ANN-LED Annunciator Module (alarm, trouble, supervisory LEDs) ANN-RLED Annunciator Module (red alarm LEDs only) ANN-RLY Relay Module 1.8.7.1 ANN-BUS Wiring This section contains information on calculating ANN-BUS wire distances and the types of wiring configurations (Class B). 1.8.7.1.1 Calculating Wiring Distance for ANN-BUS Modules The following instructions will guide the installer in determining the type of wire and the maximum wiring distance that can be used with FACP ANN-BUS accessory modules. To calculate the wire gauge that must be used to connect ANN-BUS modules to the FACP, it is necessary to calculate the total worst case current draw for all modules on a single 4-conductor bus. The total worst case current draw is calculated by adding the individual worst case currents for each module. The individual worst case values are shown in the following table: Model Number Worst Case Current Draw ANN-80 LCD Annunciator 0.040 amps ANN-S/PG Serial/Parallel Printer Interface Module 0.040 amps ANN-I/O LED Driver Module 0.200 amps ANN-(R)LED Annunciator Module 0.068 amps ANN-RLY Relay Module 0.075 amps Note: Total worst case current draw on a single A.NN-BUS cannot exceed 0.5 amp. If current draw exceeds 0.5 amps, refer to "Powering ANN-BUS Devices from Auxiliary Power Supply" on page 27. 24 . - . . MS-9200UDLS PN 52750:E1 01 /27/09....... Product Description After calculating the total worst case current draw, Table 1.1 specifies the maximum distance the modules can be located from the FACP on a single wire run. The table ensures 6.0 volts of line drop maximum. In general, the wire length is limited by resistance, but for heavier wire gauges, capacitance is the limiting factor. These cases are marked in the chart with an asterisk (*). Maximum length can never be more than 6,000 feet (1,800 m), regardless of gauge used. The formula used to generate this chart is shown in the note below. Wiring Distance: ANN-BUS Modules to FACP Total Worst Case Current Draw (amps) 22 Gauge 18 Gauge 16 Gauge 14 Gauge 0.100 1,852 ft. 4,688 ft. * 6,000 ft. *6,000 ft. 0.200 926 ft. 2,344 ft. 3,731 ft. 5,906 ft. 0.300 617 ft. 1,563 ft. 2,488 ft. 3,937 ft. 0.400 463 ft. 1,172 ft. 1,866 ft. 2,953 ft. 0.500 370 ft. 938 ft. 1,493 ft. 2,362 ft. Table 1.1 Wiring Distances Note: The following formulas were used to generate the wire distance chart: Maximum Resistance (Ohms) = 6.0 Volts Total Worst Case Current Draw (amps) Maximum Wire Length (feet) Maximum Resistance (Ohms) *500 (6,000 feet maximum) Rpu where: Rpu = Ohms per 1,000 feet for various Wire Gauges (see table below) Wire Gauge Ohms per 1,000 feet (Rpu) 22 16.2 18 6.4 16 4.02 14 2.54 Exception: When using the A1SJNRLY module, the installer must ensure that the maximum 24VDC power line drop does not exceed 0.3 volts. This results in the following wiring limitations: Wire Gauge Maximum Wire Length 18 312 feet 16 497 feet 14 787 feet 12 1,250 feet MS-9200UDLS •PN 52750:E1 01127/09' '25 ' "' - Product Description Wiring Distance CalculationExample: Suppose a system is configured with the following ANN-BUS modules: 3 ANN-80 Remote Fire Annunciators 1 ANN-S/PG Serial/Parallel Printer Interface Module The total worst case current is calculated as follows: ANN-80 Current Draw = 3 X 0.040 amps = 0.120 amps ANN-S/PG Current Draw =1 X.0.040 amps = 0.040 amps Total Worst Case Current Draw = 0.160 amps Using this value and referring to the Wiring Distance Table 1.1 on page 25, it can be found that the available options are: / 926 feet maximum using 22 Gauge wire / 2,344 feet maximum using 18 Gauge wire f 3,731 feet maximum using 16 Gauge wire / 5,906 feet maximum using 14 Gauge wire 1.8.7.1.2 Wiring Configuration Figure 13 illustrates the wiring between the FACP and ANN-BUS devices. ANN-BUS and power wiring are supervised and power-limited 0 ANN-BUS Device ANN-BUSIACS BUS MS-SZOOUDLS Figure 1.3 FACP wiring to ANN-BUS Device MS-9200UDLS PN 52750E1 017/09 . Product Description 1.8.7.1.3 Powering ANN-BUS Devices from Auxiliary Power Supply Figure 1.4 illustrates the powering of ANN-BUS devices from an auxiliary power supply such as the FCPS-24FS6/8, when the total ANN-BUS power requirements exceed the panel's DC Power Output capability. 0 1 TR MMUL Cut Ground Fault Detection jumper WI (FACP monitors for ground faults) so NC COM 0 11& / ANN-BUS and power wiring are 3 2 1 supervised and power-limited Ii if JPI I ATP..TDTTQ I - lJ!3i -24VDC TBI Iola 4 3 2 1 ANN-SO 11 +24 VDC - nonresettable I .4— ANN-BUS/ACS BUS 0 TBI - TB1O TM oaI*r Potran PER FCPS-24FS618 Figure 1.4 Powering ANN-BUS Devices from FCPS-24F56/8 1.8.7.2 ANN-BUS Device Addressing Each ANN-BUS device requires a unique address (II) Number) in order to communicate with the FACP. A 5-position DIP switch on each device is used to set this address. The address set for these devices must also be programmed at the FACP for the specific device (refer to the programming section titled "ANN-BUS Options" on page 118). A maximum of 8 devices can be connected to the FACP ANN-BUS communication circuit. Device addresses do not need to be sequential and can be set to any number between 01 and 08. Note that 00 is not a valid address. The following table shows the DIP switch setting for each address. Note: address (ID Number) DIP switches on some devices may have more than 5 switch positions. Unless otherwise spec jlled in the documentation supplied with each device; switch positions 6 and above must be set to OFF Address Switch 5 Switch 4 Switch 3 Switch 2 Switch 1 not valid OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 01 OFF OFF OFF OFF ON 02 OFF OFF OFF . ON OFF 03 OFF OFF OFF ON ON 04 OFF OFF ON OFF OFF 05 OFF OFF ON OFF ON 06 OFF OFF ON ON OFF 07 OFF OFF ON ON ON 08 OFF ON OFF OFF OFF Note: Switch 5 must be set to OFFforANN-BUS devices to be recognized MS-9200UDLS PN 52750:EI 01/27/09 ...................................................... Product Description 1.8.7.3 ANN-80 Remote Fire Annunciator The ANN-80 Annunciator is a compact, 80 character, backlit LCD remote fire annunciator. It mimics the display on the control panel and will annunciate device type, point alarm, trouble or supervisory condition, zone assignment plus any custom alpha labels programmed into the FACP. The annunciator also provides system status LEDs to display AC Power, Alarm, Trouble, Supervisory and Alarm Silenced conditions. Additionally, the annunciator is capable of remotely performing critical system functions such as Acknowledge, Silence, Reset and Drill. Communication between the ANN-80 and FACP is accomplished over a two wire RS-485 serial interface employing the ANN-BUS communication format. The devices are powered, via two additional wires, from either the host FACP or remote UL-listed, filtered, power supply. The function buttons, keyswitch and piezo sounder may be individually enabled and disabled through the FACP software. Refer to "ANN-80 Options" on page 130 for a description of this feature and programming information. Note that if the keyswitch is enabled and remains in the unlocked position for more than two minutes without any buttons being pressed on the annunciator, a trouble indication will be annunciated. 1.8.7.3.1 Specifications Operating Voltage Range: 18 VDC to 28 VDC Current Consumption @ 24 VDC nominal (filtered and nonresettable): / Normal/Standby (no activity): 37.0 mA / Trouble: 39.0 mA / Alarm: 40.0 mA / AC Fail (not backlit): 15.0 mA For use indoors in a dry location 1.8.7.3.2 Installation Ensure that all power (AC and DC) has been removed from the FACP before installing the annunciator. 1.8.7.3.3 Mounting The ANN-80 can be surface or semi-flush mounted to a single, double or 4" square electrical box. Select and remove the appropriate knockout(s), pull the necessary wires through the knockouts and mount the annunciator in or on the wall depending on the type of installation desired. The ANN-80 cover must be attached to the annunciator backplate before mounting the annunciator to the electrical box/wall. The cover cannot be reattached or removed after the annunciator has been mounted. 1.8.7.3.4 Opening/Closing Annunciator The following procedure details the steps used to open the annunciator in order to access the terminal block and DIP switches (refer to figure below): I. Turn the key switch to the ON (Unlocked) position by turning the key counter- clockwise Push in the snap latch located on the right side of the unit while pulling the cover open To close the cover, make certain the key switch is in the ON (Unlocked) position. Swing the cover closed, snapping it shut Turn the key switch to the OFF (Locked) position by turning clockwise and remove the key 28 MS-9200UDLS PN52750:EI 01I2709 Product Description Annunciator cover with LCD Press in latch ani annunciator cove Key switch shown in ON posi Annunciator backplate 1.8.7.3.5 Wiring ANN-80 to FACP The following steps can be used as a guide to wire the annunciator. Make certain all power has been removed from the FACP prior to annunciator installation. I. Route wires from hole in backplate, through wiring channel and then to ANN-80 terminal block TB Remove appropriate amount of wire insulation Connect the wiring from the FACP ANN-BUS to annunciator TB1 terminals 3 (A)&4(B). Make certain to connect A to A and B to B If appropriate, connect the wiring going to the next device on the ANN-BUS to TBI terminals 3 & 4. Make certain to connect A to A and B to B Connect the wiring from the 24 VDC power source to annunciator TB terminals I (-) & 2 (+). Make certain to observe proper polarity If appropriate, connect the power wiring going to the next device to terminals I (-) & 2 (+). Make certain to observe proper polarity After all connections are made, remove extra wire from inside of annunciator by dressing it neatly through wire channel, with any excess wire pushed back through hole into electrical box MS-9200UDLS PN52750:E1 01/27/09' 129 Product Description ANN-BUS and power wiring are supervised and power-limited ANN-BUS = I I24yDC isi I I nonresettable 4321 II ANN-SO .11 o I I4RST IT POWMPONM + - FACP Figure 1.5 M'N-80 Wiring to FACP -o*—ANN-BUS/ACS BUS TBio Se SLC rw 0 0 The following table shows the ANN-80 connections to the MS-9200UDLS MS-9200IJDLS ANN-SO (TB1) Terminal GND (-) on TB1 Terminal I (-) Terminal PWR (+)TB1 Terminal 2 (+) Terminal ACS on TB9 Terminal 3(A) Terminal ACS on TB9 Terminal 4MT— Programming Following installation and wiring of the ANN-80 LCD annunciator to the FACP, the annunciator must added to the system via FACP programming. Refer to the programming section titled "ANN-BUS Options" on page 118 in this manual for detailed programming information. Select the LCD option for programming. Trouble Response If the ANN-80 is installed but the ANN-BUS is not enabled at the FACP, the ANN- 80 will indicate a trouble condition by NOT turning on its AC Power indicator. The LCD will also display Key Bus Trouble and the piezo will sound approximately once every 10 seconds. Note that the FACP will provide no indication of an ANN- 80 trouble. To clear the ANN-80 trouble condition, enable the ANN-BUS and program the address corresponding to the address set on the ANN-80 at the FACP. 30' .. . MS-9200UDLS PN 52750:E1 01/27/09 Product Description 1.8.7.4 ANN-SIPG Serial/Parallel Interface Installation The ANN-SIPG Serial/Parallel Interface module allows the connection of a remote serial or parallel printer to the FACP for a real-time log of system events, detector status reports and event history. The module is provided with a plastic enclosure for surface mounting. Proceed with the installation as described in the following: Ensure that all power (AC and DC) has been removed from the FACP. Connect the ANN-S/PG to the FACP as illustrated in Figure 1.6 = Parallel ANN-BUS and power wiring are supervised and power-limited Cable Connectors for' connection to printer Serial ANN-LTG Module 24VDC i I nonresettable I I - ANN-BUS/ACS BUS 0 TBi1\1_Tfflo%- r 01 O 2 •2W- *24V. RST AB 0 POWSt POR + - MS-9200UDIS Figure 1.6 ANN-S/PG Connection to FACP Using the DIP switches on the back of the ANN-S/PG module, assign an ID number (address) to the module Select the address and configuration options for the ANN-S/PG module as described in the Programming section of this manual (refer to "ANN-BUS Options" on page 118) Note that the Auto-configure feature allows the programmer to quickly bring all installed ANN-BUS modules online (refer to "Auto-Configure" on page 128) Connect a printer to the ANN-S/PG Parallel or Serial connectors (refer to Figure 1.6). Only one printer can be connected. 1.8.7.4.1 SpecIfications Operating Voltage: 24 VDC Current (Alarm and Standby): 45 mA Ambient Temperature: 32°F to 120°F (0°C to 49°C) Max. Wiring Distance from FACP: 6,000 ft. (1,800 m) Mounting: Surface Dimensions: 6"W x 7-3/4"H x 1-7/16"0 (15.2 cm W x 19.7 cm H x 3.7 cm D) For indoor use in a dry location only 1.8.7.4.2 PRN-6F Printer Installation When connected to the FACP via the ANN-S/PG module, the PRN-6F prints the status changes within the control panel and time-stamps the printout with the time of day and date that the event occurred. It provides 80 columns of data on standard 9" x 11" tractor-feed paper. This section contains information on connecting a printer to the control panel and setting the printer options. MS9200UDLS •PN 52750:E1 01127/09 - ... - . Product Description 1.8.7.4.2.1 Connecting PRN-6F Printer Remote printers require a primary AC power source. If required for the fire alarm system configuration (for example, a Proprietary Fire Alarm System), a remote printer requires a secondary power source (battery backup). Since a secondary power source is not provided as a standard feature, a separate UL-listed Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) should be used. The building emergency power supply may be used, as long as it meets the power continuity requirements of NFPA 72. Refer to NFPA 72 for further details. Connect the remote printer to the FACP via the ANN-S/PG module using a standard DB-25 cable. One end of the cable will plug into the DB-25 connector on the PRN printer and the other end plugs into the parallel connector on the ANN-S/PG module. Note that the 9-pin DB-9 port on the ANN-S/PG is used to connect a serial printer. The 25-pin port is used for a Centronics parallel printer cable. Connect either a serial or parallel printer, but not both at the same time. 1.8.7.42.2 Setting Printer Options Refer to the documentation supplied with the PRN-6F printer for instructions on using the printer menu controls. Set the printer options (under the menu area) as shown in the following table: Table 1.2 PRN Setup Options Option Setting Option Setting Font HS Draft CPI IOCPI 121 6 LPI Skip 0.5 ESC Character ESC Emulate Epson FX-850 Bidirectional Copy ON 1/0 Buffer 40K CG-TAE Graphic Country E-US ASCII Serial Auto CR OFF Baud Format 9600 or 2400 7 Bit, Even, 1 Stop Color Option Not Installed Formien Protocol XON/XOFF Lines . 6LPI=60 Character Set Standard Standard Exec 10.5 SI.Zero On Auto 12 On PAPER BIN 12/72" BIN 12/72" SINGLE 12/72" PUSH TRA 12/72" PULL TRA 12/72" PAP ROLL 12172" ....32 MS-9200UDLS PN 52750:EI 01/27/09 Product Description 1.8.7.5 ANN-hO LED Driver Module The ANN-I/O is an LED driver module that can be used in a wide variety of applications, including as an interface with most customized graphic annunciators. The ANN-I/O can drive up to 40 LEDs. The module is provided with a plastic enclosure for mounting inside the annunciator or accessory box. The following sections describe hardware installation. Refer to the section titled "ANN-BUS Options" on page 118 for programming information. 1.8.7.5.1 ANN-1110 Board Layout Figure 1.7 illustrates the ANN-I/O board showing locations of screw terminals for connection to the FACP, pin connectors for connecting LEDs and the DIP switch for selecting the ANN-BUS ID number. Terminals not used (future) P1 P2 P3 P4 nn0.T1 1 Is? :ii II I 1 10! I II 11 20! I II 21 3 II 31 4 I II LED Out-I I LED Out-' I LED Out-' I LED Out-' LED Power— LED Power-- LED Power-1 LED Power Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used I IllhI!IIIIIIlI - i"ri yur.i iA iA LjA El 01 ANN-BUS Connector Figure 1.7 ANN-I/O Board Layout 1.8.7.5.2 SpecificatIons Max. ANN-BUS Voltage: 28 VDC Max. Current: I Alarm: 200 mA / Standby: 35 mA / Each LED: 10 mA Operating Temperature: 32°F to 120°F (0°C to 49°C) For indoor use in a dry location only ANN-BUS (ID#) Address DIP switch MS-9200UDLS PN 52750:E1 01/27/09 . 33......... Product Description 1.8.7.5.3 ANN-I/O Connection to FACP The ANN-I/O connects to the FACP via the ANN-BUS as illustrated in Figure 1.8. After the ANN-I/O is connected to the panel, it must be added to the system via FACP programming. Refer to the section titled "ANN-I/O Options" on page 120. P1 P2 P3 P4 I 1 101111 I Ii°4!1II1-..11 201 I II 21 . 3011 III 31 40 I ED o-J II LED OutJ I LED Out-J tILED Out-' ED Power— I LED Power-1 LED Power— I LED Power :!II!!IIiI 77 0 ANN-I/O Module 24 VDC nonresettable - 01 - ANN-BUS/ACS BUS ANN-BUS and power wiring are supervised and power-limited L L o TBI1 - jjj TB AcJ TB1O" o 0 2 +24V- + 0 POWER POWER + - MS-9200UDLS Figure 1.8 ANN-I/O Connection to FACP 1.8.7.5.4 ANN-hO Module LED Wiring There are four 12-pin connectors on the ANN-I/O module for connecting LEDs. Each set of 10 LEDs get their power from Pin 11 of the corresponding connector. Internal resistors are sized so that there is approximately 10 mA of current for each LED. No series resistors are required. LED outputs can be mapped to output circuits. Refer to the programming section titled "ANN-I/O Options" on page 120 of this manual. The LEDs are wired as illustrated in Figure 1.9. Note that the illustration depicts only connectors P1 and P2. Wiring is identical for P3 (LEDs 21-30) and P4 (LEDs 31-40). 34' MS-920OUDLS PN 52750:Ei 01127109 LED LED 2 LED 3 LED 4 LED 5 LED 6 LED 7 LED 8 LED LED 10 LED Power no connectIon LED 11 LED 12 LED 13 LED 14 LED 15 LED 16 LED 17 LED 18 LED 19 LED 20 LED Power no connectIon 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 11 12 pin # P2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 11 12 Cathode ' LEDs Anode LEDs Product Description P1 Eini Figure 1.9 ANN-I/O Board Layout 1.8.7.6 ANN-LED Annunciator Module The ANN-LED and ANN-RLED annunciator modules provide LED annunciation of general system faults and input zones/points when used with a compatible FACP. The ANN-LED module provides alarm (red), trouble (yellow) and supervisory (yellow) indication for up to ten input zones or addressable points. The ANN-LEDR provides alarm (red) indication for up to 30 input zones or addressable points. Multiple ANN-(R)LED modules may be used for full system coverage. MS-9200UDLS PN 52750:E1 01127109 .. Product Description 1.8.7.6.1 ANN-LED Board Layout Figure 1.10 illustrates the ANN-LED board showing locations of screw terminals for connection to the FACP and the DIP switches for selecting the ANN-BUS ID number. ANN-BUS (ID#) -01 Address DIP switch fl r1111 - ANN-BUS Connector Figure 1.10 ANN-LED Board Layout 1.8.7.6.2 SpecIfications Max. ANN-BUS Voltage: 24 VDC Max. Current: / Alarm: 68 mA /Standby: 28 mA Operating Temperature: 32° F to 120°F (0°C to 49° C) For indoor use in a dry location only 1.8.7.6.3 Mounting/Installation The ANN-LED Module is supplied mounted to the DP-9692LED Dress Panel. Install the dress panel as described in the documentation supplied with the DP- 9692LED. 36 ........ . . MS-9200LJDLS PN 52750:E1 01/27109 ANN-BUS and power wiring are supervised and power-limited ..u- ANN-BUS/ACS BUS Product Description 1.8.7.6.4 ANN-LED Connection to FACP Figure 1.10 illustrates the ANN-LED board showing locations of screw terminals for connection to the FACP and the DIP switches for selecting the ANN-BUS ID number. MS-9200UDLS Figure 1.11 ANN-LED Connection to FACP MS-9200UDLS PN 52750:E1 01127/09 ....................17 Product Description 1.8.7.7 ANN-RLY Annunciator Module The ANN-RLY relay module provides 10 programmable Form-C relays when used with a compatible FACP. 1.8.7.7.1 ANN-RLY Board Layout Figure 1.10 illustrates the ANN-RLY board showing locations of screw terminals for connection to the FACP and the DIP switches for selecting the ANN-BUS ID number. ANN-BUS (ID#) 10 Address DIP switch (] Do ijilliUl MN TB2 TB4 T. __TD3 jI TB6 -+AB OTB1 0 ANN-BUS Connector Figure 1.12 ANN-RLY Board Layout 1.8.7.7.2 Specifications Operating Voltage: 24 VDC Max. Current: / Alarm: 75 mA / Standby: 15 mA Operating Temperature: 32° F to 1200 F (00 C to 49° C) For indoor use in a thy location only 1.8.7.7.3 Mountlngllnstallation The ANN-RLY relay module can be mounted inside the FACP main circuit board chassis. Refer to documentation supplied with the relay module. I . - MS-9200UDLS PN 52750:E1 01/27/09 - Product Description 1.8.7.7.4 ANN-RLY Connection to FACP Figure 1.13 illustrates the ANN-RLY board showing locations of screw terminals for connection to the FACP and the DIP switches for selecting the ANN-BUS ID number. 0 0 TDI ANN.BUS .,. 0Th' 01 ANN-BUS and power wiring are ANN41LY supervised and power-limited '4 ANN-BUS/ACS BUS +24 VDC o TBI ) )TbjTblubt T. T r rr 01 -1 O41 T VVX/Z/VLI ' I *24V. B A POPCER + - FACP Figure 1.13 ANN-RLY Connection to FACP 1.8.7.8 ANN-BUS Audio Panel Control WARNING! Disconnect all sources of power (AC and DC) before installing or removing any wiring. The FACP is capable of providing automated activation of the ACC-25150(ZSPF) zoned system speaker circuits. To do this, the FACP must be enabled to communicate with the ACC-25/50ZS Audio Panel over the ANN-BUS (refer to "ANN-BUS Enabled" on page 118). This is accomplished by programming the Audio Panel ANN-BUS address into the FACP (refer to "Modules Installed" on page 118). For details on setting the ANN-BUS address and programming the audio panel, refer to the ACC-25/50ZS Series Audio Panel manual (document #51889). The ACC-25/50ZS Series audio panel connects to the FACP via the ACS/ANN- BUS communication circuit. Zones 33 -56 on the FACP correspond to the ACC- 25/50Z5 Series audio circuits I - 24. Zone 32 on the FACP serves as the All-Call zone and will activate all audio panel output circuits. The programmer can select which of the five audio messages at the audio panel will play when an FACP input zone goes into alarm (refer to "Zone Message" on page 96). The message will play over the corresponding audio panel output circuit. - -••. .......MS-9200UDLS PN 52750:E1 - 01/27/09 .39 -. Product Description Examples: FACP Input programmed to Zone 33 goes into alarm, the programmed message for Zone 33 [Message 1, 2, 3,4 or 5] will play over the ACC-25/50ZS Series output circuit I which corresponds to FACP Zone 33. FACP Input programmed to Zone I and Zone 34 (Zone 1 is programmed for a Message [1, 2, 3,4 or 51 and Zone 34 is programmed for No Message) goes into alarm, the programmed message for Zone 1 will play over the ACC-25/50ZS Series output circuit 2 which corresponds to FACP Zone 34. If two or more input zones are active at the same time, the highest priority message will turn on (Message i is highest priority and Message 5 is lowest) and play over the corresponding audio panel output circuit(s). Zone 32 is an All-Call zone. All audio panel output circuits will turn on if Zone 32 is activated and its programmed message will play (or the highest priority message currently being played). A fault at the ACC-25/5OZS Series panel will cause the FACP to indicate a System Trouble and the display will indicate a Voice Evac Fault. The only connection between the FACP and ACC-25/50ZS Series audio panel is a pair of communication wires connected between the A(+)/B(-) terminals on TB9 of the FACP and TB1 terminals 2 & 3 of the ACC-ZPMK module on the audio panel. Figure 1.1 FACP Connection to ACC-25150Z5 Series Audio Panel 40 ...................MS-9200UDLS •PN 52750:E1 01/27/09 ..... Product Description 1.8.8 Legacy ACS Series LED Zone Type Annunciators WARNING! Disconnect all sources ofpower (AC and DC) before installing or removing any modules or wiring. The legacy ACS annunciators may not be used if new ANN-BUS annunciators are being used due to incompatible serial communication protocols. The legacy ACS Series Annunciators remotely display alarm and trouble status as well as system status. In addition, they can provide remote Acknowledge, Silence, Reset and Drill functions. For more detailed information, refer to the appropriate annunciator manual. Following is a list of annunciators which can be used with the MS- IiU]I ' • ACM-16ATF' Annunciator Control Module annunciates 16 zones with 16 red alarm LEDs and 16 yellow trouble LEDs. In addition, it has a System Trouble LED, an On Line/Power LED and a local piezo sounder. AEM-16ATF Annunciator Expander Module annunciates 16 zones with 16 red alarm LEDs and 16 yellow trouble LEDs ACM-32AF' Annunciator Control Module annunciates 32 alarm zones with 32 red LEDs. In addition, it has a System Trouble LED, an On Line/Power LED and a local piezo sounder. It also has a switch for local piezo silence. AEM-32AF Annunciator Expander Module annunciates 32 alarm zones with 32 red LEDs * In Canada, the color red must be used to indicate active alarm inputs. Yellow indicates supervisory, burglary or trouble signals. Green indicates the presence of power, or an activated output. LCD-80F Remote Fire Annunciator The LCD-80F annunciator is an 80-character backlit LCD remote fire annunciator that is capable of displaying English language text. Communications between the control panel and the annunciator is accomplished over a serial interface employing the ETA- (LIII 485 communication standard. Up to 32 LCD-80F annunciators may be connected to Rftkrmw the EIA-485 circuit. The annunciators may be powered from the host FACP or a mmud remote UL listed filtered power supply such as the FCPS Series. For more detailed information, refer to the LCD-80F manual. LDM Series Lamp Driver Modules (Graphic Annunciator) The LDM Series Lamp Driver Modules, which consist of the LDM-32F master and LDM-E32F expander modules, are used to provide an interface to a custom graphic LED annunciator. Legacy ACM-SRF Relay Control Module The ACM-8RF module provides eight Form-C relays with contacts rated for 5 amps. 1.9 Getting Started The following is a brief summary of the minimal steps involved in bringing an MS- 9200UDLS on-line: Install Backbox and Main Circuit Board (refer to "Mounting Backbox" on page 45) Address and Install Intelligent Devices (refer to the SLC Wiring Manual) Enter Autoprogramming (refer to "Autoprogram" on page 64) Resolve Programming Conflicts Go to Point Program to Enter Specific Data (refer to "Point Program" on page 65). Use the right and left arrow keys to navigate between devices. MS-9200UDLS PN 52750:E1 01127/09 ...........................................41 Product Description 1.10 Telephone Requirements and Warnings 1.10.1 Telephone Circuitry Ringer Equivalence Number (REN) = 0.013 AC Impedance: 10.0 Mega Ohm Complies with FCC Part 68 Mates with RJ3IX Male Connector Supervision Threshold: loss of phone line voltage for 2 minutes The REN is used to determine the quantity of devices which may be connected to the telephone line. Excessive RENs on the telephone line may result in the devices not ringing in response to an incoming call. In most, but not all areas, the sum of the RENs should not exceed five (5.0). To be certain of the number of devices that may be con- nected to the line as determined by the total RENs, contact the telephone company to determine the maximum REN for the calling area. 1.10.2 Digital Communicator Before connecting the control panel to the public switched telephone network, the installation of two RJ3IX jacks is necessary. If trouble is experienced with this equip- ment, for repair or warranty information, please contact: Manufacturer: Fire-Lite Alarms, Inc. One Fire-Lite Place Northford, CT 06472 (203) 484-7161 Product Model Number- MS-9200UDLS FCC Registration Number: IJS:1W6AL109200IJDLS Ringer Equivalence: 1.1B Note: This equipment complies with Part 68 of the FCC rules and the requirements adopted by the ACTA. On the inside of the FACP door is a label that contains, among other information, aproduct identifier in the format US:AAAEQ##TXXXX If requeste4 this number must be provided to the telephone company. Alarm dialing equipment must be able to seize the telephone line and place a call in an emergency situation. It must be able to do this even if other equipment (telephone, answering system, computer modem, etc.) already has the telephone line in use. To do so, alarm dialing equipment must be connected to a properly installed RJ3 1X jack that is electrically in series with and ahead of all other equipment attached to the same telephone line. If there are any questions concerning these instructions, consult the telephone company or a qualified installer about installing the RJ31X jack and alarm dialing equipment. Refer to "Digital Communicator" on page 54 for an illustration of the proper installation of this equipment. Important! The DACT must not be used to dial aphone number that is call-forwarded. 42 .......................................- MS-9200UDLS PN 52750:EI 01/27/09 Product Description 1.10.3 Telephone Company Rights and Warnings The telephone company, under certain circumstances, may temporarily discontinue services and/or make changes in its facilities, services, equipment or procedures which may affect the operation of this control panel. However, the telephone company is required to give advance notice of such changes or interruptions. if the control panel causes harm to the telephone network; the telephone company reserves the right to temporarily discontinue service. Advance notification will be provided except in cases when advance notice is not practical. In such cases, notifica- tion will be provided as soon as possible. The opportunity will be given to correct any problems and to file a complaint with the FCC jfyou believe it is necessary. DO NOT CONNECT THIS PROD UCT TO COIN TELEPHONE, GROUND START, OR PARTY LINE SERVICES. When the control panel activates, premise phones will be disconnected 7%vo separate phone lines are required Do not connect both telephone interfaces to the same telephone line. The control panel must be connected to the public switched telephone network upstream (as first device) of any private telephone system at the protected premises. A plug andjack used to connect this equipment to the premises wiring and telephone network must comply with the applicable FCC Part 68 rules and requirements adopted by ACTA. This equipment is designed to be connected to the telephone network orpre- mises wiring using a compliant RJ31X male modular plug and compatible modular jack that is also compliant. MS-9200UDLS PN 52750:E1 01/27109....................................................43............... Product Description 1.10.4For Canadian Applications The following is excerpted from CP-01 Issue 5: NOTICE: The Industry Canada (IC) label identifies certified equipment. This certifica- tion means that the equipment meets certain telecommunications network protective, operational and safety requirements as prescribed in the appropriate Terminal Equip- ment Technical Requirements document(s). The Department does not guarantee the equipment will operate to the users's satisfaction. Before installing this equipment, users should ensure that it is permissible to be con- nected to the facilities of the local telecommunications company. The equipment must also be installed using an acceptable method of connection. The customer should be aware that compliance with the above conditions may not prevent degradation of ser- vice in some situations. Repairs to certified equipment should be made by an authorized Canadian maintenance facility designated by the supplier. Any repairs or alterations made by the user to this equipment, or equipment malfunctions, may give the telecommunications company cause to request the user to disconnect the equipment. Users should ensure, for their own protection, that the electrical ground connections of the power utility, telephone lines and internal metallic water pipe system, if present, are connected together. This precaution may be particularly important in rural areas. CAUTION Users should not attempt to make such connections themselves, but should contact the appropriate electric inspections authority, or electrician. "The Ringer Equivalence Number (REN) assigned to each terminal device provides an indication of the maximum number of terminals allowed to be connected to a telephone interface, the termination of an interface may consist of any combination of devices subject only to the requirement that the sum of the REN of all devices does not exceed 5." DOC Compliance - "This digital apparatus does not exceed the Class A limits for radio noise emissions from digital apparatus set out in the Radio Interference Regulations of the Canadian Department of Communications." Representative: NOTIFIERiFIRE.LITE, CANADA 10 Whitmore Road Woodbridge, Ontario ML 7Th Phone: (905) 856-8733 FAX: (905) 856-9687 IC Certificate Number: Ringer Equivalence Number (REN): 1.3 Load Number: MS-920OUDLS PN 52750:E1 017I09................. Installation SECTION 2 Installation The cabinet may be either semi-flush or surface mounted. The cabinet mounts using two key slots and two 0.250" (6.35 mm) diameter holes located in the backbox. The key slots are located at the top of the backbox and the two securing holes at the bottom. Carefully unpack the system and check for shipping damage. Mount the cabinet in a clean, dry, vibration-free area where extreme temperatures are not encountered. The area should be readily accessible with sufficient room to easily install and maintain the panel. Locate the top of the cabinet approximately 5 feet (1.5 m) above the floor with the hinge mounting on the left. Determine the number of conductors required for the devices to be installed. Sufficient knockouts are provided for wiring convenience. Select the appropriate knockout(s) and pull the conductors into the box. All wiring should be in accordance with the National and/or Local codes for fire alarm systems. 2.1 Mounting Backbox The circuit board contains static-sensitive components. Always ground yourself with a I proper wrist strap before handling any boards so that static charges are removedfrom the body. Use static suppressive packaging to protect electronic assemblies. To prevent damage to the circuit board and to facilitate backbox mounting, the chassis with main circuit board and transformer can be easily removed. Loosen the two 3/8" nuts securing the top flanges of the chassis, then slide the chassis up to free it from the lower tabs. Place the chassis assembly inside the supplied anti-static bag and store in a safe location until it can be reinstalled in the backbox. I Mark and predrill hole in the wall for the center top keyhole mounting bolt using the dimensions illustrated in Figure 2.3 on page 47 SePs.e P Install center top fastener in the wall with the screw head protruding I Place backbox over the top screw, level and secure I Mark and drill the left and right upper and lower mounting holes Note: outer holes (closest to sidewall) are used for 16" O.C. stud mounting I Install remaining fasteners and tighten grounding stud Figure 2.1 MS-9200TJDLS Chassis Removal MS-9200UDLS PN 52750:E1 01/27/09 ......... 45 Installation 2.2 Mounting Optional Transformer/Remounting Chassis One XRM-24B(E) transformer is supplied standard with the control panel. An optional second XRM-24B(E) transformer can be ordered and installed to provide maximum system power. Install the transformers in the locations indicated in the following illustration. The standard transformer is premounted to the chassis. If the optional second transformer has been ordered, mount it to the chassis as illustrated below. The chassis does not need to be removed to install the optional transformer. When the location is dry and free of construction dust, install the chassis/ transformer/circuit board assembly. Mount the chassis to the backbox by aligning the two mounting tabs with the slots in the backbox, then position the two mounting hole tabs over the studs with nuts located in the upper portion of the backbox. Slide the tabs located on the bottom of the chassis into the mounting slots in the backbox by pressing the chassis down. Secure the chassis to the backbox by tightening the two mounting nuts (#10.32) at the top, and to ensure proper grounding, use a 3/8" nut driver or socket. If the main circuit board is not already attached to the chassis, install it by positioning the ten mounting holes over the studs on the chassis and secure with the supplied screws. Connect the Standard XRM-24B(E) Transformer plug to Transformer 1 Connector J10 on the FACP main circuit board Connect the Optional XRM-24B(E) Transformer plug to Transformer 2 Connector Jil on the FACP main circuit board. Complete the installation as detailed in the following sections. i Optional XRM.24B(E) I Transformer Installation Optional XRM-24B(E) Transformer mounting si t I - S Slide top Standard XRM-24B(E)Trausforine -1-0 of XRM-: 0419 intoslota JL of chassis oO 0 yC - Mounting Studs ..0 . b b 0 Ar —Mounting Slot 0 0 Slide bottom flange of XRM-24B(E) into transformer mounting XRM-24B(E) will remain securely in place after bottom flange has been seated. Figure 2.2 MS-9200IJDLS Main Board/Chassis Installation MS-9200UDLS PN 52750:E1 01127/09 Installation 3.37cm i 5.1 cmj i i i i j3.37 cm + 1.625'(4.128c ) i, _L -i. _i .i. . —+'.. Semi-Flush Mounting 'f:' 'j:' ':' 't:' 'ii:' Do not recess box more than 3.875" into wall to Hinge Slot for optional 000000000000000000000000000 000000000000000000000 avoid covering venting Dress Panel 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 000 holes on top ofbox. 4.139 4 16.65' (42.29 cm) H625.' 2.325' (5.91 cm • 4 12.0D'(30.48cm) 2.1 cm .1.62511 ____________ 4.13r - - 125'(32 t --16y- 1213 T L ---------------------- *----q - 4 I 0; 12.13cm 4.775' 1 15.24 cm I I I 4775 -..--- -- 1 I C> 43, 16.0' I 29.95cm 40.64 ctn 11.792' 150' 1 48.37. cm 38'i 9.0' ;38.1 cm I 111 -S I Mount43g . 4 45 slots fo I 175• optiondi \ I + Trim Rind — _ 1.(5 Semi-tish o -----. mountilighole i"- 2.00 - 4.128 an / 1 16.O0'(40.64cm) / 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000 00000000 7 S Hinge Slot for optional' 000000000000000000000000eoeoo,eo,o0000o,e000eoco Dress Panel . 4.535' 13.23 cm 11.52cm I 5.207' I 8 1.00'(2.54cm) ' I 1.3O 3.30cm Figure 23 MS-92001JDLS Cabinet Mounting MS-9200UDLS PN 52750:EI 01/27/09 ...............-. ••47...... Door = 19.26" (48.92 cm) Backbox = 19.0" (48.26 cm) Door= 16.821" (42.73 cm) Backbox = 16.65" (42.29 cm) Left Side Depth = Right Side Installation Top (1323cm) o q Bottom j Figure 2.4 MS-9200IJDLS Cabinet Dimensions An optional Trim Ring (P/N TR-CE-) is also available for semi-flush mount installations. 48 .................................... MS-9200UDLS PN 52750:E1 01/27/09 ... Installation 2.3 Power WARNING: Several different sources ofpower can be connected to this panel. Disconnect all sources ofpower before servicing. The panel and associated equipment may be damaged by removing and/or inserting cards, modules or interconnecting cables while this unit is energized 2.3.1 AC Power and Earth Ground Connection Primary power required for the FACP is 120 VAC, tCD 60 Hz, 3.0 amps for the MS-9200UDLS or 240 ii .ii --'4 VAC, 50 Hz, 1.5 amps for the MS-9200UDLSE. T011 Overcurrent protection for this circuit must comply with Article 760 of the National Electrical Code JI (NEC) and/or local codes. Use 14 AWO (2.00 Iml r1=01 FOI U1 mm2) or larger wire with 600 volt insulation rating. E*RIH Make certain that the AC mains circuit breaker is off before wiring any connections between the mains and the control panel. Connect wiring from the AC mains to TB11 on the FACP, being careful to observe proper connections. Connect a wire from the grounding stud in the cabinet to a known solid earth ground in the building. Refer to Figure 2.1 on page 45 for location of the stud. This connection is vital for maintaining the control panel's immunity to unwanted transients generated by lightning and electrostatic discharge. Apply AC power to the panel only after the system is completely installed and visually checked. Note that AC power must be applied to the panel before installing the battery interconnect cable (refer to the following section). 2.3.2 Battery Power it ,Interconnect P Cable Before connecting the batteries to the FACP, make certain that the interconnect cable between the + batteries is flQt connected. Do not connect the - interconnect cable until the system is completely installed. Observe polarity when connecting the batteries. Connect the battery cable to swpw J9 on the main circuit board. Refer "Power Supply Calculations" on page 187, for calculation of the correct battery rating. WARNING: Battery contains sulfuric acid which can cause severe burns to the skin and eyes and can destroy fabrics. If contact is made with sulfuric aci4 immediately flush the skin or eyes with waterfor 15 minutes and seek immediate medical attention. 2.3.3 Special Application DC Power Output Connection All Special Application DC power outputs are power-limited (refer to "UL Power- limited Wiring Requirements" on page 53). Power-limited Resettable or Nonresettable Power Power-limited Resettable Power 0.300 amperes max., 24 VDC nominal filtered, 0.300 amperes max., 24 VDC nominal filtered, resettable power resettable or nonresettable power can be drawn from can be drawn from TB1 Terminals 3(+) and 4(-) TB Terminals 1(4-) and 2(-) IP4 is used to configure TB1, Terminals I & 2 for: Nonresettable Power - jumper pins I and 2 of 3P4 as shown Resettable Power -jumperpins 2 & 3 of JP4 MM M 1234 Figure 2.5 Special Application Power Outputs -24 VDC MS-9200UDLS PN 52750:E1 01/27/09 ....................... .. . ...................... : .49_ Installation 2.4 Relays The FACP provides two programmable Form-C relays and one fixed fail-safe Form-C trouble relay, all with contacts rated for 2.0 amps @ 30 VDC (resistive) or 0.5 amps @ 30 VAC (resistive). Note that relay connections may be power-limited or nonpower-limited, provided that 0.25" spacing is maintained between conductors ofpower-limited and nonpower- limited circuits. Refer to UL Power-limited wiring requirements. Note that the programmable relay labeled as Relay 1 is factory default programmed as Alarm and programmable Relay 3 is factory default programmed as Supervisory. The relay labeled Relay 2 is fixed as a Trouble relay and cannot be changed. It is a fail-safe relay which will transfer on any trouble or total power failure. NO NC C NO NC C NC NO C 000 !I Relay contacts shown with power applied to panel and no active troubles, alarms or supervisories Figure 2.6 Relay Terminals 2.5 Notification Appliance Circuits The control panel provides four Style Y (Class B) ar two Style Z (Class A) NACs (Notification Appliance Circuits). Each circuit is capable of 2.5 amps of current. Total current in alarm for all external devices cannot exceed 6.0 amps (refer to "Calculating the System Current Draw" on page 188). Use UL listed 24 VDC notification iilfl appliances only. Circuits are supervised and power-limited. Refer to the Device IWII Compatibility Document for a listing of compatible notification appliances. The J' NACs, which are located on the main circuit board, may be expanded via the FCPS Series field charger/power supplies. The following sections describe the configuration and wiring of Style Y and Style Z Notification Appliance Circuits on the MS-9200UDLS main circuit board. The NACs are configured for Style Y (Class B) from the factory. Refer to "Configuring NACs" on page 51 for information on changing the NAC configuration to Style Z (Class A). 50 . .MS-9200UDLS PN 52750:E1 61I27I09 Installation 2.5.1 Configuring NACs The Notification Appliance Circuits on the main circuit board are configured for Style Y (Class B) or Style Z (Class A) by properly orienting the NACKEY card in JP6 which is located at the top of the main circuit board near the NAC terminal blocks TB3 and T134. The default configuration is for Style Y (Class B). Refer to Figure 2.7 for information on installing the NACKEY card. Style Z (Class A) - install NACKEY into JP6 with Class A pointing down toward circuit board as NACKEY Card illustrated to the tight . . .....-11 .. Style Y (Class B) - install NACKEY into JP6 with flflfl .. fl1A1 Class B pointing down toward circuit board. Key pop NACKEY must b inserted with text side facing in toward center of main circuit board and key into key- Key-slot slot as illustrated to the right. It is keyed to prevent incorrect insertion. - JP6 LfMMM LM MM.- Top edge of MS-9200UDLS TS3 184 Main Circuit Board NACKEY card slot —i !W JP6 Figure 2.7 NAC Configuration Using NACKEY 2.5.2 Style Y (Class B) NAC Wiring 4 Style Y (Class B) Notification Appliance Circuits, supervised and power-limited -4.7 kfl, 'A watt P/N:71252 UL listed NAC I NAC 3 NAC 4 NAC 2 Polarized Bells Polarized Bells Polarized Strobes Polarized Strobes Polarized Horns Polarized Horns Notification Appliance Circuit I I I I polarity shown in alarm state circuit number Dummy Load all unused circuit j TB3 TM__ Figure 2.8 NAC Style Y (Class B) Wiring MS-9200UDLS PN 52750:E1 01 /27/09 ................ ....... ............................. 51 Installation 2.5.3 Style Z (Class A) NAC Wiring 2 Style Z (Class A) Notification Appliance Circuits, supervised and power-limited Polarized Bell 6\ 6 \ Polarized Bell Polarized Strobe I L. "i I I (.. 't I Polarized Strobe Polarized Horn 11+ III 11+ r1l Polarized Horn NAC1 ______ NAC2 Notification Appliance Circuit polarity shown in alarm state M TBS TB4 Figure 2.9 NAC Style Z (Class A) Wiring 2.6 Remote Synchronization Output Synchronization is a feature that controls the activation of notification appliances in such a way that all devices will turn on and off at exactly the same time. This is particularly critical when activating strobes which must be synchronized to avoid random activation and a potential hazard to individuals. Devices connected directly to the control panel's NACs can be synchronized as described in "Type" on page 106. Notification appliances connected to remote power sources may require synchronization with the FACP's devices. This can be accomplished by connecting the Remote Synchronization Output from TB2 of the MS-9200UDLS to a compatible sync input of a power supply such as the FCPS-24FS6/8. The 24 VDC, 40 mA signal from TB2 follows, that is mimics, the signal on NAC1. This allows the devices connected to the power supply to be synchronized with the devices connected to NAM on the FACP. The Remote Synchronization Output is power-limited and supervised (refer to "UI. Power-limited Wiring Requirements" on page 53). A 4.7 k() ELR resistor must be connected to the end of the wiring at the remote power supply. Remote Power Supply Sync Input Remote Sync Output 4.7kflELR 0 IP4701 182 1 6 782 184 MUMMMOM WPM PACP main clrcuitboard 0 Figure 2.10 Remote Sync Output -52 MS-9200UDLS PN52750:E1 '01r27109 Installation 2.7 UL Power-limited Wiring Requirements Power-limited and nonpower-limited circuit wiring must remain separated in the cabinet. All power-limited circuit wiring must remain at least 0.25" (6.35 mm) away from any nonpower-limited circuit wiring and nonpower-limited circuit wiring must enter and exit the cabinet through different knockouts and/or conduits. A typical wiring diagram for the MS-9200UDLS is shown below. Figure 2.11 Typical UL Power-limited Wiring Requirements Power-limited Circuits (Class 2) Power-limited Circuits (Class 2) N Nonpower-limited Circuits onpower-limited Circuits /1\\*4, i ii II II ii r I ID a Power-limited Circuits (Class 2) Ito Ift *8 . .i!'lo betwom power-limited and nonpower-limited \ I I 0 I 1 circuits winng 81N 4:L] 025" w Iii — 006— AC Power / o '-Ground Strap I I - ]NOnPower-ilmited Grounding Stud Circuits o To Batteries 0 0 . 0 -MS9200UDLS PN 52750:E1 01/27/09........................................................................... I I Ircerrama Lkma) raTelar Primary Phone Line PH-I Installation 2.8 Digital Communicator Two independent telephone lines can be connected to the control panel. Telephone line control/command is made possible via double line seizure as well as usage of an RJ3IX style interconnection. Note that it is critical that the panel's digital communicator be located as the first device on the incoming telephone circuit to properly function. Important! The DACT must not be used to dial a phone number that is call-forwarded. Customer Premises Equipment and Wiring Network Service RJ31X 11 1I!IIIII1 ir- Computer ___ Provider, lack Unused _____ Facilities - - . - - - RJ 11 Jack Telephone : Demarcation Unused Network Fax Machine RJ-1 I Jack Point lL..jU mma il—ill Answering Telephone L _j System Thephone Figure 2.12 DACT Installation The control panel's digital communicator is built into the main circuit board. Connection and wiring of two phone lines is required as shown below. L1e3) pbau ass T. RdWTh I TO I1I2I3I4I5l6I7I8I I 11121314151 I RJ3IX I I RJ31 Jack j Jad f Nota:Siursllng bars huWaRMUack mm male plug ACITV5 emjclwE J15 J16 '— 7 foot Cable Secondary MCBL.7 Phone Line —4 P11-2 (ordered Modular Fema l Connectors e Male Plug Connectors Figure 2.13 Wiring Phone Jacks . MS-9200UDLS P14 52750E1 - 01127109 Installation 29 Optional Module Installation WARNING! Disconnect all sources ofpower (AC and DC) before installing or removing any modules or wiring. MS-9200IJDLS Keypad/Display Removal Removal of the keypad/display is normally not necessary. If, however, it becomes necessary to replace the keypad/display or access jumpers JP5 and JP7 or switch SWI, the Keypad/Display can be removed by inserting a Phillips screwdriver into each of the three holes located in the flexible covering of the Keypad/Display and loosening the three mounting screws. Note that it is not necessary to disconnect the cables between the Keypad/Display and the main circuit board unless the unit itself is being replaced. Carefully lift the Keypad/Display and rest the unit at the bottom of the main circuit board. Mounting Screw Access Hole Jp'— JP20 0 -, I / — J$J6 a a AS Jia 0 W,W 0 Mounting Screw Access Holes Figure 2.14 Keypad/Display Removal MS-9200UDLS PN 52750:E1 01/27/09 ............... .-55 . - Installation 2.9.1 4XTMF Transmitter Module Installation The 4XTMF provides a supervised output for a local energy municipal box transmitter in addition to alarm and trouble reverse polarity. A jumper option allows the reverse polarity circuit to open with a system trouble condition if no alarm condition exists. A disable switch allows disabling of the transmitter output during testing to prevent accidental calling of the monitoring service. Local Energy Municipal Box Service (NFPA 72 Auxiliary Fire Alarm Systems): Supervisory Current: 5.0 mA Trip Current: 350 mA (subtracted from notification appliance power) Coil Voltage: 3.65 VDC Maximum Coil Resistance: 14.6 ohms Maximum allowable wire resistance between panel and trip coil: 3 ohms Municipal Box wiring can leave the building Remote Station Service (NFPA 72 Remote Station Fire Alarm Systems) - Intended for connection to a polarity reversal circuit or a Remote Station receiving unit having compatible ratings: Maximum load for each circuit: 10 mA Reverse polarity output voltage: 24 VDC Remote Alarm and Remote Trouble wiring can leave the building Before installing the module, place the disconnect switch to the right (disconnect) position to prevent accidental activation of the municipal box. Note that a Disconnect LED will illuminate after the module is installed in the MS-9200UDLS. In addition, the System Trouble LED will turn onto indicate the Disconnect condition. Note: The 4XTMF Module Is not directly suitable for transmitting a reverse polarity supervisory signal. For applications using reverse polarity of a supervisory signal, refer to "FACP with Keltron" on page 204. 5 Remote Alarm (power-limited) Wiring from these } Remote Trouble (lower-limited)' terminals can exit the protected premises. Dummy load terminals No connection 6 and 7 (4.7kfl, V.. watt I } Municipal Box (nonpower-limited)* resistor) if Municipal Box is not connected. 3 4 5 6 7 Polarities are shown for module activation — — -- — S I—I—I—I—I—I—I—I -oc —, I; I TBL Jumper - -.---- .-... Connect toFACPJ1O&Jll Figure 2.15 4XTMF Transmitter Module 56 ............................. M&-9200UDLS PN52750:E1 01/27/09- 12 FACP main clrc Installation The following steps must be followed when installing the 4XTMF module: Remove all power (Primary and Secondary) from the FACP before installing 4XTMF Cut jumper JP3 on the main circuit board to allow the control panel to supervise the 4XTMF module Carefully plug the connectors on the 4XTMF module into connectors J5 and J6 on the MS-9200UDLS main circuit board, being careful not to bend any pins Secure 4XTIvIF module to standoffs with supplied screws. Reapply power to the FACP For proper 4XTMF operation, the output relays must be programmed for the factory default settings: Alarm Relay 1, Trouble Relay 2 and Supervisory Relay 3 When the installation has been complete, enable the 4XTMF module by sliding the disconnect switch to the left Test system for proper operation Figure 2.16 4XTMF Connectors to MS-9200IJDLS Connectors NOTE: Jumper JP2 on the FACP main circuit board can be used to configure the FACP supervisory relay for operation with the 4XTMF module. Relay 3 at TB5 must be programmed as a supervisory relay. Cutting JP2 will allow the 4XTMF to generate a trouble If the supervisory contact opens Leaving JP2 In will prevent generation of a trouble If the supervisory contact opens 2.9.2 Printer A serial printer may be connected to TB8 Terminals 1 -4 on the FACP. The printer can be used to provide a hard-copy printout of real-time events, history file and walktest data. Installation the device requires-panel programming to allow the FACP to communicate with the device. MS9200UDLS PN 52750:E1 01/27109 7 . . . Installation A parallel printer may also be connected to the FACP using the optional ANN-S/PG Serial/Parallel Interface Module. Refer to "ANN-S/PG Serial/Parallel Interface Installation" on page 31 for installation details. Refer to "ANN-BUS Options" on page 118 for programming information. CAUTION! Do not connect aprinter or PC to the MS-9200UDLS FACP if ground fault (zero impedance to ground) exists on the control panel. Circuit damage may result. Remove all power (Primary and Secondary) before installing or removing any wiring. Installation Remote printers and PCs require separate primary power. Also required is the PRT/ PK-CABLE which is an interface cable prewired to a DB9F connector. Wire the PRT/ PK-CABLE to TB8 Terminals 1-4 as illustrated in the following figure. Connect the DB9F connector to the printer or PC serial EIA-232 port. If a nine-pin serial connector is not available on the printer or PC, use a DB25 adapter. Make certain that the DB25 adapter does not sway the Transmit and Receive lines. Apply power to the FACP and printer or PC. Note that a groundfault (zero impedance to ground) may occur on the FA dependent on the printer or PC being used, due to this connection. For this reason, it is important that there be no preexisting ground fault on the panel. Note that the printer may or may not be supervised as determined by user programming. Refer to "Printer/PC" on page 142. FIgure 2.17 Serial Printer and Computer Connections Printer Configuration Refer to the documentation supplied with the printer for pertinent information about printer setup. Set the printer's options as listed in the following table: COMMUNICATION SETUP BUFFER: LARGE DATA BITS: 7 PARITY: EVEN STOP BIT: 1 STOP BAUD RATE: 2400/480019600 AUTOMATIC LINE FEED NO AUTOMATIC CARRIAGE RETURN NO ..........58 -MS-9200UDLS PN52750:E1 01127106 Power Supply Calculations SECTION 7 Power Supply Calculations 7.1 Overview This section contains instructions and tables for calculating power supply currents in alarm and standby conditions. This is a four-step process, consisting of the following: Calculating the total amount of AC branch circuit current required to operate the system Calculating the power supply load current for non-fire and fire alarm conditions and calculating the secondary (battery) load Calculating the size of batteries required to support the system if an AC power loss occurs Selecting the proper batteries for your system 7.2 Calculating the AC Branch Circuit The control panel requires connection to a separate, dedicated AC branch circuit, which must be labeled FIRE ALARM. This branch circuit must connect to the line side of the main power feed of the protected premises. No other non-fire alarm equipment may be powered from the fire alarm branch circuit. The branch circuit wire must run continuously, without any disconnect devices, from the power source to the control panel. Overcurrent protection for this circuit must comply with Article 760 of the National Electrical Codes as well as local codes. Use 14 AWG (2.00 mm2) wire with 600 volt insulation for this - branch circuit. Use Table 7.1 ,to determine the total amount of current, in AC amperes (A), that must be supplied to the system. Table 7.1 AC Branch Circuit Requirements Device Type Numberof Current Draw Total Current Dc (AC amps) per Device MS-9200UDLS 3.00 or 1 X or = MS-9200UDLSE 1.50 CHG-75 [ ] X 2.05 = CHG-120F [ ] X 2.00 = [ ] X [ ] = Sum Column for AC Branch Current Required = MS-9200UDLS PN 52750:EI 01127109 187 Power Supply Calculations 7.3 Calculating the System Current Draw 7.3.1 Overview The control panel must be able to power all internal and external devices continuously during the non-fire alarm condition. To calculate the non-fire alarm load on the system power supply when primary power is applied, use Calculation Column I in Table 7.3 on page 189. The control panel must support a larger load current during a fire alarm condition. To calculate the fire alarm load on the power supply, use Calculation Column 2 in Table 7.3 on page 189. The secondary power source (batteries) must be able to power the system during a primary power loss. To calculate the non-fire alarm load on the secondary power source, use Calculation Column 3 in Table 7.3 on page 189. When calculating current draw and the battery size, note the following: 'Primary' refers to the main power source for the control panel 'Secondary' refers to the control panel's backup batteries All currents are given in amperes (A). Table 7.2 shows how to convert milliamperes and microamperes to fill amperes. Table 7.2 Converting to Full Amperes To convert... Multiply Example Miffiamperes (mA) to mA x 0.001 3 mA x 0.001 = 0.003A amperes (A) Microamperes (ILA) to a mperes (A) ILA x 0.000001 300 hA x 0.000001 = 0.0003 A 7.3.2 How to Use Table 7.3 on page 189 to Calculate System Current Draw Use Table 73 on page 189 to calculate current draws as follows: Enter the quantity of devices in all three columns Enter the current draw where required. Refer to the Device Compatibility Document for compatible devices and their current draw Calculate the current draws for each in all columns Sum the total current for each column Copy the totals from Column 2 and Column 3 to Table 7.4 on page 190 Following are the types of current that can be entered into Table 73 on page 189: / Calculation Column 1 - The primary supply current load that the control panel must support during a non-fire alarm condition, with AC power applied. / Calculation Column 2- The primary supply current load that the control panel must support during a fire alarm condition, with AC power applied. / Calculation Column 3- The standby current drawn from the batteries in a non-fire alarm condition during a loss of AC power. 189 . . MS-9200UDLS PN 52750:El 01/27109 Power Supply Calculations Table 7.3 contains columns for calculating current draws. For each column, calculate the current and enter the total (in amperes) in the bottom row. When finished, copy the totals from Calculation Column 2 and Calculation Column 3 to Table 7.4 on page 190. Table 7.3 System Current Draw Calculations Calculation Column I Primary, Non-Fire Alarm Current Device Type (amps) Calculation Column 2 Primary, Fire Alarm Current (amps) Calculation Column 3 Secondary, Non-Fire Alarm Current (amps) Qty X(currentdrawl= Total Qty X (current drawl = Total Qty X(currentdraw)= Total Main Circuit board 1 )qU.i4UJ= V.340 1 X(U.300J 0.300 I )0.1311= 0.137 ANN-SO ANN-LED F ANN-RLY I ANN-I/O I ANN-S/PG [ AcM-8RP F F F I AFM-16AF LDM-32F LDM-E32F LcD-80P J Xu.V37J= ) X[0.028]= ] X0.015 ) X[O.035]= ) X[0.0451= I XF0.0301 I X(0.040]= I X[0.002]= I X10.0401= F I XFO.0251= F I XIO.040)= I I X[0.0021= 1 1 X[0.064]= xU.U40J II X[0.068]= FI X(O.075]= I X(0.200]= I I X[0.045]= F 1 xio.issi'= F I X(0.056J2= F I xO.018j= F I XIO.056]2= F I XIO.06512= I X[0.056]3= ( I Xj0.0I8]= J X0.064]= - - I I 1 1 I I I ] 1 1 F I F I I I I J F I I I I XtU.ubj= X(0.028]= X(0.015)= XI0.0351= X[0.045]= XI0.0301= XF0.0401 Xj0.002 X0.0401= X0.025]= X[0.0401 XFO.0021= X0.025 = 4XMF - XIO.0051= - )qo.olllt= 1 xIo.005 = 4-WITC Detector HCadS I:I XF = : xi J=I I X( J= POweI'iSiOfl RcIW F I XFO.025]= F I X[O.025]= F I XFO.0251= CIiNI & u'353 xo.u(xbu = maximum alarm draw for all devices .XF 1 I xl 1= I = I F I F 1 0.400 T I qo.uuusuj= SU310 & SIJ3 - XtU.0003U I ALU.uuwui= SD3tE1 & SU35J - )c.1O.UUu3U = XIU.UUO3OJ A1)3U & AU3 - AIU.UVU3OJ= )4O.UUU3O - & 1I35 X(O.UUU3O XLU.uuirSU = kts50x & b3531 - xtu.uuulu = I ,qu.uuuru = fr133111 AO.UUU3O [ XIU.UUU3U 1J3 OP & 1JJ)OPL XjU.000301 I I xJu.0w50J= DWU'&1J3)OKI'L 40.uutr3u]= j 40.000301= B501BH&B501BHT' j I X0.0011= [ I X(0.0011= J24R.b tway Base - )qU.00050 J= XU.UUU5U - BI24B1 Isolator base XIu.U00tJ= I I A(0.uuu45 J= MMI-iOU - )qu.0u040J= I J AU.U0U4O MMI'-JUU-IU - )c4O.UlJ3)U= I J AU.UW)O = MDY-300 xiu.iaiui, - MMY-iUI - XL(P.0003751 I I xu.uutb751= MM1-iU2 - )40.UWL/j I I A40.Uutrlij= M1VLP-3UZ-O X4U.00200J qo.o(inuuJ= mi-LiLA - AIO.0U0301 Atumutoupm CMI-JUU - )qu.uJ3J= AjU.UULUYj= CM1-iuu-b - ,qu.uuaJ= X10.51 UU'-300 - xlu.uuraj= XIo.7I= CfU.-300-b - j AI0.UU14 J= XL0.1m145]= 13UU NAC #15 NAC #2 NAC #3 NACP4 current Lftw ffom1B3 (nonslazm) F I XI0.lRJ0UJ= F ] F I F I Sum each column10 for totals Primary Non-Alarm • Primary Alarm • Secondary Non-Alarm. Table 1oomotc All eight ACM-8RF relays activated on a single module. All annunciator LEDs on LDM-32F with LEDs on If using the Reverse Polarity Alarm output, add 0.005 amps; if using the Reverse Polarity Trouble output, add another 0.005 amps. Refer to the Device Compatibility Document for standby current. Must use compatible listed Power Supervision Relay. Maximum alarm current for each sounder base is 0.015 amps which must be supplied by aux. 24VDC source. S. Current limitation of Terminal 183 & 184 circuits is 2.5 amps per NAC. 9. The total standby current must include both the nonresettable/resettable (TBI Terminals I & 2) and resettable (TBI Terminals 3 & 4) power. Caution must be taken to ensure that current drawn from these outputs during alarm does not exceed maximum ratings specified. Current limitations of TB3 & TB4 circuits is 2.5 amps per NAC output and 0.3 amps per special application auxiliary power output 10.Total current draw listed above cannot exceed 6.0 amps. MS-9200U0LS PN 52750:EI OV27I09 ........................ ..189.............. Power Supply Calculations 7.4 Calculating the Battery Size Use Table 7.4 to calculate the total Standby and Alarm load in ampere hours (All). This total load determines the battery size (in AH), required to support the control panel under the loss of AC power. Complete Table 7.4 as follows: Enter the totals from Table 7.3 on page 189, Calculation Columns 2 and 3 where shown Enter the NFPA Standby and Alarm times (refer to 'NFPA Requirements' below) Calculate the ampere hours for Standby and Alarm, then sum the Standby and Alarm ampere hours Multiply the sum by the derating factor of 1.2 to calculate the proper battery size (in AH) Write the ampere hour requirements on the Protected Premises label located inside the cabinet door Table 7.4 Total Secondary Power Requirements at 24 VDC Secondary Standby Load Required Standby Time (total from Table 7.3 Calculation (24 hours) Column 3) 1 X[ ] = All Primary Alarm Load Required Alarm Time (total from Table 7.3 Calculation (for 5 mm., enter 0.084, Column 2) for 10 mm., enter 0.168) [ ] X[ ] = All Sum of Standby and Alarm Ampere Hours = AH Multiply by the Derating Factor X 1.2 Battery Size, Total Ampere Hours Required = All 7.4.1 NFPA Battery Requirements NFPA 72 Local, Proprietary, Central, Auxiliary and Remote Fire Alarm Systems require 24 hours of standby power followed by 5 minutes in alarm 7.4.2 Selecting and Locating Batteries Select batteries that meet or exceed the total ampere hours calculated in Table 7.4. The control panel can charge batteries in the 7 Al! to 18 AH range. The control panel cabinet is capable of housing batteries up to 18 AN. Batteries larger than 18 All require a UL listed external battery charger and cabinet such as the BB-26, BB-55F or other UL listed external battery cabinet. - 190 . MS-9200UDLS PN52750:E1 01127109 Is Software Zones APPENDIX A Software Zones Al Correlations Setup and configuration of an addressable system is different than a conventional system. In a conventional system, assignment of input devices (smoke detectors, pull stations, heat detectors, etc.) to zones is accomplished through wiring. The wiring is direct from clearly marked panel terminals to any device assigned to a particular zone. Connection of output devices (horns, bells, strobes, etc.) in a conventional system is accomplished by direct wiring of the output devices to Notification Appliance Circuit terminals. In an addressable system, a minimum of a single pair of wires (SLC communication loop) is used to connect all addressable input and output devices. Communications between the FACP (Fire Alarm Control Panel) and all addressable devices takes place over the wire pair which originates from the FACP. Software programming is used to configure the system as opposed to direct wiring. Zone assignments are created via software means, hence the term software zones. Setup of an MS-9200UDLS software zone is accomplished by panel programming. Each addressable device can be assigned to a maximum of five software zones. Each software zone, however, may have from ito 99 addressable input devices assigned to it and from ito 99 addressable output devices assigned to it. Monitor and control modules comprise one group of 99 addresses, with each module having a unique address from Ito 99. Detectors comprise a separate group of 99 addresses, each detector having a unique address from 1 t 99 in its group. Be careful not to duplicate addresses within any one group (modules and detectors). Refer to the following page for an example of zoning. In the example on the following page: Zone 01 has the following addressable devices assigned to it: / SD350 smoke detectors with addresses 01 and 02 / MMF-300 monitor module with address 01 / MW-302 monitor module with address 02 and 03 / CMF-300 control modules with addresses 05,06,07, 09 and 13 Zone 02 has the following addressable devices assigned to it: / MMF-302 monitor module with addresses 02 and 03 / CP350 smoke detectors with addresses 03 and 04 I CMF-300 control modules with addresses 08,09 and 10 Zone 03 has the following addressable devices assigned to it: / SD350 smoke detectors with addresses 05, 06 and 07 / NM-302 control module with address 04 / CMF-300 control modules with addresses 09,11 and 12 The example points out some of the key assignment features of the MS-9200UDLS. Addresses of detectors are not duplicated. Addresses of monitor and control modules are not duplicated. The control module with address 09 is assigned to three software zones (providing floor above and floor below). Be careful to properly plan the installation prior to installing any devices. MS-920OUDLS PN 52750:E1 01127109............................... ... ...-I1.......... Software Zones Correlation of Input and Output Zones Input Devices Zones Output Devices The zone correlations which are shown graphically above are also presented in Table A.1 on page 193 and Table A.2 on page 194. 192 . . MS-9200IJDLS PN 52750:E1 01/27/09 .......... Software Zones Table £1 Detector Programming Sheet Example DETECTOR ZONE ASSIGNMENT Address Device Type Zone Number ADJ/NOIJN Address Device Zone ADJ/NOUN Type Number 01 SD350 I FIRST HALL 51 02 SD350 1 ELEV. LOBBY 52 03 CP350 2 2ND FLOOR 53 04 CP350 2 ROOM 210 54 05 SD350 3 3RD FLOOR 55 06 SD350 3 MEZZANINE 56 07 5D350 3 MECH. ROOM 57 08 58 09 . 59 10 60 11 61 12 62 13 63 14 64 15 65 16 66 17 67 18 . 68 19 69 20 70 21 71 22 72 23 73 24 74 25 . 75 26 76 27 77 28 78 29 79 30 80 31 81 32 82 33 83 34 84 35 85 36 86 37 87 38 88 39 89 40 90 41 91 42 92 43 93 44 94 45 95 46 96 47 97 48 98 49 99 50 .MS-9200UDLS PN 52750:EI 01/27/09 -193 . Software Zones Table £2 Module Programming Sheet Example MONITOR/CONTROL MODULE ZONE ASSIGNMENT Address Device 1pe Zone ADJ/ Address Device Zone ADJ/NOUN Number NOUN Type Number 01 MMF-300 1 51 02 MMF-302 1,2 52 03 MMF-302 1,2 53 04 NW-302 3 54 05 CMF-300 1 55 06 CMF-300 1 56 07 CMF-300 1 57 08 CMF-300 2 58 09 CUT-300 1,2,3 59 10 CUT-300 2 60 11 CMF-300 3 61 12 CMF-300 3 62 13 CMF-300 1 63 14 64 15 65 16 66 17 67 18 68 19 69 20 70 21 71 22 72 23 . . . . . 73 24 74 25 75 26 . 76 27 77 28 78 29 79 30 80 31 81 32 82 33 83 34 84 35 85 36 86 37 87 38 88 39 . 89 40 . 90 41 91 42 92 43 93 44 . 94 45 95 46 96 47 97 48 98 49 99 50 - '194 - ". ' ' ' MS-9200UDLS PN'52750:E1 01127109......... Wire Requirements APPENDIX E Wire Requirements T-tapping of the SLC loop wiring is allowed for 2-wire (Style 4) configurations. The total resistance of any branch cannot exceed 40 ohms. The total wire length of all branches cannot exceed 10,000 feet (3,000 m). Connecting external system accessories to the MS-9200UDLS main circuits must be carefully considered to ensure proper operation. It is important to use the correct type of wire, gauge and run length for each MS-9200UDLS circuit. Reference the chart below to specify wire requirements and limitations for each MS-9200UDLS circuit. Note: If the SLC loop is to be run in conduit with Notification Appliance Circuits, the risk of encountering problems can be greatly reduced by exclusively employing electronic sounders instead of more electronically noisy notification appliances such as electromechanical bells or horns. The SLC can be programmed to operate in LiteSpeed mode (factory default setting) for a quicker device response time. While shielded wire is not required in LiteSpeed mode, it is recommended that all SLC wiring be twisted-pair to minimize the effects of electrical interference. Use the following table to determine the specific wiring requirements for the SLC when unshielded wire is used: Refer Table E.1 on page 206 and Table E.2 on page 207 for wiring requirements. MS-9200UDLS RN 52750:EI 01/27109 -- 205 Wire Requirements Table E.1 FACP Wire Specifications CIRCUIT CONNECTIONS WIRE REQUIREMENTS Recommended Circuit Type Circuit Function Wire Type and Limitations Max. Distance Wire Gauge and Compatible Brands Feet (meters) SLC loop Connects to Twisted, shielded pair 10,000 (3,000 m) 12 AWG (3.25 mm): Genesis 4410, (power-limited) Addressable 40 ohms maximum per Signal 98230, Belden 9583, WPW999 Devices length of Style 6 and 7 8,000 (2,400 m) 14 AWG (2.00 mm2):Genesis 4408 & 4608 loops. 40 ohms per branch maximum for Style 4 loops Signal 98430, Belden 9581, WPW995 CLIP MODE 4,875 (1,450 m) 16 AWG (1.30 mm2): Genesis 4406 & 4606 Signal 98630, Belden 9575, WPW991 Direct Burial Cable Isotec NP7I3IIOVNQ-S 3,225 (980 m) 18 AWG (0.75 mm2): Genesis 4402 & 4602 Signal 98300, Belden 9574, WPW975 Direct Burial Cable Isotec NP7141 I OVNQ-S Twisted, unshielded pair 10,000(3,000 m) 12 AWG (3.25 mm2): Belden 502013L & 40 ohms maximum per 6020UL, Genesis WG-4315 & WG-4515 length of Style 6 and 7 8,000 (2,400 m) 14 AWG (2.00 mm2):Belden 5120UL & LITESPEED loops. 40 ohms per branch maximum for Style 4 loops 6120UL, Genesis WG-4313 & WG-4513 MODE 4,875 (1,450 m) 16 AWG (1.30 mm2): Belden 5220UL & 6220UL, Genesis WO-4311 & WG-4511 3,225 (980 m) 18 AWG (0.75 mm2): Belden 5320UL & 6320UL, Genesis WG-4306 & WG-4506 Untwisted, unshielded pair' 3,000(900 m) 12-18 AWG (3.25-0.75 mm2) using listed wire ACS-BUS Connects to Twisted pair with a 6,000 (1,800 m) 12 AWG (0.75 mm2) (EIA-485) annunciator characteristic impedance of (power-limited) modules 120 ohms ANN-BUS Connects to Twisted pair 6,000 (1,800 m) Refer to 'ANN-BUS Wiring' on page 24 for (EIA-485) annunciator information on device wiring (power-limited) modules EIA-232 connects to remote Twisted, shielded pair 50 (15 m) 18 AWG (0.75 mm2) minimum (power-limited) PC computer NW-300 and Initiating Device Maximum loop wire 2,500(760 m) 12-18 AWG (3.25-0.75 mm2) MME-301 Circuit resistance is 40 ohms for the (power-limited) MMF-300 and 20 ohms for. the NW-301 MW-302 Initiating Device No more than a2.4 volt drop 2,500(760 m) 12-18 AWG (3.25 - 0.75 mm2) (power-limited) Circuit allowed at end of circuit Maximum loop wire resistance is 25 ohms CMF-300 Notification In alarm, no more than a 1.2 Distance limitation 12-18 AWG (3.25 - 0.75 mm2) (power-limited) Appliance volt drop allowed at end of set by 1.2 volt Circuit circuit maximum line drop Remote Sync Provides strobe Untwisted, unshielded pair Distance set by 295 12-18 AWG (3.25-0.75 mm2) Output and normal sync wire ohm resistance for remote NAC limitation power supplies Table Footnote I. When using untwisted, unshielded wire, full conduit is recommended for optimum EMI/RFI protection. 206 MS-9200UDLS PN52750:Ei 01/27/09 Wire Requirements E.1 NAG Wiring The following table lists NAC wiring requirements for the FACP. Table E.2 NAC Wiring Requirements for FACP NAC Load (Amps) Max allowable total tool, resistance (ohms) CLASS-13 Max. allowable wire pair length (feet) CLASS-A Max. allowable wire pair length (feet) AWG 12 solid AWG 14 solid AWG 16 solid AWG 18 solid AWG 12 solid AWG 14 solid AWG 16 solid AWG 18 solid 0.25 12.72 3295 2072 1301 819 1648 1036 650 409 0.5 6.36 1648 1036 650 409 824 518 325 205 0.75 4.24 1098 691 434 273 549 345 217 136 1 3.18 824 518 325 205 412 259 183 102 1.25 2.54 659 414 260 164 330 207 130 1 82 1.5 2.12 549 345 217 136 275 173 108 68 1.75 1.82 471 296 186 117 235 148 93 58 2 1.59 412 259 163 102 206 129 81 511 225 1.41 366 230 145 91 1 183 115 72 45 2.5 1.27 330 207 130 82 1 165 104 65 41 Notes: 1. Calculations are based on Direct-Current Resistance data for uncoated copper wire, per National Electrical Code (2005 Edition) Table 8, Conductor Properties. MS-9200UDLS PN 52750:EI 01/27/09 ...................................................207.... HVAC Control APPENDIX F HVAC Control The FACP can be programmed to shut down a building's HVAC fans in the event of afire. The fans cannot be restarted until the fire alarm condition has been cleared and the FACP has been reset to a normal (non-alarm) condition. IMPORTANT! This HVAC feature is not to be usedfor smoke control. It is only designed to shut down fans during afire alarm condition. F.1 Control Module Operation F.1.1 HVAC SHUTDN The HVAC SHUTDN type code can be assigned to any addressable control relay module for the purpose of shutting down HVAC fans during a fire alarm condition. Devices connected to a module with this type code are unsupervised. To program this feature in the FACP: Program the HVAC SHUTDN type code to the control module which will be used to shut down the fans (refer to Type under the section titled "Edit Module Screen for Control Modules" on page 85). Program the control module to a software zone and program alarm input devices which, when activated are to cause fan shutdown, to the same software zone (refer to Zone Assignment under the section titled "Edit Module Screen for Control Modules" on page 85). Monitor the control module using an addressable monitor module programmed for Trouble Monitor. The monitor module label should be programmed to indicate HVAC SHUTDOWN. When the control module is active (HVAC SHUTDN), the monitor module will indicate a trouble condition at the FACP and the display should indicate the HVAC is shut down. Once activated, the HVAC SHUTDN control module remains activated, even if the FACP is Silenced or reset. After the alarm condition on the FACP has been cleared and the panel reset, the HVAC SHUTDN control module remains activated and the fans remain off. The monitor module programmed for Trouble Monitor which is being used to supervise the control module, will indicate a trouble condition at the control panel and the LCD should display that the HVAC is shut down. The fans can only be restarted when the HVAC SHUTDN control module is deactivated by the HVAC RESTART module. F.2 Monitor Module Operation F.2.1 HVAC RESTART The HVAC RESTART type code can be assigned to any addressable monitor module for the purpose of resetting (deactivating) the HVAC SHUTDN control module and turning the fans back on. The UVAC RESTART monitor module acts globally throughout the FACP system and therefore is not programmed to a particular software zone. To program this feature in the FACP: Program the HVAC RESTART type code to the monitor module which will be used to deactivate the HVAC SHUTDN control module and restart the fans (refer to Type Monitor under the section titled "Edit Module Screen for Monitor Module" on page 76). The HVAC RESTART monitor module does not latch when activated. Pressing a switch connected to the monitor module will deactivate the HVAC SHUTDN control relay module only qf there are. no alarm conditions. The HVAC SHUTDN control relay module can be deactivated if trouble conditions exist on the FACP. . ........................................MS-9200LJDLS PN 52750:E1 01/27/09 HVAC Control F.2.2 HVAC OVRRIDE The HVAC OV.RIUDE type code can be assigned to any addressable monitor module for the purpose of overriding or preventing the HVAC SHUTDN control modules from activating. The HVAC OVRRIDE monitor module acts globally throughout the FACP system and therefore is not programmed to a particular software zone. To program this feature in the FACP: Program the HVAC OVRRIDE type code to the monitor module which will be used to override the HVAC SHUTDN control module and prevent the fans from turning off (refer to Type Monitor under the section titled "Edit Module Screen for Monitor Module" on page 76). The HVAC OVRRIDE monitor module does not latch when activated. Activating a switch connected to the monitor module will override all HVAC SHUTDN control relay modules in the system, preventing the HVAC SHUTDN modules from activating and causing the FACP LCD to display an active HVAC OVRRIDE module and turn on the Supervisory LED. Releasing the switch will allow the HVAC SHUTDN control relay modules to activate with subsequent alarms, turning off the fans. As an example, pressing the HVAC OVRRIDE switch with no alarms in the system will prevent the fans from being turned off when an alarm does occur. As long as the switch is activated, the fans will not shutdown for any alarms. If the system is still in alarm when the switch is released, the fans will not shutdown unless another alarm occurs after the switch is released. Important! If an alarm exists in the system and HVAC Shutdown has already occurred, HVAC OVRRIDE will have no effect on the HVAC SF1TJTDN control relay modules. HVAC OVRPJDE will prevent HVAC Shutdown from occurring g& if it is initiated prior loan alarm condition. Note: Activation of the HVAC OVRRIDE module causes a supervisory event that will be communicated to the Central Station if enabled. MS-9200UDLS PN 52750:E1 01127/09 .......209 ...... Limited Warranty Honeywell International Inc. warrants products manufactured by it to be free from defects in materials and workmanship for eighteen (18) months from the date of manufacture, under normal use and service. Products are date stamped at time of manufacture. The sole and exclusive obligation of Honeywell International Inc. is to repair or replace, at its option, free of charge for parts and labor, any part that is defective in materials or workmanship under normal use and service. All returns for credit are subject to inspection and testing at the factory before actual determination is made to allow credit. Honeywell International Inc. does not warrant products not manufactured by it, but assigns to the purchaser any warranty extended by the manufacturer of such products. This warranty is void if the product is altered or repaired by anyone other than Honeywell International Inc. or as expressly authorized by Honeywell International Inc. in writing, or is serviced by anyone other than Honeywell International Inc. or its authorized distributors. This warranty is also void if there is a failure to maintain the products and systems in which they operate in a proper and workable manner. In case of defect, secure a Return Material Authorization form from our Return Authorization Department. This writing constitutes the only warranty made by Honeywell International Inc., with respect to its products. Honeywell International Inc., does not represent that its products will prevent any loss by fire or otherwise, or that its products will in all cases provide the protection for which they are installed or intended. Buyer acknowledges that Honeywell International Inc., is not an insurer and assumes no risk for loss or damages or the cost of any inconvenience, transportation damage, misuse, abuse, accident or similar incident. HONEYWELL INTERNATIONAL INC. GIVES NO WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR OTHERWISE WHICH EXTENDS BEYOND THE DESCRIPTION ON THE FACE HEREOF. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL HONEYWELL INTERNATIONAL INC. BE LIABLE FOR ANY LOSS OF OR DAMAGE TO PROPERTY, DIRECT, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL, ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF, OR INABILITY TO USE HONEYWELL INTERNATIONAL INC.'S PRODUCTS. FURTHERMORE, HONEYWELL INTERNATIONAL INC. SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH WHICH MAY ARISE IN THE COURSE OF, OR AS A RESULT OF, PERSONAL, COMMERCIAL OR INDUSTRIAL USE OF ITS PRODUCTS. This warranty replaces all previous warranties and is the only warranty made by Honeywell International Inc. No increase or alteration, written or verbal, of the obligation of this warranty is authorized. m-HL-05-2007.fm (J FireuTe ALArmS by Honeywell World Headquarters 1 Firelite Place Northford, CT 06472-1653 USA 203-484-7161 fax 203-484-7118 www.firelite.com IS0 90011 IUIITT ITITINI CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF FORESTRY & FIRE PROTECTION OFFICE OF THE STATE FIRE MARSHAL I - FIRE ENGINEERING - BUILDING MATERIALS LISTING PROGRAM LISTING SERVICE LISTING No. 7165-0075:0208 Page 1 of I CATEGORY: 7165 - FIRE ALARM CONTROL UNIT (COMMERCIAL) LISTEE: FIRE-LITE ALARMS lNC.One Fire-Lite Place, Northford, CT 06410-1653 Contact: Brian Reynolds (203) 484-7161 Fax (203) 484-7309 Email: Brian.ReynoIds2©Honeywell.com DESIGN: Models MS-9200UD and *MS.9200UDLS addressable control units. Local, auxiliary, remote station, central station and proprietary (protected premise). Refer to listee's data sheet for detailed product description, operational considerations and required/optional accessories. When required, accessories shall be CSFM listed. RATING: 120 VAC, 60 Hz, 2.06 A Primary, 24 VDC Secondary INSTALLATION: In accordance with listee's printed installation instructions, applicable codes and ordinances and in a manner acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction. MARKING: Listee's name, model number, electrical rating and UL label. APPROVAL: Listed as an addressable fire alarm control panel for use with separately listed compatible initiating and indicating devices. Refer to listee's Installation Instruction Manual for details. This control unit can generate a distinctive three-pulse Temporal Pattern Fire Alarm Evacuation Signal (for total evacuation) in accordance with NFPA 72, 2002 Edition. This control unit meets the requirements of UL-864, 9th Edition Standards. NOTE: For Fire Alarm Verification Feature (delay of fire alarm signal), the maximum Retard/Reset/Restart period shall not exceed 30 seconds. 04-21-09 uQ This listing is based upon technical data submitted by the applicant. CSFM Fire Engineering staff has reviewed the test results and/or other data but does not make an independent verification of any claims. This listing is not an endorsement or recommendation of the item listed. This listing should not be used to verify correct operational requirements or installation criteria. Refer to listee's data sheet, installation instructions and/or other Date Issued: July 01, 2012 Listing Expires June 30, 2013 Authorized By: JASON DEWITT, Deputy State Fire Marsha! Fire Engineering Division DF-52397:A • D-500 BAT Series Batteries Sealed Lead-Acid 8 Flre.LlTeaALarms by Honeywell - Power Supplies/Accessories it-t1 BAT Series Batteries feature a new part-numbering/listing sys- tem - providing an improved method of delivery for Fire-Lite- approved sealed lead-acid batteries for all your fire alarm sys- tem needs. Multiple brands of batteries are now offered under generic part numbers, reducing backorder situations and permit- ting us to deliver these products in a more timely fashion. Fire-Lite has approved the multiple brands listed below as pos- sible product shipped for a given part number. Please note that any incoming orders for "PS Series" batteries will be converted to the equivalent BAT Series part numbers. Features Provide secondary power for control panels. Sealed and maintenance-free. Overcharge protected. Easy handling with leakproof construction. Ruggedly constructed, high-impact case (ABS, polystyrene, or polypropylene, depending on models). Long service life. Compact design. 6933v.Jpg Agency Listings and Approvals The listings and approvals below apply to BAT Series Batteries. In some cases, certain modules may not be listed by certain approval agencies, or listing may be in process. Consult factory for latest listing status. UL Recognized Components: files MH19884 IS & B Bat- tery), MH20727 (UPQ previously Jolt), MH20845 (Power- Sonic). Part Number Reference 6933k.yl.thl PREVIOUS CURRENT BATTERY ALTERNATES APPROVED: Part Number Part Number DESCRIPTION manufacturers and PINS shipped under BAT PINs PS-612 Discontinued N/A N/A PS-695 Discontinued N/A. N/A PS-1242 BAT-1250 12 V, 5 AH, sealed. 13125-12 (B&B Battery); PS-1250 (Power-Sonic); 5A1250 (Jolt) to be replaced with UB1250 (UPG). PS-1250 BAT-1250 12 V, 5 AH, sealed. BP5-12 (B&B Battery); PS-1250 (Power-Sonic) SA1250 (Jolt) to be replaced with UB1250 (UPG). PS-1270 BAT-1270 12 V, 7 AH, sealed. BP7-12 (B&B Battery); PS-1270 (Power-Sonic); SA1272 (Jolt) to be replaced with UB1270 (UPG). PS-12120 BAT-12120 12 V, 12 AH, sealed. BPI2-12 (B&B Battery); PS-12120 (Power-Sonic) SA12120 (Jolt) to be replaced with U131 2120 (UPG). PS-12170 BAT-12180 12 V, 18 AH, sealed. PS-12180 (Power-Sonic); SA12180 (Jolt) to be replaced with UB12180 (UPG). PS-12180 BAT-12180 12 V, 18 AH, sealed. PS-12180 (Power-Sonic); SA12180 (Jolt) to be replaced with UB12180 (UPG). PS-12250 BAT-12260 12 V, 26 AH, sealed. BP26-12 (B&B Battery); PS-12260 (Power-Sonic) SA12260 (Jolt) to be replaced with UB12260 (UPG). PS-12550 BAT-12550 12 V, 55 AH, sealed. PS-12550 (Power-Sonic); XSA12550 (Jolt) to be replaced with UB12550 (UPG). PS-12600 BAT-12550 12 V, 55 AH, sealed. PS-12550 (Power-Sonic); X5A12550 (Jolt) to be replaced with UB12550 (UPG). PS-12750 Discontinued N/A N/A PS-121000 BAT-121000 12 V, 100 AH, gell cell. PS-121000 (Power-Sonic); XSAI21000A (Jolt) to be replaced with L1131 21000 (UPG). DF-52397:A • 12/29/06 - Page 1 of 10 70% 60% U a 50% (a 0 0 80% Characteristic Discharge Curves 6.5 .13 2 6.0-12 5.5 11 5.0-10 In 4.5.9 4.0 $ .11 -20° -10° 0° 10° 20° 30° 40° 50° 60° . Temperature (Degrees C.) 100% 90% 40% 0% - - - - - A Charging is NOT necessary unless of capacity II 100% - is required. N 5°C A Charging before - _(4) II use is necessary to help recover hill capacity. ---- - A Charge may '11° fail to II full capadt - - - 40°C - 30°C - 20:C - (104°F) (86°F) - F) (61 *F) II DO batteries - - reach this state. -..--.--..--. Usk 1001 IIIiiIiIIl!! .iiiuiiuii.i .uuI1HhI.Iu..I IuiIJ.uI..I t 2 3 5 10 2030 60 2 3 5 10 2030 inflates hours Discharge Time @20°C (68°F) 120% Effect of Temperature on Capacity 100% 80% (a of 0 60% to 0. 40% 20% 0% at left: PS-121000 Shelf-Life and Storage 0.5 C 0.1 C 0.25 C 0.6 C 'C 2C POWER-SONIC lifleti_thi MODEL Nominal Voltage V Nominal Capacity 20 hr. rate A.H. Discharge Cu;nt 20 hr. mA DIMENSIONS Width in. mm - --- Depth in. flift Height in. nint Height over tairminal in. mrm Wilbight - - lbs. kg. P5-1250 12 5.0 250 3.54 90 2.76 70 4.02 102 4.21 107 4.1 1.9 P5-1270 12 7.0 325 5.94 151 2.56 65 3.70 94 3.86 98 5.7 2.6 PS-12120 12 12 600 5.94 151 3.86 98 3.70 94 3.86 98 8.8 4.0 PS-12180 12 18 875 7.13 181 2.99 76 6.57 167 6.57 167 12.8 5.8 PS-12250 12 25 1300 6.89 175 6.54 166 4.92 125 4.92 125 18.7 8.5 PS-12550 12 55 3000 1025 260 208 9.45 240 397 18.0 PS-121000 12 100 5000 12.00 305 g[ig 208 1 9.45 240 65.7 29.8 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 Standing Period (Months) 14.0 V - - I I I I I 11 Ambient Temperature 20°C (68°F) 13.0V 21 - - - - - - - tA - - 12.0 V - - - -- - - - - 1 2O OA 10.0V - - - - - - -- Final IOOA Voltage 8.OV - 2?0A 1.2 2.4 6 12 24 36481 2 4 6 810 20 4 MINUTES x HOURS Discharge Time Page 2 of 110- DF.52397:A ° 12/29/06 at left: PS-1210000 Discharge Characteristics B & B BATTERY Model V Nominal CapacIt 20 hr 10 hr 5 h 9P5-12 12 5.00 4.75 4.2 BP7-12 12 7.00 6.65 5.9 BP12-12 12 12.00 11.40 10.2' BP26-12 12 26.00 24.70 1 22.1' Charging Procedure Application Charging method For standby power source Constant voltage an constant current charging (with currer I restriction) For cycle sertice Temperature compensation of chargi Final Voltage [ 5 min 10 minI 15n Batte, 10.80 V 180.8 133.1 106 10.50 V 1 209.2 144.2 111 10.20 V 222.3 149.4 115 9.90 V 232.3 152.9 117 9.60 V 240.0 156.0 12C Final Voltage Discharge Time: for Model BP7-12 5 min 10 min 1 15 mm 1 30 mm 1 hr 1 3 h 1 5 h 1 10 hr 1 20 hr Battery Output Power (W): for Model BP742 10.80 V 253.1 186.3 149.3 88.8 50.95 20.40 14.07 7.86 4.11 10.50 V 1. 292.9 201.8 1562 92.2 52.47 20.81 14.28 7.98 4.20 10.20 V 3112 209.1 161.0 94.3 53.42 21.00 14.36 8.02 4.22 9.90 V 3252 214.1 164.7 95.6 54.06 21.15 14.41 8.04 4.23 9.60 V 336.0 218.4 168.0 96.6 54.60 21.27 14.45 8.04 4.23 Final Voltage Discharge Time: for Model BPI2-12 5 min 1 10 min 15 min 130 min i hr 1 3 hr 1 5 hr 1 10 hr 20 hr BatteryOutput Power (W): for Model BPI 2-12 10.80 V 433.9 319.4 256.0 152.3 87.34 34.98 24.12 13.48 7.05 10.50 V 1 502.2 346.0 267.7 158.1 89.96 35.68 24.48 13.68 7.20 10.20 V 533.6 358.5 276.0 161.7 91.57 36.00 24.61 13.75 7.23 9.90 V 557.5 367.1 282.4 164.0 92.67 36.25 2470 13.79 725 9.60 V 576.0 374.4 288.0 165.6 93.60 36.47 24.77 13.79 7.25 Final Voltage Discharge Time: for Model BP264 2 5 min ElOmmn 15 min 1 30 mm lhr ] 3 h 1 5 h [ 10 hr 20 hr Battery Output Power (W): for Model BP26-12 10.80 V 940.0 692.0 554.6 330.0 189.23 75.79 52.25 2920 1526 10.50 V 1 1088.0 749.7 580.0 342.5 194.91 77.30 53.04 29.64 15.60 10.20 V 1156.0 776.7 598.0 350.3 198.41 78.00 53.33 29.79 15.67 9.90 V 1208.0 795.3 611.8 355.2 200.79 78.54 53.52 29.88 15.71 9.60 V 1248.0 8112 624.0 358.8 202.80 79.01 53.68 29.88 15.71 Constant Power Discharge Characteristics at 250c/77°F for BPI2-12 Constant Power Discharge Characteristics at 250(277°F for BP26-12 DF-52397:A • 12/29/06 - Page 3 of 10 13.0 12.0 12.0 9 Ui a 11.0 10.0 9.0 Ui I- 2.0 7.0 BPO5-12 BPI2-12 Page 4 of 10— DF-52397:A • 12/29/06 B & B BATTERY BP5-12 Battery Discharge Characteristics (25°C/770F) 7.0 - 1 23 5 10 2030 60 23 5 Ic 2030 > minutes hours J w a DISCHARGE TIME BP05dIs.51 9 —J z BPI2-12 Battery Discharge Characteristics (25°C1770F) 13.0 ======-- , hqb 0 I'm I IS we 111 Ek 0 1 ki b, 1 N I mIlkllllIKmI.!!!•- 111111111111iffillmill uumiiiriiimui UliLiiiiI•Ii DISCHARGE TIME BP7-12 Battery Discharge Characteristics (25°C/770F) 11,1111 E Ill I 101100111111111111 UIII1I1IiIIUI!uiuiiiuiiiii•ii 11111111110111111111 1 2 3 5 10 20 20 60 2 3 5 10 20 30 minutes hours BP07es.11f DISCHARGE TIME BP26-12 Battery Discharge Characteristics (25°C/770F) 13.0 12.0 > Ui a 11.0 10.0 9.0 Ui I- 80 6 7-fl 23 6 10 2030 60 23 5 10 2030 minutes hours BP26es.tif DISCHARGE TIME BP26-12 UPG BATTERY UB1250 has the same specifications as previous Jolt SA 1250; SA 1272 to be replaced with UB1270 (specs/diagrams pending). U01250 (previously SAl 250) Diagrams SAl 272 Diagrams UB1250/SA 1250 discharge current vs. time SA1272 discharge current vs. time iui•uuuiiuui 0 500 1 2 3 5 10 5030 53 100 203 0 500 I 2 3 .5 10 2333 50 100 203 -(mA) 6933up01 M Cirent 6933up03.tif Cured UB1250/SA 1250 discharae characteristics (25°C177°F) SA1272 discharge characteristics (25°C/77°F) II 4oc(1cwF) 0I II I I II I II I II I 23 .5 10 2333 50 23 .5 10 2330 I- (Tin 1 6938up02.tif Dtharge line 1.1131 250, SAl 250 Specifications Nominal voltage: 12 V. Nominal capacity (20 hr): 5.0 AH. Dimensions: total height 107 mm (4.21'); container height 101 mm (3.98); length 90 mm (3.54'); width 70 mm (2.76"). Weight: approximately 1.83 kg (4.03 Ibs). Container material: UL94HB ABS, UL94V-0 ABS. Internal resistance (25°C, 77°17): - 32 m. Discharge capacity under different temperatures: 40°C: - 102% 25°C: - 100% 0°C: - 85% Capacity 25°C177°F: 20 hr @ 0.25 A: 5.0 AH. 5 hr @ 0.8 A: 4.0 AH. 1 hr @ 3.0 A: 3.0 AH. I C @ 5.0 A: 2.5 AH. Charging voltage (25°C, 77°F): Standby use: 13.65 V * 0.15 V. Cycle use: 14.7 V ± 0.3 V. ° Maximum discharge current: 60 A (5 sec). Maximum charging current: 1.5 A. Self-discharge residual capacity (25°C, 77°F): After 3 months: - 90%. After 6 months: - 82%. After 12 months: - 70%. 01 II I I II I II I I II I 23 5 lU 2333 50 23 5 10 2330 nTtr._-i.,_IT 6933up04.tif Discharge Tens SAl 272 Specifications ° Nominal voltage: 12 V. Nominal capacity (20 hr): 7.2 AH. ° Dimensions: total height 100 mm (3.94°); container height 94 mm (3.70"); length 151 mm (5951); width 65 mm (2.56'). ° Weight: approximately 2.66 kg (5.85 Ibs). Container material: UL94HB ABS, UL94V-0 ABS. ° Internal resistance (25°C, 77°17): - 22 m. Discharge capacity under different temperatures: 40°C:-102% 25°C: - 100% 0°C:-85% ° Capacity 25°C177°F: 20 hr @ 0.36 A: 7.2 AH. 5hr@ 1.15A: 5.76 AH. 1 hr @ 4.32 A: 4.32 AH. 1C@ 7.2 A: 3.6 AH. ° Charging voltage (25°C, 77°F): Standby use: 13.65 V ± 0.15 V. Cycle use: 14.7 Vi 0.3 V. Maximum discharge current: 90 A (5 sec). ° Maximum charging current: 2.16 A. ° Self-discharge residual capacity (25°C, 77°F): After 3 months: - 90%. After 6 months: - 82%. After 12 months: - 70%. DF-52397:A ° 12/29/06 - Page 5 of 10 13 UPG BATTERY Same specifications as previous Jolt models; packaging and part numbers are the only changes. UB12120 (was SA12120) Diagrams 1JB121201SA12120 discharge current vs. time - - _•_ •_ __• - --.---.--I 6933up05i1f Curent UBI2I2OISA 12120 discharge characteristics (25°C(77°F) uuuii•uiuuui__ NO -.-• = -_•_: _ _ -. i NOR iIII ME 01I1I1iUI!!L!!__ IIS!11Ii 1 II i•uuiuuiuuui UBI 21209 SAl 2120 Specifications Nominal voltage: 12 V. Nominal capacity (20 hr): 12.0 AH. Dimensions: total height 100 mm (3.94"); container height 94 mm (3.79); length 151 mm (5.95"); width 98 mm (3.86"). Weight: approximately 4.10 kg (9.04 Ibs). Container material: UL94HB ABS, UL94V-0 ABS. Internal resistance (25°C, 77°F): - 14 m. Discharge capacity under different temperatures: 40°C: - 102% 25°C: - 100% 0°C: - 85% Capacity 25°C177°F: 20 hr @0.6 A: 12.0 AH. 5 hr @ 1.92 A: 9.6 AH. 1 hr @7.2 A: 7.2 AH. I C @ 12.0 A: 6.0 AH. Charging voltage (25°C, 77°F): Standby use: 13.65 V ± 0. 15 V. Cycle use: 14.7 V ± 0.3 V. Maximum discharge current: 120 A (5 sec). Maximum charging current: 3.6 A. Self-discharge residual capacity (25°C, 77°17): After 3 months: - 90%. After 6 months: - 82%. After 12 months: - 70%. Page 6 of 10- DF-52397:A • 12/29/06 UB12180 (was SAI2I80) Diagrams UB12180/SA12180 discharge current vs. time II JT L 0 WO I 2 3 5 10 20 3D 9D 100 200 }e_ _+ ri 6933up07.tit Curent UB12180/SA 12180 discharge characteristics (25°C/77°F) 13 II I I II I II I I II 1 2 3 5 10 ) 80 2 3 5 10 2D 30 81111 IL 6933p08.tif DiSCItgO r UB12180, SA12180 Specifications Nominal voltage: 12 V. Nominal capacity (20 hr): 18.0 AH. Dimensions: total height 167 mm (6.58"); container height 167 mm (6.58'); length 181 mm (7.13"); width 76 mm (2.29'). Weight: approximately 6.06 kg (13.36 Ibs). Container material: UL94HB ABS. UL94V-0 ABS. Internal resistance (25°C, 77°F): - 13 m. Discharge capacity under different temperatures: 40°C: - 102% 25°C: - 100% 0°C: - 85% Capacity 25°C177°F: 20 hr @0.9 A: 18.0 AH. 5 hr @2.88 A: 14.4 AH. I hr @ 10.8 A: 10.8 AH. I C @ 18.0 A: 9.0 AH. ° Charging voltage (25°C, 77°F): Standby use: 13.65 V ± 0.15 V. Cycle use: 14.7 V ± 0.3 V. Maximum discharge current: 300 A (5 sec). Maximum charging current: 5.4 A. Self-discharge residual capacity (25°C, 77°F): After 3 months: - 90%. After 6 months: - 82%. After 12 months: - 70%. 0 I 23 5 10 20 M 80 23 5 tO 20 I, 8933up06.8t flchge Ttme ____--I--u.---- mmm~&Vm=~H MMINEENINEW _-.-__.___ uuiuuuiii•iu ____--'---I.---- --.--u.---- ______I___I..._ I.IIIIIiuu.. UPG BATTERY Same specifications as previous Jolt models; packaging and part numbers are the only changes. UB12260 (was SA12260) Diagrams U131 2550 (was 5A12550) Diagrams UB12260/SA 12260 discharge current vs. time UB12550/SA 12550 discharge current vs. time I'm! irtr ''c Iuu...I.uI...I - - •-- • - :i Elk, iiii__ Ni nhl10 10 2U 30 6933up10.tif DachNge rinbe UBI 2260, SAl 2260 Specifications Nominal voltage: 12 V. Nominal capacity (20 hr): 26.0 AH. Dimensions: total height 125 mm (4.92"); container height 125 mm (4.92); length 166 mm (6.54"); width 175 mm (6.89"). Weight: approximately 8.80 kg (19.40 Ibs). Container material: UL94HB ABS, 1JL94V-0 ABS. Internal resistance (25°C, 77°F): - 10 m. Discharge capacity under different temperatures: 40°C: - 102% 25°C: - 100% 0°C: - 85% Capacity 25°C/77°F: 20hr@ 1.3A:26.OAH. 5 hr @4.16 A: 20.8 AH. I hr@ 15.6 A: 15.6 AH. I C©26.OA: 13.0 AH. Charging voltage (25°C, 77°17): Standby use: 13.65 V 10.15 V. Cycle use: 14.7 V ± 0.3 V. Maximum discharge current: 300 A (5 sec). Maximum charging current: 7.8 A. Self-discharge residual capacity (25°C, 77°F): After 3 months: - 90%. After 6 months: - 82%. After 12 months: - 70%. 0 510 1 2 3 5 10 5130 53 100 510 'I 6933up11i11 Cugent UB12550/SA12550 discharqe characteristics (25°C1770F) 13 '9 01 II I I II I II I II I 23 5 10 2351 51 23 5 10 2330 min h 69330p12 lit Discherge Ten. UBI 2550, SAl 2550 Specifications Nominal voltage: 12 V. Nominal capacity (20 hr): 55.0 AH. Dimensions: total height 234.5 mm (9.23"); container height 216.5 mm (8.52"); length 229 mm (9.02"); width 138 mm (5.43"). ° Weight: approximately 19.0 kg (41.8 Ibs). ° Container material: UL94HB ABS, UL94V-0 ABS. ° Internal resistance (25°C, 77°F): - 8 m. Discharge capacity under different temperatures: 40°C: - 102% 25°C:-100% 0°C: - 85% ° Capacity 25°C177°F: 20 hr @ 2.75 A: 55.0 AH. 5 hr @ 8.8 A: 44.0 AH. I hr @ 33.0 A: 33.0 AH. I C @ 55.0 A: 27.5 AH. Charging voltage (25°C, 77°F): Standby use: 13.65 V ± 0.15 V. Cycle use: 14.7 V ± 0.3 V. Maximum discharge current: 600 A (5 sec). Maximum charging current: 16.5 A. ° Self-discharge residual capacity (25°C, 77°F): After 3 months: - 90%. After 6 months: - 82%. After 12 months: - 70%. Thnai.I__ iuirn•rnuiiu DF-52397:A • 12/29/06 - Page 7 of 10 --.---u.---- ____--.---'..--- ___•uiuuuir ____••i•i• --.---..--- ___..I -.-I...'- uuIuiu'ul.u. UI5UHANUIL UUHtft4l UPG BATTERY Same specifications as previous Jolt models; packaging and part numbers are the only changes. UBI2I000 (XSAI2I000A) Diagrams UBI2I000/XSAI2I000A discharge current vs. time EI 2 A c IA 2121 Al 2 1 S II 2121 Ii 6933upI4.til Ocharge Tim U131 21000 (XSAI2I000A) Diagrams Nominal voltage: 12 V. Nominal capacity (20 hr): 100.0 AH. Dimensions: total height 221 mm (8.70"); container height 214 mm (8.43°); length 329 mm (12.95"); width 172 mm (6.77). Weight: approximately 34.00 kg (74.8 Ibs). Container material: UL94HB ABS, UL94V-0 ABS. Internal resistance (25°C, 77°F): — 6.5 m. Discharge capacity under different temperatures: 40°C: — 102% 25°C: — 100% 0°C:-85% Capacity 25°C/77°F: 20 hr @ 5.0 A: 100.0 AN. 5 hr @ 16.0 A: 80.0 AH. 1 hr @60.0 A: 60.0 AH. I C @ 100.0 A: 50.0 AH. Charging voltage (25°C, 77°F): Standby use: 13.65 V ±0.15 V. Cycle use: 14.7 V ± 0.3 V. Maximum discharge current: 600 A (5 sec). Maximum charging current: 30 A. Self-discharge residual capacity (25°C, 77°F): After 3 months: — 90%. After 6 months: — 82%. After 12 months: -. 70%. (t1Ii L4 NOMMUROZZ Now 6933up15wm1 DISCHARGE TIME Summary discharge current vs. time curve (25°C1170F) • I______....II___ loon uiuuMEN 1110111111111010, IIIIIi 0 ILIlUiII 11111111 M M M ME IN IN W 161, 6111102111 - IIIUIIIIIIIhii — UPG Summary Diagrams Summa Page 8 of 10— DF-52397:A • 12/29/06 UPG BATTERY Same specifications as previous Jolt models; packaging and part numbers are the only changes. Charging Procedure: UPG Battery 6933ubch.tbl Temperature Maximum Charging time 0.1 CA. Charging compensation charging . 25°C (h) Application Charging method voltage at coefficient of current Temp (°C) 100% 50% 25°C (Vlcell) charging voltage (CA) (mVl°Clcell) discharge discharge For standby Constant voltage and 2.25 -2.30 - 0.3 T 2t 24 T 20 power source constant current _ Charging (with current (-1.8 mVl°F/cell) ___ 0— 40°C (32 - 104°F) For cycle 5 service restriction) 2.40 —2.50 (-2.8 mV/°F/cell) 0.3 16<1<24 10<T<24 Temperature compensation of charging voltage is not needed vihen using the battenes wthin 5°C to 35°C range. DF-52397:A • 12/29/06 - Page 9 of 10 Flre•Llte€) Alarms is a registered trademark of Honeywell International Inc. Batteries display trademarks of the manufacturer. 02006 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this document is strictly prohibited. This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. Iso 9001 We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. • cannot cover all specific applications or anticipate all requirements. UlIlFNE IMMUMt1IIfI All specifications are subject to change without notice. UVHITY SYSTEMS For more information, contact Fire-Lite Alarms. Phone: (800) 627-3473, FAX: (877) 699-4105. www.firelite.com Page 10 of 10— DF-52397:A • 12/29/06 df-52417:c • B-go ANN-80 FureuTeALarms 80-Character LCD 8 Serial Annunciator by Honeywell Annunciators 1 The ANN-80 annunciator is a compact, backlit, 80-character LCD fire annunciator that mimics the Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP) display. It provides system status indicators for AC Power, Alarm, Trouble, Supervisory, and Alarm Silenced condi- tions. The ANN-80 and the FACP communicate over a two-wire serial interface employing the ANN-BUS communication format. Connected devices are powered, via two additional wires, by either the host FACP or a remote UL-listed, filtered power supply. ANN-80 is red; for white, order ANN-80-W. The ANN-80 displays English-language text of system point information including device type, zone, independent point alarm, trouble or supervisory status, as well as any custom alpha labels programmed into the control panel. It includes con- trol switches for remote control of critical system functions. (A keyswitch prevents unauthorized operation of the control switches.) j Up to eight ANN-80s may be connected to the ANN-BUS of each FACP. No programming is required, which saves time dur- Ing system commissioning. Features Listed to UL Standard 864, 9th Edition. Backlit 80-character LCD display (20 characters x 4 lines). Mimics all display information from the host panel. Control switches for System Acknowledge, Signal Silence, Drill, and Reset. Control switches can be Independently enabled or disabled at the FACP. Keyswitch enables/disables control switches and mechani- cally locks annunciator enclosure Keyswitch can be enabled or disabled at the FACP. Enclosure supervised for tamper. System status LEDs for AC Power, Alarm, Trouble, Supervi- sory, and Alarm Silence. Local sounder can be enabled or disabled at the FACP. ANN-80 connects to the ANN-BUS terminal on the FACP and requires minimal panel programming. Displays device type identifiers, individual point alarm, trou- ble, supervisory, zone, and custom alpha labels. Time-and date display field. Surface mount directly to wall or to single, double, or 4" square electrical box. Semi-flush mount to single, double, or 40 square electrical box. Use ANN-SB80KlT for angled view mounting. Can be remotely located up to 6,000 feet (1,800 m) from the panel. Backlight turns off during AC loss to conserve battery power but will turn back on if an alarm condition occurs. May be powered by 24 VDC from the host FACP or by remote power supply (requires 24 VDC). Up to eight ANN-805 can be connected on the ANN-BUS. Controls and Indicators AC Power Alarm Trouble Supervisory Alarm Silenced Specifications Operating voltage range: 18 VDC to 28 VDC. Current consumption @ 24 VDC nominal (filtered and non- resettable): 40 mA maximum. Ambient temperature: 32°F to 120°F (0°C to 490C). Relative humidity: 93% ± 2% RH (noncondensing) at 32°C ± 2°C (90°F ± 3°F). 5.375" (13.65 cm.) high x 6.875" (17.46 cm.) wide x 1.375" (3.49 cm.) deep. For use indoors in a dry location. All connections are power-limited and supervised. Agency Listings and Approvals The listings and approvals below apply to the ANN-80. In some cases, certain modules may not be listed by certain approval agencies, or listing may be in process. Consult factory for latest listing status. UL: S2424 FM approved CSFM: 7120-0075:211 MEA: 442-06-E The ANN-BUS POWERING THE DEVICES ON THE ANN-BUS FROM AUXILIARY POWER SUPPLY The ANN-BUS can be powered by an auxiliary power supply when the maximum number of ANN-BUS devices exceeds the ANN-BUS power requirements. See the FACP manual for more information. df-52417:c 6 052/O9 - Page 1 of 2 ANN-BUS DEVICE ADDRESSING Each ANN-BUS device requires a unique address (ID Number) in order to communicate with the FACP. A maximum of 8 devices can be connected to the FACP ANN-BUS communication circuit. See the FACP manual for more information. WIRE REQUIREMENTS: COMMUNICATIONS CIRCUIT The ANN-80 connects to the FACP ANN-BUS communications circuit To determine the type of wire and the maximum wiring distance that can be used with FACP ANN-BUS accessory mod- ules, it is necessary to calculate the total worst case current draw for all modules on a single 4-conductor bus. The total worst case current draw is calculated by adding the individual worst case currents for each module. NOTE: For total worst case current draw on a single ANN-BUS refer to appropriate FACP manual. After calculating the total worst case current draw, the following table specifies the maximum distance the modules can be located from the FACP on a single wire run. The table ensures 6.0 volts of line drop maximum. In general, the wire length is lim- ited by resistance, but for heavier wire gauges, capacitance is the limiting factor. These cases are marked in the chart with an asterisk (). Maxi- mum length can never be more than 6,000 feet (1,800 m), regardless of gauge used. See table below. WIRE REQUIREMENTS: POWER CIRCUIT 14 to 18 AWG (0.75 - 2.08 mm2) wire for 24 VDC power cir- cuit is acceptable. Power wire distance limitation is set by 1.2 volt maximum line drop form source to end of circuit. All connections are power-limited and supervised. A maximum of eight ANN-80 modules may be connected to this circuit. Communication Pair Wiring Distance: FACP to Last ANN-BUS Module Total Worst Case 22 Gauge Current Draw (amps) 18 Gauge 16 Gauge 14 Gauge 0.100 1,852 ft. 4,688 ft. 6,000 ft. p6000 ft. 0.200 926 ft. 2,344 ft. 3,731 ft. 5,906 ft. 0.300 617 ft. 1,563 ft. 2,488 ft. 3,937 ft. 0.400 463 ft. 1,172 ft. 1,866 ft. 2,953 ft. 0.500 370 ft. 938 ft. 1,493 ft. 2,362 ft. 0.600 309 ft. 781 ft. 1,244 ft. 1,969 ft. 0.700 265 ft. 670 ft. 1,066 ft. 1,687 ft. 0.800 231 ft. 586 ft. 933 ft. 1,476 ft. 0.900 206 ft. 521 ft. 829 ft. 1,312 ft. 1.000 (max.) 185 ft. 469 ft. 746 ft. 1,181 ft. WIRING CONFIGURATION The following figure illustrates the wiring between the FACP and ANN-BUS devices. ANN-BUS and power ___________ wiring are supervised _______ and power-limited. BA. - TBI __________ 4321 ANN-BUS Device MS-9050UD 12345678 FACP Wiring to ANN-BUS Device ORDERING OPTIONS: ANN-SO: Red 80 character LCD Annunciator. ANN-80-W: White, 80 character LCD Annunciator. ANN-SB80K1T-R: Red surface mount backbox with angled wedge. ANN-SB80K1T-W: White surface mount backbox with angled wedge. FireLite® Alarms is a registered trademark of Honeywell International Inc. 02009 by Honeywell International Inc. AN rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this document is strictly prohibited. This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. Iso 9001 We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. CK11=11=1 We cannot cover all specific applications or anticipate all requirements. MIME ANWMMEN All specifications are subject to change without notice. QUALITY SYSTEMS Made ln the u.S.A. For more information, contact Fire'Lite Alarms. Phone: (800) 627-3473, FAX: (877) 699-4105. www.firelite.com Page 2 of 2— df-52417:c • 05122/09 CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF FORESTRY & FIRE PROTECTION OFFICE OF THE STATE FIRE MARSHAL _____ FIRE ENGINEERING - BUILDING MATERIALS LISTING PROGRAM LISTING SERVICE LISTING No. 7120-0075:0211 Page 1 of 1 CATEGORY: 7120 —ANNUNCIATORS LISTEE: FIRE-LITE ALARMS INC.One Fire-Lite Place, Northford, CT 06410-1653 Contact: Brian Reynolds (203) 484-7161 Fax (203) 484-7309 Email: Brian.Reynolds2HoneyweII.com DESIGN: Model ANN-80 and *ANN80W remote fire annunciators. Unit is a 80-character, supervised backlit LCD fire annunciator. Communication between the control panel and the annunciator is accomplished over a two-wire serial interface employing the ANN-BUS protocol. Refer to listee's data sheet for additional detailed product description and operational considerations. RATING: INSTALLATION: In accordance with listee's printed installation instructions, applicable codes & ordinances and in manner acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction. MARKING: Listees name, product number, electrical rating and UL label. APPROVAL: Listed as an annunciators for use separately listed compatible fire alarm control units. Refer to Manufacturers Installation Manual for details. NOTE: Rev. 04-28-08 bh This listing is based upon technical data submitted by the applicant. CSFM Fire Engineering staff has reviewed the test results and/or other data but does not make an independent verification of any claims. This listing is not an endorsement or recommendation of the item listed. This listing should not be used to verify correct operational requirements or installation criteria. Refer to listee's data sheet, installation instructions and/or other Date Issued: July 01, 2012 Listing Expires June 30, 2013 Authorized By: JASON DEWITT, Deputy State Fire Marsha! Fire Engineering Division yas,ta14 __,__, 5tc1.1n df-52121 :b • E-325 MMF-300(A) Series, MDF-300(A) (a Fire uTeALarms Addressable Monitor Modules "Y %J" WY vvlu Addressable Devices, r1 General Four different monitor modules. are available for Fire'Lite's intelligent control panels to suit a variety of applications. Moni- tor modules are used to supervise a circuit of dry-contact input devices, such as conventional heat detectors and pull stations, or monitor and power a circuit of two-wire smoke detectors (MMF-302). MMF-300 is a standard-sized module (typically mounts to a 4" [10.16 cm] square box) that supervises either a Class A (Style D) or Class B (Style B) circuit of dry-contact input devices. MMF-301 is a miniature monitor module (a mere 1.3" (3.302 cm) H x 2.75" (6.985 cm) W x 0.5" (1.270 cm) D) used to supervise a Class B (Style B) circuit of dry-contact input devices. Its compact design allows the MMF-301 to often be mounted in a single-gang box behind the device it monitors. MMF-302 is a standard-sized module used to monitor and supervise compatible two-wire, 24 volt, smoke detectors on a Class A (Style D) or Class B (Style B) circuit. MDF-300 is a standard-sized dual monitor module used to monitor and supervise two independent two-wire Style B (Class B) dry-contact initiating device circuits (lDCs) at two separate, consecutive addresses in intelligent, two-wire systems. LiteSpeedTM is a communication protocol developed by FireLite Engineering that greatly enhances the speed of com- munication between analog intelligent devices. Intelligent devices communicate in a grouped fashion. If one of the devices within the group has new information, the panel CPU stops the group poll and concentrates on single points. The net effect is response speed greater than five times that of other designs. MMF-300 Monitor Module Built-in type identification automatically identifies this device as a monitor module to the control panel. Powered directly by two-wire SLC loop. No additional power required. High noise (EMF/RFI) immunity. SEMS screws with clamping plates for ease of wiring. Direct-dial entry of address: 01 - 159 on MS-9600 series panels, 01 —99 on other compatible systems. LED flashes during normal operation and latches on steady to indicate alarm. The MMF-300 Monitor Module is intended for use in intelligent, two-wire systems, where the individual address of each mod- ule is selected using the built-in rotary switches. It provides either a two-wire or four-wire fault-tolerant Initiating Device Cir- cuit (IDC) for normally-open-contact fire alarm and supervisory devices. The module has a panel-controlled LED indicator. The MMF-300 can be used to replace M300 modules in existing systems. MMF-300 APPLICATIONS I$LPAI.) •vMarinan MMF-300 (Type H) A) Initiating Device Circuit. A 47K ohm End-of-Line Resistor (provided) terminates the Style B circuit. No resistor is required for supervision of the Style D circuit. MMF-300 OPERA 710N Each MMF-300 uses one of the available module addresses on an SLC loop. It responds to regular polls from the control panel and reports its type and the status (open/normal/short) of its Initiating Device Circuit (IDC). A flashing LED indicates that the module is in communication with the control panel. The LED latches steady on alarm (subject to current limita- tions on the loop). MMF-300 SPECIFICATIONS Nominal operating voltage: 15 to 32 VDC. Maximum current draw: 5.0 mA (LED on). Maximum operating current: 375 VA (LED flashing). Maximum IDC wiring resistance: 1,500 ohms. EOL resistance: 47K ohms. Temperature range: 32°F to 120°F (0°C to 490C). Humidity range: 10% to 930/6 noncondensing. Dimensions: 4.5" (11.43 cm) high x 4" (10.16 cm) wide x 1.25" (3.175 cm) deep. Mounts to a 4" (10.16 cm) square x 2.125" (5.398 cm) deep box. MMF-301 Mini Monitor Module Built-in type identification automatically identifies this device as a monitor module to the panel. Powered directly by two-wire SLC loop. No additional power required. High noise (EMF/RFI) immunity. Tinned, stripped leads for ease of wiring. Direct-dial entry of address: 01 - 159 on MS-9600 series panels, 01 —99 on other compatible systems. Use to monitor a zone of four-wire smoke detectors, manual fire alarm pull stations, waterfiow devices, or other normally- open dry-contact alarm activation devices. May also be used to monitor normally-open supervisory devices with special supervisory indication at the control panel. Monitored circuit may be wired as an NFPA Style B (Class B) or Style D (Class df-52121:b.11/13/08— Pagel of4 1415 0 1 ADDRESS 0 I13/ ,\2I________ 11 4 LOOF1 110 I 8 7 61 I9 8 76 I TENS ONES I o IlidLu 0. o -J 1-J LU • -J Io cri The MMF-301 Mini Monitor Module can be installed in a sin- gle-gang junction directly behind the monitored unit. Its small size and light weight allow it to be installed without rigid mount- ing. The MMF-301 is intended for use in intelligent, two-wire systems where the individual address of each module is selected using rotary switches. It provides a two-wire initiating device circuit for normally-open-contact fire alarm devices. The MMF-301 can be used to replace M301 modules in exist- ing systems. MMF-301 APPLICATIONS Use to monitor a single device or a zone of four-wire smoke detectors, manual fire alarm pull stations, waterfiow devices, or other normally-open dry-contact devices. May also be used to monitor normally-open supervisory devices with special super- visory indication at the control panel. Monitored circuit/device is wired as an NFPA Style B (Class B) initiating Device Circuit. A 47K ohm End-of-Line Resistor (provided) terminates the cir- cuit. MMF-301 OPERATION Each MMF-301 uses one of the available module addresses on an SLC loop. It responds to regular polls from the control panel and reports its type and the status (open/normal/short) of its Initiating Device Circuit (IDC). MMF-301 SPECIFICATIONS Nominal operating voltage: 15 to 32 VDC. Maximum operating current: 375 IiA. Maximum IDC wiring resistance: 1,500 ohms. EOL resistance: 47K ohms. Temperature range: 32°F to 120°F (0°C to 490C). Humidity range: 10% to 93% noncondensing. Dimensions: 1.3° (3.302 cm) high x 2.75" (6.985 cm) wide x 0.65" (1.651 cm) deep. Wire length: 6" (15.24 cm) minimum. MMF.302 Interface Module Supports compatible two-wire smoke detectors. Supervises IDC wiring and connection of external power source. High noise (EMF/RFI) immunity. SEMS screws with clamping plates for ease of wiring. Direct-dial entry of address: 01 - 159 on MS-9600 series panels, 01 —99 on other compatible systems. LED flashes during normal operation. LED latches steady to indicate alarm on command from control panel. The MMF-302 Interlace Module is intended for use in intelli- gent, addressable systems, where the individual address of each module is selected using built-in rotary switches. This module allows intelligent panels to interface and monitor two- wire conventional smoke detectors. It transmits the status (nor- mal, open, or alarm) of one full zone of conventional detectors back to the control panel. All two-wire detectors being moni- tored must be UL compatible with the module. The MMF-302 can be used to replace M302 modules in existing systems. MMF-302 APPLICATIONS Use the MMF-302 to monitor a zone of two-wire smoke detec- tors. The monitored circuit may be wired as an NFPA Style B (Class B) or Style D (Class A) Initiating Device Circuit. A 3.9 K ohm End-of-Line Resistor (provided) terminates the end of the Style B or D (class B or A) circuit (maximum IDC loop resis- tance is 25 ohms). Install ELR across terminals 8 and 9 for Style D application. MMF-302 OPERATION Each MMF-302 uses one of the available module addresses on an SLC loop. It responds to regular polls from the control panel and reports its type and the status (open/normal/short) of its Initiating Device Circuit (IDC). A flashing LED indicates that the module is in communication with the control panel. The LED latches steady on alarm (subject to current limita- tions on the loop). MMF-302 SPECIFICATIONS Nominal operating voltage: 15 to 32 VDC. Maximum current draw: 5.1 mA (LED on). Maximum IDC wiring resistance: 25 ohms. Maximum operating current: 270 pA (LED flashing). EOL resistance: 3.91K ohms. External supply voltage (between Terminals 13 and T4): DC voltage: 24 volts power limited. Ripple voltage: 0.1 Vrms maximum. Current: 90 mA per module maximum. Temperature range: 32°F to 120°F (0°C to 490C). Humidity range: 10% to 93% noncondensing. Dimensions: 4.5" (11.43 cm) high x 4" (10.16 cm) wide x 1.25" (3.175 cm) deep. Mounts to a 4" (10.16 cm) square x 2.125" (5.398 cm) deep box. MDF.300 Dual Monitor Module The MDF-300 Dual Monitor Module is intended for use in intel- ligent, two-wire systems. It provides two independent two-wire initiating device circuits (lDCs) at two separate, consecutive addresses. It is capable of monitoring normally open contact fire alarm and supervisory devices. The module has a single panel-controlled LED. NOTE: The MDF-300 provides two Class B (Style B) IDC circuits ONLY. Class A (Style D) IDC circuits are NOT supported in any application. MDF-300 SPECIFICATIONS Normal operating voltage range: 15 to 32 VDC. Maximum current draw: 6.4 mA (LED on). Maximum operating current: 750 pA (LED flashing). Maximum IDC wiring resistance: 1,500 ohms. EOL resistance: 47K ohms. Temperature range: 320 to 120°F (00 to 490C). Humidity range: 10% to 93% (non-condensing). Page 2 of 4 —df-52121:b. 11/13/08 Dimensions: 4.5" (11.43 cm) high x 4" (10.16 cm) wide x 2.125" (5.398 cm) deep. MDF-300 AUTOMATIC ADDRESSING The MDF-300 automatically assigns itself to two addressable points, starting with the original address. For example, if the MDF-300 is set to address "26", then it will automatically assign itself to addresses "26" and "27". NOTE: "Ones" addresses on the MDF-300 are 0, 2, 4, 6, or 8 only. Terminals 6 and 7 use the first address, and terminals 8 and 9 use the second address. CAUTION: Avoid duplicating addresses on the system. Installation MMF-300, MMF-302, and MDF-300 modules mount directly to a standard 4" (10.16 cm) square, 2.125" (5.398 cm) deep, electrical box. They may also be mounted to the SMB500 sur- face-mount box. Mounting hardware and installation instruc- tions are provided with each module. All wiring must conform to applicable local codes, ordinances, and regulations. These modules are intended for power-limited wiring only. The MMF-301 module is intended to be wired and mounted without rigid connections inside a standard electrical box. All wiring must conform to applicable local codes, ordinances, and regulations. Agency Listings and Approvals In some cases, certain modules may not be listed by certain approval agencies, or listing may be in process. Consult fac- tory for latest listing status. UL: S2424 ULC: S3705 ("A" suffix models) FM Approved CSFM: 7300-0075-185 MEA:72-01-E Product Line Information NOTE: "A" suffix indicates ULC Listed model. MMF-300(A): Monitor module. MMF-301(A): Monitor module, miniature. MMF-302(A): Monitor module, two-wire detectors. MDF-300(A): Monitor module, dual, two independent Class B circuits. SMB500: Optional surface-mount backbox. NOTE: See installation instructions and refer to the SLC Wiring Manual, PN 51309. Architects/Engineers' Specifications Specifications of these devices and all FireLite products are available from FireLite. • df-52121:b • 11/13/08 - Page 3 of 4 Fire.Ute® and LiteSpeed() are registered trademarks of Honeywell International Inc. ©2008 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this document is strictly prohibited. This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. Iso 9001 We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover all specific applications or anticipate all requirements. 11111111118111111111 a MMUMC1IIVI All specifications are subject to change without notice. QUALITY SYSTEMS Made in the U.S. A. For more information, contact Fire-Lite Alarms. Phone: (800) 627-3473, FAX: (877) 699-4105. www.firelite.com Page 4of4—df-52121:b. 11/13/08 CRF-300(A) Relay Module General The CRF-300(A) Addressable Relay Module provides the sys- tem with a dry-contact outpUt for activating a variety of auxil- iary devices, such as fans, door holders, dampers, control equipment, etc. Addressability allows the dry contact to be activated through panel programming, on a select basis. LiteSpeedTm is a communication protocol developed by Fire'Lite Engineering that greatly enhances the speed of com- munication between analog intelligent devices. Intelligent devices communicate in a grouped fashion. If one of the devices within the group has new information, the panel CPU stops the group poll and concentrates on single points. The net effect is response speed greater than five times that of other designs. Features Built-in type identification automatically identifies these devices to the control panel. Internal circuitry and relay powered directly by two-wire SLC loop. Integral LED "blinks" green each time a communication is received from the control panel and turns on in steady red when activated. High noise immunity (EMF/RFI). Wide viewing angle of LED. SEMS screws with clamping plates for wiring ease. Direct-dial entry of address: 01— 159 for MS-9600(A) series panels, 01 —99 on MS-9200UDLS(A) and MS-9050UD(A). Applications The CRF-300(A) may be programmed to operate dry contacts for door holders, Air Handling Unit shutdown, etc., and to reset four-wire smoke detector power. Construction The face plate is made of off-white heat-resistant plastic. Controls include two rotary switches for direct-dial entry of address setting. The CRF-300(A) is configured for a single Class B (Style Y) or Class A (Style Z) Notification Appliance Circuit. The CRF-300(A) provides two Form-C dry contacts that switch together. Operation Each CRF-300(A) uses one of the addresses on a SLC loop. It responds to regular polls from the control panel and reports its type and status, including the open/normal/short status of its Notification Appliance Circuit (NAC). The LED blinks with each poll received. On command, it activates its internal relay. NOTE: Open/short supervision is suspended with the CRF-300. Rotary switches set a unique address for each module. The address may be set before or after mounting. The built-in TYPE CODE (not settable) will identify the module to the con- trol panel, so as to differentiate between a control module and a relay module. df-60379:A1 • E-400 (a FlreuTeALarms by Honeywell CRF-300(A) Specifications Normal operating voltage: 15 to 32 VDC. Maximum SLC current draw: 6.5 mA (LED on). Average operating current: 230 pA direct poll (CLIP mode), 255 pA group poll (LiteSpeed mode) with LED flashing. EOL resistance: not used. Temperature range: 32°F to 120°F (0°C to 490C). Humidity range: 100/o to 93% non-condensing. Dimensions: 4.5" (11.43 cm) high x 4" (10.16 cm) wide x 1.25 (3.175 cm) deep. Mounts to a 4 (10.16 cm) square x 2.125" (5.398 mm) deep box. Relay Contact Ratings Load Description Application Maximum voltage Current Rating Resistive Non-Coded 30 VDC 3.0 A Resistive Coded 30 VDC 2.0 A Resistive Non-Coded 110 VDC 0.9 A Resistive Non-Coded 125 VAC 0.9 A Inductive (L/R=5m5) Coded 30 VDC 0.5 A Inductive (LJR=2ms) Coded 30 VDC 1.0 A Inductive (PF=0.35) Non-Coded 125 VAC 0.5 A df-60379:A1 • 08/04/09 - Page 1 of 2 Agency Listings and Approvals In some cases, certain modules may not be listed by certain approval agencies, or listing may be in process. Consult fac- tory for latest listing status. UL: S2424 ULC: S2424 FM approved CSFM: 7300-0075:185 MEA: 72-01-E Product Line Information CRF-300(A): Intelligent addressable relay module. Intelligent addressable relay module, ULC listed model. SMB500: Optional surface-mount backbox. NOTE: For installation instructions, see document 156-1190-005 and refer to the SLC Wiring Manual, document 51309. LlteSpeedTM is a trademark and Fire-Lite® Alarms is a registered trademark of Honeywell International Inc. C009 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this document is strictly prohibited. This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. ISO 9001 We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. : We cannot cover all specific applications or anticipate all requirements. IfI1 I MMlUrA1IINI All specifications are subject to change without notice. QUAlITY SYSTEMS Made in the U.S. A. For more information, contact Fire-Lite Alarms. Phone: (800) 627-3473, FAX: (877) 699-4105. www.firelite.com Page 2 of 2— df-60379:A1 • 08/04/09 CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF FORESTRY & FIRE PROTECTION OFFICE OF THE STATE FIRE MARSHAL FIRE ENGINEERING - BUILDING MATERIALS LISTING PROGRAM LISTING SERVICE LISTING No. 7300-0075:0185 Page 1 of 1 CATEGORY: 7300— FIRE ALARM CONTROL UNIT ACCESSORIES/MISC. DEVICES LISTEE: FIRE-LITE ALARMS INC.One Fire-Lite Place, Northford, CT 06410-1653 Contact: Brian Reynolds (203) 484-7161 Fax (203) 484-7309 Email: Brian.Reynolds2©Honeywell.com DESIGN: Models MDF-300, MMF-301, MMF-300, MMF-302, MCF-300 monitor modules; Models CRF-300 and CMF-300 control modules; and MMF-302-6 six zone interface signaling device module. Refer to listee's data sheet for additional detailed product description and operational considerations. RATING: 15-32 VDC INSTALLATION: In accordance with listee's printed installation instructions, applicable codes and ordinances and in a manner acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction. MARKING: Listee's name, model designation, electrical rating, and UL label. APPROVAL: Listed as control unit accessories for use with listee's separately listed electrically compatible fire alarm control units. NOTE: Rev. 05.06-05 JW This listing is based upon technical data submitted by the applicant. CSFM Fire Engineering staff has reviewed the test results and/or other data but does not make an independent verification of any claims. This listing is not an endorsement or recommendation of the item listed. This listing should not be used to verify correct operational requirements or installation criteria. Refer to listee's data sheet, installation instructions and/or other Date Issued: July 01, 2012 Listing Expires June 30, 2013 Authorized By: JASON DEWITT, Deputy State Fire Marsha! Fire Engineering Division SD355(A), SD355T(A), SD355R(A) Addressable Photoelectric Smoke Detectors General The SD355(A) and SD355T(A) addressable, low-profile plUg- in photoelectric detectors use a state-of-the-art photoelectric sensing chamber with communications to provide open area protection and are used exclusively with Fire•Lite's Address- able Fire Alarm Control Panels (FACP5). The SD355T(A) adds thermal sensors that will alarm at a fixed temperature of 135°F (570C). Since these detectors are addressable, they will help emergency personnel quickly locate a fire during its early stages, potentially saving precious rescue time while also reducing property damage. Two LEDs on each sensor light to provide a local, visible sensor indication. Remote LED annun- ciator capability is available as an optional accessory (P/N RA1 OOZ(A)). The SD355R is a remote test capable detector for use with 0355PL or DNR(W) duct smoke detector hous- ings. Features SLC loop: Two-wire loop connection. Unit uses base for wiring. Addressing: Addressable by device. Direct Decade entry of address: 01 - 99 with MS-9200 series, and 01 - 159 with MS-9600 series. Architecture. Unique single-source, dual-chamber design to respond quickly and dependably to a broad range of fires. Sleek, low-profile design. Integral communications and built-in type identification. Built-in tamper-resistant feature. Removable cover and insect-resistant screen for simple field cleaning. Operation: Withstands air velocities up to 4,000 feet-per-minute (20 m/ sec.) without triggering a false alarm. Factory preset at 1.5% nominal sensitivity for panel alarm threshold level. Visible LED "blinks" when the unit is addressed (communi- cating with the fire panel) and latches on in alarm. Mechanicals: Sealed against back pressure. Direct surface mounting or electrical box mounting. Mounts to: single-gang box, 3.5" (8.89 cm) or 4.0" (10.16 cm) octagonal box, or 4.0" (10.16 cm) square electrical box (using a plaster ring - included). Other system features: Fully coated circuit boards and superior RFltransient pro- tection. 94-VO plastic flammability rating. Low standby current Options: Remote LED output connection (PIN RA100Z). df-52384:b • E-160 8 FWe uTeALarms by Honeywell SD355 with B35OLP base SD355T with B35OLP base Applications Use photoelectric detectors in life-safety applications to pro- vide a broad range of fire-sensing capability, especially where smoldering fires are anticipated. Ionization detectors are often better than photoelectric detectors at sensing fast, flaming fires. Construction These detectors are constructed of off-white LEXAN®. SD355(T) plug-in, low-profile smoke detectors are designed to commercial standards and offer an attractive appearance. Installation S0355(T) plug-in detectors use a detachable mounting base to simplify installation, service and maintenance. Mount base on box which is at least 1.5 inches (3.81 cm) deep. Suitable boxes include: 4.0" (10.16 cm) square box with plaster ring. 4.0"(10.16 cm) octagonal box. 3.5" (8.89 cm) octagonal box. Single-gang box. NOTE: Because of the inherent supervision provided by the SLC loop, end-of-line resistors are not required. Wiring '7-taps" or branches are permitted for Style 4 (Class B) wiring. S0355R mounts in a D355PL or DNR(W) duct detector housing. df-52384:b • 3/12110 - Page 1 of 2 Operation Each S0355/T/R uses one of 99 possible addresses on the MS-9200 series and up to 318 (159 on each loop) on the MS- 9600 series Signaling Line Circuit (SLC). It responds to regular polls from the system and reports its type and status. The SD355/T/R addressable photoelectric sensor's unique unipolar chamber responds quickly and uniformly to a broad range of smoke conditions and can withstand wind gusts up to 4,000 feet-per-minute (20 rn/sec.) without sending an alarm level signal. Because of its unipolar chamber, the S0355/7/R is approximately two times more responsive than most photo- electric sensors. This makes it a more stable detector. Detector Sensitivity Test Each detector can have its sensitivity tested (required per NFPA 72, Chapter 14 on Inspection, Testing and Maintenance) when installed/connected to a MS-9200 series or MS-9600 series addressable fire alarm control panel. The results of the sensitivity test can be printed off the MS-9200 series or MS- 9600 series for record keeping. Specification Voltage range: 15-32 VDC (peak). Standby current: 300 pA 0 24 VDC. LED current: 6.5 mA 0 24 VDC (latched "ON"). Air velocity: 4,000 ft./min. (20 rn/sec.) maximum. Diameter: 6.1" (15.5 cm) installed in B350LP base. Height: 2.1" (5.33 cm) installed in B35OLP base. Weight: 3.6 oz. (102 g). Operating temperature range: for S0355(A): 0°C to 49°C (32°F to 1200F); for SD355T(A): 0°C to 38°C (32°F to 1000F). S0355R(A): installed in a DNR(W) -20°C to 70°C (-4°F to 158°F). Temperature: 0°C - 49°C (32°F - 1200F). Relative humidity: 10% - 93%, non-condensing Listings Listings and approvals below apply to the 5D355(A) and S0355T(A) detectors. In some cases, certain modules may not be listed by certain approval agencies, or listing may be in process. Consult factory for latest listing status. UL Listed, file S1059. ULC Listed, file S1059. CSFM approved: file 7272-0075:194. MEA approved: file 243-02-E. FM approved. Product Line Information NOTE: "A" suffix indicates ULC-Listed mode!. 5D355: Adressable photoelectric detector; B350LP base included. SD355A: Sames as 5D355 with ULC Listing (B35OLPA base included). SD355T: Same as SD355 but with thermal element; B350LP base included. SD355TA: Same as SD355T with ULC Listing (B350LPA base included). S0355R: Remote test capable addressable photoelectric detector for use with a D355PL or DNR(W) duct detector hous- ing. B35OLP(A): Plug-in detector base. Dimensions: 6.1" (15.5 cm). Mounting: 4.0 (10.16 cm) square box with or without plaster ring, 4.0 (10.16 cm) octagonal box, 3.5 (8.89 cm) octagonal box, or single-gang box. All mounting boxes have a minimum depth of 1.5. (3.81 cm). B224RB(A): Plug-in System Sensor relay detector base. Diameter: 6.2" (15.75 cm). Mounting: 4.0" (10.16 cm) square box with or without plaster ring, 4.0" (10.16 cm) octagonal box, or 3.5" (8.89 cm) octagonal box. All mounting boxes have a minimum depth of 1.5. (3.81 cm). B224B1(A): Plug-in System Sensor Isolator detector base. Maximum 25 devices between isolator bases (see DF-52389). Diameter: 6.2" (15.75 cm). Mounting: 4.0" (10.16 cm) square box with or without plaster ring, 4.0° (10.16 cm) octagonal box, or 3.5" (8.89 cm) octagonal box. All mounting boxes have a minimum depth of 1.5" (3.81 cm). B200SR: Sounder base capable of producing temporal-3 or steady sound output. ACCESSORIES: RA100Z(A): Remote LED annunciator. 3-32 VDC. Mounts to a U.S. single-gang electrical box. For use with B501(A) and B35OLP(A) bases only. SMK400E: Surface mounting kit provides for entry of surface wiring conduit. For use with B501(A) base only. RMK400: Recessed mounting kit. For use with B501(A) base only. 1111102-04-005est magnet. M02-09-00: Test magnet with telescoping handle. XR2B: Detector removal tool. Allows installation and/or removal of detector heads from bases in high ceiling applications. XP-4: Extension pole for XR213. Comes in three 5-foot (1.524 m) sections. T55-127-010:Detector removal tool without pole. BCK-200B: Black detector covers, box of 10. WCK-2008: White detector covers, box of 10. FlashScan® registered trademark of Honeywell International Inc. Bay- blend® is a registered trademark of Bayer Corporation. 02010 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this document Is strictly prohibited. Iso 9001 This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. . We cannot cover all specific applications or anticipate all requirements. BMI7ANI S IWdU1M1IIIU QUALITY SYSTEMS All specifications are subject to change without notice. For more information, contact Fire-Lite Alarms. Phone: (800) 627-3473, FAX: (877) 699-4105. www.firelite.com Page 2 of 2- df-52384:b • 3/12/10 CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF FORESTRY & FIRE PROTECTION OFFICE OF THE STATE FIRE MARSHAL _____ FIRE ENGINEERING - BUILDING MATERIALS LISTING PROGRAM - LISTING SERVICE LISTING No. 7272-0075:0194 Page 1 of I CATEGORY: 7272 - SMOKE DETECTOR-SYSTEM TYPE-PHOTOELECTRIC LISTEE: FIRE-LITE ALARMS INC.One Fire-Lite Place, Northford, CT 06410-1653 Contact Brian Reynolds (203) 484-7161 Fax (203) 484-7309 Email: Brian.Reynolds2@Honeywell.com DESIGN: Models 5D350, 5D350T, 5D355, SD355R*, SD355T and AD355 photoelectric type smoke detectors. Model SD350T and 5D355T has a 135°F supplement integral heat sensor which only assists in a fire situation. The purpose of this thermal circuitry is to increase the sensitivity of the detector. This thermal circuitry is ISJQI approved for use as a heat detector. Refer to listee's printed data sheet for additional detailed product description and operational considerations. RATING: 24VDC INSTALLATION: In accordance with listee's printed installation instructions, applicable codes & ordinances and a manner acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction. MARKING: Listee's name, model number, electrical rating and UL label. APPROVAL: Listed as photoelectric smoke detectors for use with separately listed compatible fire alarm control units. All units are suitable for open areas and inside duct installations with air velocities between 0-4,000 FPM. Models 5D355 and 5D355R* are also approved for installations inside Fire-Lite Duct Housing D355PL (CSFM Listing No. 3242-0075:221) and System Sensor Duct Housing DNRW (CSFM Listing No. 3242-1653:210). NOTE: The photoelectric type detectors are generally more effective at detecting slow, smoldering fires which smolder for hours before bursting into flame. Sources of these fires may include cigarettes burning in couches or bedding. The ionization type detectors are generally more effective at detecting fast, flaming fires which consume combustible materials rapidly and spread quickly. Sources of these fires may include paper burning in a waste container or a grease fire in the kitchen. *Rev. 01-11-2010 fm In This listing is based upon technical data submitted by the applicant. CSFM Fire Engineering staff has reviewed the test results and/or other data but does not make an independent verification of any claims. This listing is not an endorsement or recommendation of the item listed. This listing should not be used to verify correct operational requirements or installation criteria. Refer to listee's data sheet, installation instructions and/or other Date Issued: July 01, 2012 Listing Expires June 30, 2013 Authorized By: JASON DEWITT, Deputy State Fire Marsha! Fire Engineering Division DF-60059:13 • E-265 Intelligent Bases @Fire-LITUALarms 0200SR, B501 (A), B35OLP(A), B501 BH-2, B50IBHT.2, B501 BHA, 050IBHTA, 0224RB(A), by Honeywell B22401(A), Mounting Kits, and Accessories Addressable Devices General '- It Intelligent mounting bases and kits provide a variety of ways to install Fire'Lite detectors in any application. Intelligent detec- tors can be mounted in either flanged or flangeless bases depending on junction box selection (see Junction Box Selec- tion Guide). Across this product line, detectors plug in easily to the base with SEMS screws; and models employ various 12 to 24 AWG wire ranges. Relay, isolator, and sounder bases can be used to meet local code requirements. Relay bases provide one Form-C contact relay for control of auxiliary functions such as door clo- sure and elevator recall. Isolator bases allow loops to continue to operate under fault conditions and automatically restore when the fault is removed. Sounder bases are available in temporal and non-temporal pattern versions depending on whether the signal is to be used for evacuation purposes. The RMK400 recessed mounting kit provides the most aes- thetically pleasing installation. Surface mounting boxes are available when flush mounting isn't possible. Specifications Diameter: - B501:4.1" (104 mm). - B22481, B224RB, B35OLP:6.1" 055 mm). - B501BH-2, B501BHT-2:6.0 (152 mm). - B200SR: 6.875" (17.46 cm). Wire gauge: - B224B1, B22417B: 14 to 24 AWG. - B35OLP, B501, B501BH-2, B501BHT-2, B200SR: 12 to 24 AWG. Temperature range: - B224Bl, B224RB, B50IBH-2, B501BHT-2, B200SR: 32°F to 120°F (0°C to 49°C). - B501 and B35OLP, -4°F to 150°F (0°C to 660C). Humidity range: 100/6 to 93% RH, non-condensing. System temperature and humidity ranges: This system meets NFPA requirements for operation at 0°C to 49°C (32°F to 120°F); and at a relative humidity (noncondensing) of 85% at 30°C (86°F) per NFPA, and 939/6 ± 2% at 32°C ± 2°C (89.6°F ± 1.1°F) per ULC. However, the useful life of the sys- tem's standby batteries and the electronic components may be adversely affected by extreme temperature ranges and humid- ity. Therefore, it is recommended that this system and all peripherals be installed in an environment with a nominal room temperature of 15°C to 27°C (60°F to 80°F). Electrical Ratings FOR B200SR: External supply voltage: 16 to 33 VDC (VFWR) Standby current: 500 VA maximum. - Alarm current: 35 mA maximum. SLC operating voltage: 15 to 32 VDC. SLC standby current: 300 pF. I uI Flanged Mounting Base Recessed Mounting Mounting - Sound output: measured in a UL reverberant room at 10 feet, 24 Volts (continuous tone). Greater than 85 dBA minimum. FOR B224RB, MUM - Operating voltage: 15 to 32 VDC (powered by SLC). Standby ratings: <500 pA maximum @ 24 VDC. Set time (B224RB only): short delay 55 to 90 msec; long delay 6 to 9 seconds. Reset time (B224RB only): 20 msec maximum. Relay characteristics (B224RB only): two-coil latching relay; one Form-C contact; ratings (UL/CSA): 0.9 A @ 125 VAC, 0.9 A @ 110 VDC, and 3.0A @ 30 VDC. FOR B50IBH-2, B50IBHT-2: External supply voltage: 17 to 32 VDC. Standby current: 1.0 mA maximum. Alarm current: 15 mA maximum. Maximum ripple voltage: 10% of supply voltage. Startup capacitance: 200 VF. Sounder delay time: For B501BH-2 and B501BHT-2, 0.75 to 5.7 seconds. Sound output: greater than 90 dBA measured in anechoic room at 10 feet (3.048 m), 24 volts. 85 dBA minimum in UL reverberant room. Recessed Mounting Kit The RMK400 can be used with drywall or suspended ceilings. The aesthetically pleasing design can be used with standard junction boxes - suitable for use with 4.0" (10.16 cm) octago- DF-60059:B • 01/22/2010 -Page 1 of 2 nal, 50 mm, and 60 mm junction boxes connected to flexible conduit. Note that junction boxes are not included in the kit. As an application example, with the B501 base, the RMK400 pro- vides a simple installation solution in applications that demand a lower-profile smoke detector. Product Line Information INTELLIGENT BASES B501: Flangeless mounting base. B501A: Flangeless mounting base, ULC Listed. B501 BP: Bulk pack of B501 (10). B350LP: Flanged mounting base. B35OLPA: Flanged mounting base, ULC Listed. B200SR: Intelligent sounder base capable of producing sound output with 13 or continuous tone. Replaces the B501 BH series bases in retrofit applications. B501 BH-2: Plug-in System Sensor standard sounder detec- tor base, steady tone. includes B501 base. B501 BHT-2: Plug-in System Sensor temporal tone sounder base. B501BHA: Plug-in System Sensor standard sounderdetector base, steady tone, with ULC Listing. Includes B501 base. B501 BHTA: Plug-in System Sensor temporal tone sounder base, with ULC listing. B224RB: Relay base. B224RBA: Relay base, ULC Listed. B224B1: Isolator base. B224B1A: Isolator base, ULC Listed. MOUNTING KITS AND ACCESSORIES RMK400: Recessed mounting kit. SMK400E: Surface mounting kit, flangeless. SMB600: Surface mounting kit, flanged. F1 10: Retrofit flange for B501 B, B524. RA100Z: Remote LED annunciator. RA100ZA: Remote LED annunciator, ULC Listed. M02-04-00: Detector test magnet. M02-09-00: Test magnet with telescoping handle. XR2B: Detector removal tool (T55-127-000 included). XP-4: Extension pole for XR2B (5 to 15 ft/1.524 to 4.572 m). 155-127-000: Detector removal head. BCK-200B: Black detector kit, package of 10 (for use with photo and ion detectors). WCK-200B: White detector kit, package of 10 (for use with photo and ion detectors). Agency Listings and Approvals The listings and approvals below apply to intelligent bases as noted. In some cases, certain modules or applications may not be listed by certain approval agencies, or listing may be in pro- cess. Consult factory for latest listing status. UL Listed: 5911 ULC Listed: S911 FM Approved MEA: 22-95-E, 205-94-E Vol. 2; 257-06-E CSFM: 7300-0075:192, 7300-1653:109; 7300-1653:126, 7300-1653:191 Junction Box Selection Guide Base Models Single Gang Double Gang 3.5" Oct. 4.0" Oct. 4.0" Sq. 4.0" Sq. with 3.0" mud ring 50 mm 60 mm 70 mm 75 mm 200SR Yes Yes No Yes Yes No No No No No B501 No No Yes No No Yes Yes Yes Yes No B35OLP Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No No B224RB No No Yes Yes Yes No No Yes Yes Yes B224B1 No No Yes Yes Yes No No No Yes Yes B501BH-2 No No No No Yes No No No No No 6501 BHT-2 No No No No Yes No No No No No NOTE: Box depth contingent on base and wire size. Refer to National Electric Code or applicable local codes for appropriate recommendations. Fire-Lite® Alarms and System Sensoi€) are registered trademarks of Honeywell International Inc. 02010 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this document is strictly prohibited. This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. Iso 9001 We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. 113 •=l We cannot cover all specific applications or anticipate all requirements. ENINER $MMIMC1UWIG All specifications are subject to change without notice. QUALITY SYSTEMS Made in the U.S. A. For more information, contact Fire-Lite Alarms. Phone: (800) 627-3473, FAX: (877) 699-4105. www.firelite.com Page 2 of 2— DF-60059:B • 01/22/2010 CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF FORESTRY & FIRE PROTECTION OFFICE OF THE STATE FIRE MARSHAL FIRE ENGINEERING - BUILDING MATERIALS LISTING PROGRAM LISTING SERVICE LISTING No. 7300-0075:0192 Page 1 of I - CATEGORY: 7300— FIRE ALARM CONTROL UNIT ACCESSORIES/MISC. DEVICES LISTEE: FIRE-LITE ALARMS INC.One Fire-Lite Place, Northford, CT 06410-1653 Contact: Brian Reynolds (203) 484-7161 Fax (203) 484-7309 Email: Brian.ReynoIds2©Honeywell.com DESIGN: Model B350LP detector base. Refer to listee's data sheet for additional detailed product description and operational considerations. RATING: INSTALLATION: In accordance with listee's printed installation instructions, applicable codes and ordinances and in a manner acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction. MARKING: Listee's name, model designation, electrical rating, and UL label. APPROVAL: Listed as a detector base for use with listee's separately listed Models CP350, S0350, SD350T, H350 and H350R detectors. NOTE: *Rev. 05-06-05 This listing is based upon technical data submitted by the applicant. CSFM Fire Engineering staff has reviewed the test results and/or other data but does not make an independent verification of any claims. This listing is not an endorsement or recommendation of the item listed. This listing should not be used to verify correct operational requirements or installation criteria. Refer to listee's data sheet, installation instructions and/or other Date Issued: July 01, 2012 Listing Expires June 30, 2013 Authorized By: JASON DEWITT, Deputy State Fire Marsha/ Fire Engineering Division SYSTEM %$ SENSOR 4-Wire Photoelectric Duct Smoke Detector The InnovairFiex" Series are the only duct smoke detectors flexible enough to fit configurations from square to rectangular and everything in between. Innovai/" LISTED The InnovairFiex D4120 4-wire photoelectric duct smoke detector features a pivoting housing that fits both square and rectangular footprints and mounts to round or rectangular ductwork. This unit senses smoke in the most challenging conditions, operating in airflow speeds of 100 to 4,000 feet per minute, temperatures of —4°F to 158°F, and a humidity range of 0 to 95 percent (non- condensing). A plug-in sensor head offers improved false alarm immunity and simple installation, testing, and maintenance. An improved cover design isolates the sensor head from the low-flow feature for simple maintenance. The InnovairFIex housing provides ample wiring space, a ~-inch conduit knockout, and built-in short circuit protection to prevent damage to sensitive components during installation. High contrast terminal designations make wiring easy. With its 2:1 sensor-to-power capability, the power board of the D4120 may be used to monitor a second sensor, D4S, simultaneously (i.e., supply and return side). As many as 50 InnovairFIex detectors can be interconnected. When one unit senses smoke, all interconnected detectors will switch their relays; only the detector sensing smoke will go into alarm, thus pinpointing the fire source. An easy-access Test/Reset button makes it possible to test the unit with the cover on. Three DIP switches can be used to configure field selectable settings: cover tamper delay, number of sensors to be controlled, and shut down on trouble option. Each power board has two LEDs that can be used to indicate the status of connected sensors, and a quick reference imprinted on the cover explains the LED status indications (Standby, Maintenance, Trouble, and Alarm). The InnovairFIex duct smoke detector can be customized to meet local codes and specifications without additional wiring. The new InnovairFIex product line is compatible with all previous Innovair models, including remote test accessories. WARNING: Duct smoke detectors are NOT a substitute for open area smoke detectors; NOT a substitute for early warning detection; NOT a replacement for a building's regular fire detection system. Refer to NFPA 72 and 90A for additional information. Features Photoelectric, integrated low-flow technology Air velocity rating from 100 ft/min to 4,000 ft/min (05 m/s to 20.32 m/sec) Versatile mounting options: square or rectangular configuration Plug-in sensor offers superb false alarm immunity and the latest sensor technology Broad ranges for operating temperature (-4°F to 158°F) and humidity (0% to 95% non-condensing) Patented sampling tube installs from front or back of the detector with no tools required Increased wiring space with a newly added 1/4-inch conduit knockout One easy-access Test/Reset button and improved LED status Patented interconnect feature for multi-fan shutdown New high contrast terminal designations Built-in short circuit protection from operator wiring errors ° • Field selectable settings for configuring the detector Two DPDT Form-C relay contacts •24 VAC/DC or120VAC Backward compatibility with existing Innovair products, including remote accessories Agency Listings InnovairFlex Duct Smoke Detector The air duct smoke detector shall be a System Sensor lnnovairFlex D4120 Photoelectric Duct Smoke Detector.The detector housing shall be UL listed per UL 268A specifically for use in air handling systems.The flexible housing of the duct smoke detector fits multiple footprints from square to rectangular. The detector shall operate at air velocities of 100 feet per minute to 4000 feet per minute (0.5 to 2032 meters/second).The unit shall be capable of controlling up to 50 air handling systems when interconnected with other detectors.The detector shall be capable of providing a trouble signal in the event that the front cover is removed. It shall be capable of local testing via magnetic switch, test button on the cover, or remote testing using the 551<451 Multi-Signaling Accessory or the RTS451 KEY RemoteTest Station. Terminal connections shall be of the strip and clamp method suitable for 12-18 AWG wiring. Size: (Rectangular Dimensions) (Square Dimensions) 1438 in (37 cm) Length; 5 in (12.74 cm) Width; 25 in (636 cm) Depth 7.75 in (19.7 cm) Length; 9 in (22.9 cm) Width; 25 in (635 cm) Depth Weight: 2.5 lbs (1.14 kg) Operating Temperature Range: D4120 & D4S: -4° to 158°F (-20° to 70°C); D4P120: -40° to 158°F (-401 to 70°C) Storage Temperature Range: D4120 & D4S: -22° to 158°F (-30° to 70°C); D4P120: -40° to 158°F (-40° to 70°C) Operating Humidity Range: 0% to 95% relative humidity non-condensing Air Duct Velocity: 100 to 4000 ft/mm (05 to 2032 nVsec) Electrical Ratings Power supply voltage: 20-29 VDC 24VAC 50-60 Hz 120 VAC 50-60 Hz Input capacitance: 270 pF max. 270 pF max. N/A Reset voltage: 3.OVDC mm. 2.OVAC mm. 10 VAC mm. Reset time: (with RTS4S1) .03 to 03 sec. .03 to 03 sec. .03 to 03 sec. Reset time: (by power down) 0.6 sec. max. 0.6 sec. max. 0.6 sec. max. Power up time: 35 sec. max. 35 sec. max. 35 sec. max. Alarm response time: 15 sec. 15 sec. 15 sec. Sensitivity Test: See detector label See detector label See detector label Current Requirements: (Using No Accessories) Max. standby current 21 mA @ 24VDC 65 mA RMS @ 24VAC 60Hz 20 mA RMS @ 120VAC 60Hz Max. alarm current: 65 mA @ 24VDC 135 mA RMS @ 24VAC 60Hz 35 mA RMS @ 120VAC 60Hz Alarm initiation contacts: (SPST) 2.OA @30 VDC (resistive) Alarm auxiliary contacts: (DPDT) 10A @30 VDC (resistive); 10A @ 250 VAC (resistive); ½ HP @240 VAC; ¼ HP @12OVAC Note: Alarm auxiliary contacts shall not be connected to initiating circuits of control panels. Use the alarm initiation contact for this purpose. Supervisory contacts: (SPDT) I((°J.$D]I,L Current Loads WLI 2.OA @30 VDC (resistive); 2.OA @125 VAC (resistive) I VDC Device Standby Trouble Alarm APA151/APA451 125 mA n/a 30 mA Max. MHR/MHW 0 mA n/a 29 mA Max. RA100Z 0 mA n/a 12 mA Max. RTS151/RTS151KEY 0 mA/12 mA n/a 12 mA Max. RTS2/RTS2-AOS 3.0mA max 16 mA Max. with strobe: 55 mA max without strobe 30 mA max Note: Any combination of accessories may be used such that the given accessory loads are: 110 mA or less at the Aux output, and 50 mA or less at the Alarm output Installing the InnovairFIex Sampling Tube The lnnovairFlex sampling tube may be installed from the front or back of the detector.The tube locks securely into place and can be removed by releasing the front or rear locking tab (front locking tab shown below right). — AOS.D419-OO1 I POWER INPUTS (NOTE 1) I 4VACIO 120 I IVAC1 I I 910 I I OR I I AUXILIARY CONTACTS I I FOR FAN SHUTDOWN, ETC. (NOTE 2) I AUXA AUXB I SUPERVISORY CONTACTS (NOTE 3) I ------------ I POWER INPUTS (NOTE 1) I I 24Vj 1-g-1 1 I 910 I OR I I AUXILIARY CONTACTS I FOR FAN SHUTDOWN, ETC. (NOTE 2) I AUXA AUXB "it" I SUPERVISORY CONTACTS I (NOTE 3) I Wiring for 4-wire Duct Smoke Detector and Accessories EOL RESISTOR SPECIFIED BY PANEL MANUFACTURER 1 s_o.__• I 1 UL/FM LISTED 4-WIRE i I 14 3 14 CONTROL PANEL ____ ALARM 4 ALARM C. ALARM 4 ALARM C. ALARM / INITIATION INITIATION INITIATION CONTACTS CONTACTS LOOP \\ - (NOTE 4) NO. (NOTE 4) ALARM ALARM N.O.I - ------------ J FIRST DETECTOR IN THE LOOP LAST DETECTOR IN THE LOOP NOTE 1: 24V Power Inputs accept a non-polarized 24VDC or 24VAC 50-601-1z. 120VAC Power Inputs accept only 120VAC 50-60Hz. Connect power source to appropriate terminals of each detector. See specifications for additional power supply information. NOTE 2: Auxiliary contacts shown in standby position. Contacts switch during alarm as indicated by arrows. Auxiliary contacts are not to be used for connection to the control panel. See specifications for contact ratings. NOTE 3: Supervisory contacts shown in standby position. Open contacts indicate a trouble condition to the panel. See specifications for contact ratings. NOTE 4: Alarm Initiation contacts shown in standby position. Closed contacts indicate an alarm condition to the panel. See specifications for contact ratings. Please refer to the corresponding installation manual for accessory wiring diagrams. Important Notes on 2:1 Sensor-to-Power Capability 2:1 sensor-to-power capability is not available for all InnovairFIex models. The feature is only available on the 041204-wire conventional models. 2:1 sensor-to-power capability can be enabled using one 04120 and one D4S, or two DAIS and one 04P120. Important Interconnect Notes When using the interconnect feature, all interconnected units must be powered using the same independent supply. Polarity must be maintained throughout the interconnect wiring. Connect the INT+ terminal on unit 1 to the INT+ terminal on unit 2 and so on. Similarly, connect the INT/AUX— terminal on unit ito the INT/AUX- terminal on unit 2 and so on. Up to 50 D4120 units, 50 D4P120 units, or 50 units of combination may be interconnected. Up to 10 OH 100ACDC units may be interconnected. Please note that each of the 9 OH IOOACDC units interconnected may be replaced by three 134131 20 units, Therefore, when using the interconnect feature a single DH1 OOACDC can drive either 9 DH1 OOACDCs or 27 D4120 units. NOTE: Alarm can be reset only at the initiating device and not at the devices interconnected. AOS.0'19.001 Accessories System Sensor provides system flexibility with a variety of accessories, including two remote test stations and several different means of visible and audible system annunciation. As with our duct smoke detectors, all duct smoke detector accessories are UL listed. -• r __ SMOKE - I -- 1 --. .. , S L eo RTS151 UL54011 RT5151 KEY UL S2522 APA1S1 UL54011 R2- UL 52522 Information D4120 4-wire photoelectric low-flow duct smoke detector Accessories D45 4-wire photoelectric sensor component only MHR Mini Horn, Red 0413120 4-wire photoelectric power board component only, MHW Mini Horn, White 24VAC/DC, 120 VAC 2D51 4-wire conventional photoelectric sensor head P48-21-00 End cap for metal sampling tubes DST1 Metal sampling tube duct width up to lft (03m) RA100Z Remote annunciator alarm LED DST15 Metal sampling tube duct widths 1 ft to 2 ft (03 to 0,6 m) RTS1 51 Remote test station DST3 Metal sampling tube duct widths 2 f t04 ft (0b to 12 m) RTS151 KEY Remote test station with key lock DSTS Metal sampling tube duct widths 4ft to 8 f (12 to 24 m) RTS2 - AOS Multi-signaling accessory DST1 0 Metal sampling tube duct widths 8ftto 12 ft (2.4 to 3.7 m) APA1 51 Remote annunciator with piezo alarm 0H400 OE-1 Weatherproof enclosure ETX Metal exhaust tube duct width ift (0.3m) M02-04-00 Test magnet ISYSTEflul 3825 Ohio Avenue St. Charles, IL 60174 0 0209 System Sensor. 57IJ5Q Phone: 800-SENSOR2 Fax: 630-377-6495 cunent Information, indudn9the latest v!lmdth9 data sheet AOS.04tS.O01 .9/9.#2172 CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF FORESTRY & FIRE PROTECTION OFFICE OF THE STATE FIRE MARSHAL FIRE ENGINEERING - BUILDING MATERIALS LISTING PROGRAM LISTING SERVICE 1) LISTING No. 3242-1653:0207 Page 1 of 1 CATEGORY: 3242 - DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR, PHOTO. (WI OR W/O BASE) LISTEE: System Sensor, Unincorporated Div of Honeywell Intl Inc.3825 Ohio Ave, St Charles, IL 60174 Contact: Trish Linhart (630) 377-6580 Fax (630) 377-7245 Email: trish.linhart@systemsensor.com DESIGN: Models D4120, RD4120, P270-3000PL, TD41203, 1D41204, LD4S, LD4I20X, L04120H, 134S, D4P120, LD4PI20X, LD4PI20H, TD4C, PD4120, Y04120, and YD4P120 four-wire conventional photoelectric duct smoke detectors and subassemblies. Unit consists of a duct detector housing, powerboard with electrical components and relays, exhaust tubes, and listed 2D51 detector head (CSFM Listing No. 7272-1653:203). *Models LD4I2OX, LD4I20H, LD4PI20X and LD4P120H do not contain a 120 VAC transformer. Refer to listee's data sheet for additional detailed product description and operational considerations. RATING: 20-29 VDC, 120 VAC *(except Models LD412OX, LD4I20H, LD4P120X and LD4PI2OH) INSTALLATION: In accordance with listee's printed installation instruction, applicable codes and ordinances and in a manner acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction. MARKING: Listee's name, model number, rating, air velocity and UL label. APPROVAL: Listed as conventional photoelectric duct smoke detector for use with separately listed fire alarm control units. Refer to listee's Installation Instruction Manual for details. Rev. 02-02-12 gt This listing is based upon technical data submitted by the applicant. CSFM Fire Engineering staff has reviewed the test results and/or other data but does not make an independent verification of any claims. This listing is not an endorsement or recommendation of the item listed. This listing should not be used to verify correct operational requirements or installation criteria. Refer to listee's data sheet, installation instructions and/or other Date Issued: July 01, 2012 Listing Expires June 30, 2013 Authorized By: JASON DEWITT, Deputy State Fire Marshal Fire Engineering Division f SYSTEM $ SENSOR CP Duct Smoke Detector Accessories Expand the versatility of the InnovairFIef line of duct smoke detectors with System Sensor notification and test accessories. Available Accessories Duct smoke detector accessories add functionality to the duct APA1 51 Piezo Annunciator smoke detection system by allowing quick, convenient inspections at eye level and effective audible and visible notification options. All MHR Mini-Horn, Red System Sensor duct smoke detectors and accessories are UL listed. MHW Mini-Horn, White The APA151 piezo annunciator, which replaces the APA451 with RA100ZJRA100ZA Remote Annunciator a new, improved look, provides an audible alarm signal, a red LED RTS1 51 Remote Test Station to indicate alarm status, and a green LED to indicate power status. RTS1 51 KEY Remote Test Station with Key It is intended for use with System Sensor 4-wire conventional duct smoke detector applications without a system control panel, to RTS2 Multi-Signaling Accessory comply with NFPA 90A. ADS Add-On Strobe The MHR and MHW SpectrAlert Advance mini-horns feature RTS2-AOS Multi-Signaling Accessory temporal or continuous tones at high and low volume settings. Their small footprint allows mounting to single-gang back boxes for applications where a small device is desired. The RA100Z and RA100ZA remote annunciators are designed for both conventional and intelligent applications. Their red LED provides visual indication of an alarm condition. The RTS151 and RTS151KEY remote test stations are automatic fire detector accessories designed to test duct smoke detectors from a convenient location. For 4-wire detectors, the RTS1 51 KEY test station features a multi-colored LED that alternates between steady green and red. For 2-wire detectors, the LED illuminates red for alarm. The RT52 and RT52-AOS multi-signaling accessories are designed to work with lnnovairFlex 4-wire conventional duct smoke detectors. These accessories include a key switch that can be used to select one of two connected sensors to be tested, reset, or both by a push Agency Listings button switch. They also enable sensitivity measurements using the SENS-RDR sensitivity reader (sold separately). The ADS (Add-On Strobe) is an optional accessory included with the RTS2-AOS model. LISTED Specifications, Duct Smoke Detector Accessories Voltage Regulated 24 VDC Operating Voltage 16 to 33 VDC Maximum Alarm Current 30 mA Temperature Range 0°C to 49°C (32°F to 120°F) Relative Humidity 10 to 93% non-condensing WireGauge 12to18AWG Dimensions 4.6H x 2.9W x A5 "D Voltage Regulated 12 DC or FWR (Full Wave Rectified) or Regulated 24 VDC or FWR Operating Voltage 8 to 33 VDC (9 to 33 VDC with Sync-Circuit- Module) Sounder Current Draw 22 mA RMS max. at 8 to 175 Volts DC 17 mA RMS max. at 8 to 175 Volts FWR 29 mA RMS max. at 16 to 33 Volts DC 25 mA RMS max. at 16 to 33 Volts FWR Temperature Range 0°C to 49°C (32°F to 120°F) Humidity Range 10 to 93% non-condensing Nominal Sounder Frequency 3 kHz WireGauge 12to18AWG Dimensions 4.6H x 2.9Wx 0.45D Voltage Range Conventional System: 3.1 to 32 VDC Intelligent System: 18 to 32 VDC Maximum Alarm Current 12 mA Dimensions 4.6 H x 2.8W x 13D Power Requirements Alarm LED: 2.8 to 32 VDC, 12 mA max. Total Current: 105 mA max. Test Switch 1 OVA @32 VDC Reset Switch 1 OVA @32 VDC Alarm Response Time 40 seconds max. Temperature Range -10°C to 60°C (14°F to 140°F) Relative Humidity 95% non-condensing WireGauge 14to18AWG Dimensions 4.8H x 2.90W x .4 D Power Requirements Power LED (Green): 14 to 35 VDC, 12 mA max. Alarm LED (Red): 2.8 to 32 VDC, 12 mA max. Total Current: 105 mA max. Alarm Response lime 40 seconds max. Temperature Range -10°C to 60°C (14°F to 140°F) Relative Humidity 95% non-condensing Wire Gauge 14to18AWG Dimensions 4.6H x 2.75W x 1.8'D Voltage 20t0 29 VDC Power Requirements Standby: 3.0 mA max. Trouble: 16.0 mA max. Alarm without strobe 30 mA max. Alarm with strobe: 55 mA max. Sounder 85 dBA at ten feet Temperature Range -10°C to 60°C (14°F to 140°F) Relative Humidity 95% non-condensing Wire Gauge 14 to 22 AWG Dimensions 4.8"W x 53'H x 1.6"D For the very latest product specifications and listing information, please visit the System Sensor Web site at www.systemsensor.com. ftd4 _ RTS151 UL54011 R15151 KEY UL52522 APA151 UL54011 RTS2-AOSULS2522 RA100Z UL 52522 MHW UL 54011 MHR UL S4011 AOS 3825 Ohio Avenue. St. Charles, IL 60174 SENSOR! Phone: 800-SENSOR2 . Fax: 630-377-6495 . A05-0423-000.S/09-01840 CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF FORESTRY & FIRE PROTECTION BOMB OFFICE OF THE STATE FIRE MARSHAL W M-01 _____ FIRE ENGINEERING - BUILDING MATERIALS LISTING PROGRAM LISTING SERVICE lb) LISTING No. 7300-1653:0212 Page 1 of 1 CATEGORY: 7300-- FIRE ALARM CONTROL UNITACCESSORIES/MISC. DEVICES LISTEE: System Sensor, Unincorporated Div of Honeywell Intl lnc.3825 Ohio Ave, St Charles, IL 60174 Contact: Irish Linhart (630) 377-6580 Fax (630) 377-7245 Email: trish.linhart@systemsensor.com DESIGN: Models RTSI 51, RTSI 51 KEY and RA100Z Duct Smoke Detector accessories. Refer to listee's data sheet for detailed product description and operational considerations. RATING: Refer to the installation manuals. INSTALLATION: In accordance with listee's printed installation instructions, applicable codes and ordinances and in a manner acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction. MARKING: Listee's name, model number, electrical rating, and UL label. APPROVAL: Listed as control unit accessories for use with separately listed compatible fire alarm control units. Refer to listee's Installation Instruction Manual for details. 04-03-09 bh * This listing is based upon technical data submitted by the applicant. CSFM Fire Engineering staff has reviewed the test results and/or other data but does not make an independent verification of any claims. This listing is not an endorsement or recommendation of the item listed. This listing should not be used to verify correct operational requirements or installation criteria. Refer to listee's data sheet, installation instructions and/or other Date Issued: July 01, 2012 Listing Expires June 30, 2013 Authorized By: JASON DEWITT, Deputy State Fire Marsha! Fire Engineering Division DF-52013:C • E-100 BG-1 2LX Addressable Manual Pull Station General The Fire-Lite BG-12LX is a state-of-the-art, dual-action (i.e., requires, two motions to activate the station) pull station that includes an addressable interface (mounted inside) for Fire-Lite's addressable fire alarm control panels (FACPs). Because the BG-1 2LX is addressable, the control panel can display the exact location of the activated manual station. This leads fire personnel quickly to the location of the alarm. Features Maintenance personnel can open station for inspection and address setting without causing an alarm condition. Built-in bicolor LED, which is visible through the handle of the station, flashes in normal operation and latches steady red when in alarm. Handle latches in down position and the word "ACTIVATED" appears to clearly indicate the station has been operated. Captive screw terminals wire-ready for easy connection to SLC loop (accepts up to 12 AWG/3.25 mm2 wire). Can be surface mounted (with SB-10 or SB-I/O) or semi- flush mounted. Semi-flush mount to a standard single- gang, double-gang, or 4" (10.16 cm) square electrical box. Smooth dual-action design. Meets ADAAG controls and operating mechanisms guide- lines (Section 4.1.3[13]); meets ADA requirement for 5 lb. maximum activation force. Highly visible. Attractive shape and textured finish. Key reset. Includes Braille text on station handle. Optional trim ring (BG12TR). Meets UL 38, Standard for Manually Actuated Signaling Boxes. Construction Shell, door, and handle are molded of durable polycarbonate material with a textured finish. Specifications Shipping Weight: 9.6 oz. (272.15 g) Normal operating voltage: 24 VDC. Maximum SLC loop voltage: 28.0 VDC. Maximum SIC loop current: 230 pA. Temperature Range: 32°F to 120°F (0°C to 49°C) Relative Humidity: 10% to 93% (noncondensing) For use indoors in a dry location Installation The BG-12LX will mount semi-flush into a single-gang, double- gang, or standard 4" (10.16 cm) square electrical outlet box, or will surface mount to the model SB-b 0 or SB-I/O surface back- box. If the BG-12LX is being semi-flush mounted, then the optional trim ring (BG12TR) may be used. The BG12TR is 8 Flre!Lne*ALams by Honeywell usually needed for semi-flush mounting with 4 (10.16 cm) or double-gang boxes (not with single-gang boxes). Operation Pushing in, then pulling down on the handle causes it to latch in the down/activated position. Once latched, the word "ACTI- VATED" (in bright yellow) appears at the top of the handle, while a portion of the handle protrudes from the bottom of the station. To reset the station, simply unlock the station with the key and pull the door open. This action resets the handle; clos- ing the door automatically resets the switch. Each manual station, on command from the control panel, sends data to the panel representing the state of the manual switch. Two rotary decimal switches allow address settings (1 - 159 with Breakaway Tab removed for MS-9600 Series, 1 - 99and MS-9200UDLS, 1 —50 for MS-9050UD). Architectural/Engineering Specifications Manual Fire Alarm Stations shall be non-coded, with a key- operated reset lock in order that they may be tested, and so designed that after actual Emergency Operation, they cannot be restored to normal except by use of a key. An operated sta- tion shall automatically condition itself so as to be visually detected as activated. Manual stations shall be constructed of red-colored polycarbonate material with clearly visible operat- ing instructions provided on the cover. The word FIRE shall appear on the front of the stations in white letters, 1.00 inches (2.54 cm) or larger. Stations shall be suitable for surface mounting on matching backbox SB-b 0 or SB-I/O; or semi-flush mounting on a standard single-gang, double-gang, or 4" (10.16 cm) square electrical box, and shall be installed within DF-52013:C • 09/022009 - Page 1 of 2 the limits defined by the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) or per national/local requirements. Manual Stations shall be Underwriters Laboratories listed. Manual stations shall connect with two wires to one of the con- trol panel SLC loops. The manual station shall, on command from the control panel, send data to the panel representing the state of the manual switch. Manual stations shall provide address setting by use of rotary decimal switches. Product Line Information BG-12LX: Dual-action addressable pull station. Includes key locking feature. SB-10: Surface backbox; metal. SB-110: Surface backbox; plastic. BG12TR: Optional trim ring. 17003: Keys, set of two. Agency Listings and Approvals In some cases, certain modules or applications may not be listed by certain approval agencies, or listing may be in pro- cess. Consult factory for latest listing status. UL Listed: S711 MEA: 67-02-E CSFM: 7150-0075:184 FM Approved Patented: U.S. Patent No. D428,351; 6,380,846; 6,314,772; 6,632,108. Fire-Lite Is a registered trademark of Honeywell International Inc. ©2009 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this document is strictly prohibited. This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. Iso 9001 We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover all specific applications or anticipate all requirements. ifIlIMMINI I M1IW1RUtI All specifications are subject to change without notice. QUAlITY SYSTEMS Made in the U.S. A. For more information, contact Fire-Lite Alarms. Phone: (800) 627-3473, FAX: (877) 699-4105. www.firelite.com Page 2 of 2— DF-52013:C • 09/02/2009 CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF FORESTRY & FIRE PROTECTION OFFICE OF THE STATE FIRE MARSHAL - FIRE ENGINEERING - BUILDING MATERIALS LISTING PROGRAM LISTING SERVICE LISTING No. 7150-0075:0184 Page 1 of I CATEGORY: 7150— FIRE ALARM PULL BOXES LISTEE: FIRE-LITE ALARMS INC.One Fire-Lite Place, Northford, CT 06410-1653 Contact: Brian Reynolds (203) 484-7161 Fax (203) 484-7309 Email: Brian.Reynolds2Honeywell.com DESIGN: Models BG-I2, BG-12S, BG-I2NC, BG-12W, BG-I212W, BG-I2WP, BG-I2LWP, BG-12L, BG-I2LX, BG-I2LA, BG-I2PS, BG-I2LSP, BG-12SP, BG-I2LR, BG-I2LRA, BG-12LA0, BG-I2LAOB, BG-12-LO, BG-I2LOB, BG-I2LPS, BG-I2LPSP, BG-12SL, UT-PSI and UT-PS2 fire alarm pull boxes. The BG-12 series is a dual action pull station that has normally open switch contacts. Refer to listee's data sheet for detailed product description and operational considerations. INSTALLATION: In accordance with listee's printed installation instructions, applicable codes and ordinances and in a manner acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction. MARKING: Listee's name, model number and UL label. APPROVAL: Listed as fire alarm boxes for use with separately listed compatible fire alarm control units. Models BG-I2WP, BG-12W, BG-12LW and BG-12LWP are intended for outdoor use when installed with Model WP-I0 back box. Models BG-LAOB and BG-I2LOB are intended for outdoor use when installed with Model WBB or WP-10 back box. * These manual pull boxes meet the requirements of UL Standard 38, 1999 Edition and California amendments. XLF: 7150-0028:0199 *Updated 08-17-09 fm This listing is based upon technical data submitted by the applicant. CSFM Fire Engineering staff has reviewed the test results and/or other data but does not make an independent verification of any claims. This listing is not an endorsement or recommendation of the item listed. This listing should not be used to verify correct operational requirements or installation criteria. Refer to listee's data sheet, installation instructions and/or other Date Issued: July 01, 2012 Listing Expires June 30, 2013 Authorized By: JASON DEWITT, Deputy State Fire Marshal Fire Engineering Division FIreLITeALarms by Honeywell Field Charger/Power Supply FCPS-24FS6 & FCPS-24FS8 FCPS-24FS6E & FCPS-24FS8E FCPS-24FS6C & FCPS-24FS8C Installation Manual I Document 51883 I 5/6/2010 Rev: Software Downloads In order to supply the latest features and functionality in fire alarm and life safety technology to our customers, we make frequent upgrades to the embedded software in our products. To ensure that you are installing and programming the latest features, we strongly recommend that you download the most current version of software for each product prior to commissioning any system. Contact Technical Support with any questions about software and the appropriate version for a specific application. Documentation Feedback Your feedback helps us keep our documentation up-to-date and accurate. If you have any comments or suggestions about our online Help or printed manuals, you can email us. Please include the following information: -Product name and version number (if applicable) -Printed manual or online Help -Topic Title (for online Help) -Page number (for printed manual) -Brief description of content you think should be improved or corrected -Your suggestion for how to correct/improve documentation Send email messages to: FireSystems.TechPubs@honeywell.com Please note this email address is for documentation feedback only. If you have any technical issues, please contact Technical Services. FCPS-24FS Series Instruction Manual - P/N 51883:G4 5/6/20 10 Section 1: System Overview The FCPS-24FS6 is a 6 amp power supply and the FCPS-24FS8 is an 8 amp power supply. Each FCPS-24FS power supply is a compact, cost-effective, remote power supply and battery charger which provides ADA compatible strobe synchronization. The remote power supplies consist of a filtered 24 VDC output that can be configured to drive four Style Y (Class B) NACs (Notification Appliance Circuits). The four circuits can be configured for Style Z (Class A) with the optional ZNAC-4 Class A converter module. Alternatively, the four output circuits may be configured as 24 VDC resettable or nonresettable power outputs. The input circuits, which control the power supply operation, are triggered by the reverse polarity of an NAC or by a 12 VDC or 24 VDC power source. The power supplies are compatible with 12 VDC and 24 VDC control panels. The FCPS-24FS6E and FCPS-24FS8E offer the same features as the FCPS-24FS6 and FCPS- 24FS8 respectively but allow connection to 220/240 VAC. Unless otherwise specified, the information in this manual applies to both the 110/120 VAC versions and the 220/240 VAC versions of the power supplies. The FCPS-24F56C and FCPS-24FS8C are the Canadian versions which offer the same features as the FCPS-24FS6 and FCPS-24FS8 respectively. Unless otherwise specified, the information in this manual also applies to the Canadian versions of the power supplies. 1.1 General The FCPS-24FS power supplies can be used as remotely mounted power supplies and battery chargers to power four noncoded or coded NACs. The Main FACP (Fire Alarm Control Panel) NAC(s) is connected to the remote power supply input circuit(s). When the control input circuit activates due to reverse polarity of the NAC from the FACP, the power supply will activate its Notification Appliance Circuits. During the inactive or nonalarm state, the power supply supervises its NAC field wiring for short and open conditions. AC fail, battery, charger and ground fault troubles will also be monitored by the power supply. If an NAC or power supply fault is detected, the power supply Normally-Closed Trouble contact will open. If an alarm condition occurs and the NAC is activated, the supervision is disabled and the Notification Appliance Circuit is no longer supervised (except for shorts). Supervision of other power supply faults such as low battery, AC loss, ground fault and battery charger trouble will continue and may be monitored via the Trouble relay contacts. 1.2 Features Self-contained in a lockable cabinet 24 VDC remote power supply Outputs are completely power-limited - • Two optically-isolated input/control circuits, compatible with 12 VDC and 24 VDC control panel NACs Four output circuits: - Fully filtered power - Four 24 VDC Style Y (Class B) NACs (special application) - Optional ZNAC4 Class A converter module for conversion to Style Z NACs - Alternatively, all four circuits may be configured as 24 VDC special application power outputs - Output circuits may be configured as resettable or nonresettable NAC Trouble LED - blinks to indicate the number of the circuit in trouble Maximum current available for any one output circuit: 3.0 amps FCPS-24FS Series Instruction Manual— P/N 51883:G4 5/6/2010 System Overview Start-up Procedure Maximum total continuous current available: - 4.0 amps for FCPS-24FS6 - 6.0 amps for FCPS-24FS8 Maximum total short term current (one hour maximum): - 6.0 amps for FCPS-24FS6 - 8.0 amps for FCPS-24FS8 Integral supervised battery charger for lead acid batteries only Capable of charging 7.0 AH to 18.0 AH (Amp Hour) batteries Fully supervised power supply, battery and NACs Selectable Strobe Synchronization for NACs (System Sensor, Gentex, and Wheelock) Coded signal synchronization Fixed terminal blocks for field wiring capable of accepting 12 -22 AWG wire Selectable Ground Fault detection by jumper JP Power supply trouble Form-C relay contacts (fail-safe) Optional delay of AC loss reporting for 2 hours Special Application Auxiliary Power Output for SLC modules (500 mA maximum) with optional reset for 4-wire smoke detectors Mounting location for optional addressable control module 1.3 Start-up Procedure I. Configure the power supply jumpers as described in "Jumpers" on page 11. Install the power supply as described in Section 2, "Installation", on page 15. Program the power supply as described in Section 3, "Programming Options", on page 20. Wire the power supply circuits, referring to the options described in Section 4, "Trouble Supervision", on page 25 and the application examples in Section 5, "Applications", on page 28. Connect primary power source wiring while observing the following: - Make certain that the AC mains circuit breaker is off before making any wiring connections between the mains and the power supply. - Make certain primary power source is 120 VAC, 60 Hz, 3.2 amps. - Run a pair of wires (with ground conductor) from the protected premises main breaker box to TB! of the power supply main circuit board. - Use 14 AWG (1.6 mm O.D.) or heavier gauge wire with 600V insulation. Apply power to the power supply using the following procedure: - Apply AC power by turning on the AC mains circuit breaker connected to the power supply. - Connect a properly charged battery to connector JP4 on the power supply main circuit board. 10 FCPS-24F5 Series instruction Manual— P/N 51883:G4 5/6/2010 Jumpers System Overview 1.4 Jumpers CAU11ON: DISCONNECT POWER REMOVE ALL POWER (AC & DC) BEFORE CUTTING OR MOVING ANY JUMPERS. 1.4.1 Jumper JPI -Ground Fault Detection The Ground Detection circuit monitors for zero impedance between the power supply and ground. Jumper JP1 is located in the top right section of the power supply circuit board. Cutting JP will disable ground fault detection by the power supply. This should only be done if ground faults are being monitored by a panel connected to the FCPS power supply. 1.4.2 Jumpers JP2 and JP3: Coded/Noncoded Input Selection Jumpers JP2 and JP3 are located in the top right section of the power supply circuit board. JP2 is used for Control Input Circuit #1 and JP3 is used for Control Input Circuit #2. The position of these JP3 JP2 jumpers will depend on the type of signal being fed to the input circuits: If the source voltage to the input circuit is a noncoded (steady voltage) input signal, the jumper for the corresponding input circuit should be in the default position which jumpers the bottom two pins (as illustrated in drawing at left). Jumper positions shown If the source voltage to the input circuit is coded (variable for noncoded (steady) voltage), the jumper for the corresponding input circuit should source voltage be moved to jumper the top two pins. 1.5 LED Indicators AC Power on (green) LED - indicates AC power is present Ground Fault (yellow) LED - indicates a ground fault condition (zero impedance to ground) Battery Trouble (yellow) LED - indicates low or no battery NAC Trouble (yellow) LED - indicates a Notification Appliance Circuit trouble (blinks once for Circuit I trouble, twice for Circuit 2 trouble, three times for Circuit 3 trouble and four times for Circuit 4 trouble. Note that multiple circuits in trouble will cause the LED to blink the number of the circuit with the highest number) ChargerTrouble/AC Loss (yellow) LED - indicates a charger fault or loss of AC power - If AC is applied to the power supply without a battery connected, both the Charger Trouble/AC Loss LED and Battery Trouble LED will turn on simultaneously, indicating that a battery is not connected. - When a battery is connected and the power supply is in Normal Mode, if the battery voltage drops too low or the battery is disconnected, only the Battery Trouble LED will turn on. - When a battery is connected and the charger develops a problem, only the Charger Trouble/AC Loss LED will turn on. 1.6 Specifications Refer to Figure 1.1 on page 13 for terminal locations. Primary AC Power - TBI FCPS-24FS6 & FCPS-24FS8: 120 VAC, 60 Hz, 3.2 amps maximum FCPS-24FS6E & FCPS-24FS8E: 240 VAC, 50 Hz, 1.6 amps maximum FCPS-24FS Series Instruction Manual— P/N 51883:G4 5/6/20 10 11 System Overview Specifications Wire size: minimum #14 AWG with 600V insulation Control Input Circuits: T134, Terminals 3 (+) & 4 (-) and 7 (+) & 8 (-) Trigger Input Voltage: 9 to 32 VDC Input Current Draw in Alarm Polarity: - 16 to 32 volts, 2.0 mA maximum per input - 9 to 16 volts, 1.0 mA maximum per input NAC/Output Circuits: T132, Terminals I (+) & 2 (-), 3 (+) & 4 (-), 5 (+) & 6 (-) and 7 (+) & 8 (-) alarm polarity Supervised, Special Application and power-limited Voltage Rating: 24 VDC filtered Current: - Maximum for any one circuit -3.0 amps - Maximum total continuous current for all output: FCPS-24FS6 -4.0 amps FCPS-24FS8 - 6.0 amps - Maximum total short term current (one hour maximum) for all outputs: FCPS-24FS6 - 6.0 amps FCPS-24FS8 - 8.0 amps Output Circuit Types: - Four Style Y NACs (require 4.7 KQ End-of-Line Resistors) or Style Z NACs using the optional ZNAC-4 Class A converter module OR - Four resettable or nonresettable 24 VDC power outputs Refer to the Device Compatibility Document for listed compatible devices For wiring requirements, refer to Appendix A, "Wire Requirements", on page 42. Trouble Relay Contact Rating: T135 Fail-safe Form-C relay (normally energized, transfers with loss of power) 5.0amps@24VDCor5.0amps@30VAC Secondary Power (battery) Charging Circuit: JP4 Supervised, nonpower-limited Supports lead acid type batteries only Float Charge Voltage: 27.6 VDC Maximum Charge Current: 1.5 A Battery fuse (Fl) ISA, 30V (Candadian version is nonreplaceable 12A, 32V) Maximum Battery Capacity: 18.0 Mi Minimum Battery Capacity: 7.0 Al-I Power supply draws maximum standby current of 65 mA from batteries Special Application Auxiliary Power Output: T134 Terminals 9 (+) & 10 (-) Special application power Power-limited, nonsupervised Voltage Rating: 24 VDC Current: - 170 mA maximum with internal 7.0 Amp Hour batteries - 500 mA maximum with external 18.0 Amp Hour batteries 12 FCPS-24FS Series Instruction Manual— PIN 51883:G4 5/6/2010 0 C 0 Auxiliary Output AUX- 500 mA Special Application Power 142. M. JTI. CUTI. III. 111* ."CO. Specifications System Overview Power-limited,Supervised, Special Application Nonpower-limited in NAC Mode - To Transformer #1 NAC/Out I + —To Transformer #2 NAG/Out 1 - NAC/Out 2+ NAG/Out 2- Supervised NAG/Out 3+ Earth NAG/Out 3- FF AC Neutra I NAC/Out 4 + AC Hot NAC/Out 4 T4 82 W MORON= T85 Iu WjI C- ol J2 •• 1 j11 - - DL_ oI InI lol 0 0 o. 1.0 F1 0 + 1111111 I JP4Supervisi - - - -1- + Battery Fl Nonpower- - Battery 18AH, 24VD( Battery Fuse 15A, 32V limited (Canadian version is nonreplaceable 12 A, 32V) [NOTE: Cutting Ground Fault jumper JP1 voids UUNFPA Style/Class identifications for circuits unless - Ground Faults are being monitored by an FACP connected to the power supply. Cut jumper JP1 only if a panel connected to the power supply is monitoring for Ground Faults or with the approval of the local AHJ (Authority Having Jurisdiction). FCPS-24FS Series Instruction Manual— PIN 51883:G4 5/6/2010 13 SWI LEDs Programming Charger Trouble/AG Loss DIP Switches (yellow) (Change NAG Trouble (yellow) switch settings Battery Trouble (yellow) only when all power (AC and Ground Fault (yellow) DC) is AG Power (green) removed.) Figure Ii FCPS-24FS Board Layout 1 JP3 2 - .- Aux. Common - .+ Aux. 24VDC - ,-Control Input 2 - -+ Control Input 2 - - Out Common + Out/Trouble - Contact - - Control Input 1 - + Control Input I - -Sync Input - +Synclnput o - *Note: Auxiliary Power Output is power-limited but not supervised Trouble Relay Form-C Fall-safe Nonsupervised (shown energized) Normally Open Normally Closed Common JP1 Ground Fault Detection (cut to disable) see Note at bottom of the 111--page. J3 ZNAC-4 Connector IJP2&JP3 Goded/Noncoded Input Selection Note: All NAC outputs can be converted to Style Z with ZNAC-4 option module AC Power Style Y NAC or Door Holder Power Style V NAC Output #4 Output #3 Style V NAC Style V NAC FCPS Trouble Output #2 Output #1 Contact Output Figure 1.2 Simplified FCPS Block Diagram System Overview General 1.7 General The FCPS may be used in a number of different applications. It may be used as a remotely- mounted power supply and battery charger where it can provide up to four coded or noncoded, synchronized or nonsynchmnized NACs (Notification Appliance Circuits). Alternatively, output #4 can be used as a door holder circuit which will provide a steady 24 VDC output until an alarm condition or AC fail condition causes it to drop to 0 VDC following a 10 second delay. All four outputs can also provide power. 24 VDC Specific Application Power NAG Control Input #2 (from FACP) NAC Control Input #1 (from FACP) Sync. Input One possible application for the FCPS remote power supply utilizes the NAC repeater feature. In this application, one or two NACs are connected from the main FACP to the remote power supply control input circuits. When the control input circuits are activated by the reverse polarity of the NACs, the power supply will activate its corresponding output circuits as programmed by SW1 DIP switch configuration (refer to Table 3.1 on page 21). During the inactive state, the remote power supply supervises its NAC field wiring for short and open conditions. If a fault is detected, the power supply will enter a trouble condition and illuminate the NAC Trouble LED. When the NACs are activated, the supervision is disabled and the circuits are no longer supervised. Supervision of other power supply faults such as low battery, battery charger trouble, ground fault and AC loss will continue and may be monitored via the power supply trouble relay. If an application requires that all four outputs activate at the same time, only one NAC is required from the FACP. For this application, the NAC is connected to control input circuit #1 and SW1 DIP switch is set for this operation. 14 FCPS-24FS Series instruction Manual— P/N 51883:G4 5/6/2010 Section 2: Installation Carefully unpack the system and check for shipping damage. Select a location for the cabinet that is in a clean, dry, vibration-free area where extreme temperatures are not encountered. The area should be readily accessible with sufficient room to easily install and maintain the power supply. Locate the top of the cabinet approximately five feet above the floor with the hinge mounting on the left. Determine the number of conductors required for the devices to be installed and determine the appropriate knockouts. All wiring must be in accordance with the National and/or Local codes for fire alarm systems and power supplies. 2.1 Backbox Mounting CAUTION: STATIC SENSITIVE COMPONENTS THE CIRCUIT BOARD CONTAINS STATIC-SENSITIVE COMPONENTS. ALWAYS GROUND YOURSELF WITH A PROPER WRIST STRAP BEFORE HANDLING ANY BOARDS SO THAT STATIC CHARGES ARE REMOVED FROM THE BODY. USE STATIC SUPPRESSIVE PACKAGING TO PROTECT ELECTRONIC ASSEMBLIES. Remove the PC board and transformers from the backbox before installing backbox. Set the board and transformers aside in a safe, clean place. Avoid static discharge which may damage static sensitive components on the board Mark and predrill holes for the top two keyhole mounting bolts. Install two upper fasteners in the wall with the screw heads protruding approximately '4". Using the upper keyholes, mount the backbox over the two screws. - - 5. Mark the lower two holes, remove the backbox from the wall and drill the mounting holes. Mount the backbox, install the remaining fasteners and tighten all screws. When the location is dry and free of construction dust, reinstall the PC board and transformers and continue with the installation. IMPORTANT! Make certain to connect the supplied grounding strap between the Earth terminal on TB! (AC Terminal Block) of the main circuit board and the chassis gro und stud as illustrated in Figure 2.1: Earth Terminal on TB1 (AC Terminal Block) - Mounting Grounding Strap—. - at TB.: i J Ground Stud 4007 . Backbox 0 0 Figure 2.1 Grounding Strap FCPS-24FS Series instruction Manual— P/N 51883:G4 5/6/2010 15 Installation Backbox Mounting Top 2.875" (7.3 cm) 00 0 0 0 Backbox = 14.5' 4 (36.8 cm) 0.75' 1 I (1.9 cm) 4 rrf 2.7' 9.1" (23.1 cm) IOLT 0 0 ,0 (26.99 cm) Heigh t"15.00" Mounting Plate Pem Studs (38.10 cm) 0 / . 0 0 0 o Backbox Mounting Holef Depth = 3.050" (7.75 cm) NIN 0 Bottom C) = 1.125" (2.868 cm) S Figure 2.2 Backbox Mounting Dimensions V 16 FCPS-24FS Series Instruction Manual— PIN 51883:04 5/6/2010 NAC Circuit Wiring Installation 2.2 NAC Circuit Wiring 2.2.1 Style Y (Class B) The standard configuration for NACs is Style Y (Class B) as shown in Figure 2.3. 4.7KG ELR Alarm Polarity Shown [] Horn Strobe [] Horn Strobe Horn Strobe /1 17j t F4 fin _c zzj oo • i> I 2 3WZ 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 2 550 -1 IflT V FCPS-24FS Circuit Board Figure 2.3 NAC Style Y (Class B) 2.2.2 ZNAC-4 Class A Option Module The ZNAC-4 is an optional Class A conversion module which mounts to connector J3 on the upper right side of the FCPS-24FS circuit board. This module allows the FCPS-24FS6 or FCPS-24FS8 to support Style Z (Class A) Notification Appliance Circuits. Horn Strobes Alarm Polarity I Shown ZNAC-4 I T82 8flo - \ U>4 ~ ZNAC-4 Option Module ) 1 ji 43 I 123457891O - , FCPS-24FS Circuit Board Figure 2.4 Style Z (Class A) NACs using ZNAC-4 Option Module FCPS-24FS Series instruction Manual— P/N 51883:G4 5/6/2010 17 Installation Addressable Module Mounting 2.3 Addressable Module Mounting The FCPS-24FS has been designed to allow the mounting of an addressable control, relay or monitor module on the main circuit board inside the power supply cabinet with the module status LED visible through the closed door. This allows power to be fed from the FCPS-24FS Auxiliary Power output directly to the module, if needed, without running the power wires outside the cabinet. As an example, Figure 2.5 illustrates wiring from the Auxiliary power output terminals to a FCM-1 control module's terminals 11 (-) and 10 (+). 101 NOTE: The module mounting kit (PIN 90286) is pre-installed on the power supply main circuit board. 1f the SLC device does not match the one in this figure, refer to the SLC manual appendix, which contains wiring conversion charts for type V and type H modules. Module Installation Place addressable module over (4) standoffs and secure with (4) supplied screws. [] iii•. Wire module as shown in illustration above. Hi Ill Figure 2.5 Mounting Module In FCPS-24FS Cabinet 18 FCPS-24FS Series Instruction Manual— P/N 51883:G4 5/6/2010 NEC Power-limited Wiring Requirements Installation 2.4 NEC Power-limited Wiring Requirements Power-limited and nonpower-limited circuit wiring must remain separated in the cabinet. All power-limited circuit wiring must remain at least 0.25" away from any nonpower-limited circuit wiring. Furthermore, all power-limited circuit wiring and nonpower-limited circuit wiring must enter and exit the cabinet through different conduits. One such example of this is shown below. Your specific application may require different conduit knockouts to be used. Any conduit knockouts may be used. For power-limited applications, use of conduit is optional. AC Power Output Circuits Relay Contacts Nonpower-limited Power-limited Circuits Nonpower-limited Circuit .1 Input Circuits Power-limited Circuit a 00 0 T 10 —s_l JF4 rfl'i 0oEiIlIl rE n: Specific —j 1 Power 1! — I *If the SLC device does not match the one in this o figure, refer to the SLC manual appendix, which contains wiring conver- sion charts for type V and type H modules. Figure 2.6 Power-limited Wiring Example FCPS-24F5 Series Instruction Manual— P/N 51883:G4 5/6/2010 Section 3: Programming Options This section describes the programming options available via DIP switch settings. The FCPS can be field programmed using option DIP switch SW1 which is located in the lower center of the circuit board. Refer to the following illustration for switch location and DIP switch placement in the ON and OFF positions. Important: Change DIP switch settings only when all power (AC and DC) is removed. — MAC4 .NACS._SACI• .U*CI ° S 7 5 S 4 3 2 1 325 J mm. - LM 0 0 7L~ 0 0 ID o Switches 1 through 7 shown in OFF (Open) position ON Switch 8 shown in ON (Closed) position Figure 3.1 Field Programming DIP Switches 20 FCPS-24FS Series Instruction Manual— P/N 51883:134 5/6/2010 DIP Switch Settings Programming Options 3.1 DIP Switch Settings The following table lists the FCPS programmable features and the switch settings required to select a particular feature. A detailed description of each feature is presented in the following pages. SWI DIP Switch ON I OFF 1 This switch works in conjunction with switch 2 to determine the Strobe Synchronization Type'. 2 1 OFF, 2 OFF = no sync (steady +24V) - default I OFF, 2 ON = System Sensor I ON, 20FF = Gentex I ON, 2 ON = Wheelock 3 FCPS configured for Slave Synchronization FCPS configured for Master Synchronization - default 4 Delay AC Fail Reporting for 2 Hours - default No Delay in AC Fail Reporting Aux. Trouble Relay responds to all troubles. Aux. Trouble Relay responds only to AC Failibrownout. Internal trouble contact responds to AC loss Internal trouble contact will not respond to AC loss. 5 This switch works in conjunction with switch 6 to determine Input to Output functions 6 50FF, 60FF = General Alarm - default FCPS configured as Master (switch 30FF), NAC Outputs 1 through 42 are controlled by Control Input #1; Sync Input is ignored. FCPS configured as Slave (switch 3 ON), NAC Outputs 1 through 42 are controlled by Control Input #1; Sync Input is monitored3. Resettable or nonresettable Auxiliary Power Output is available from TB4 Terminals 9 & 10. Control Input #2 determines if reset will occur (must go from On to Off for a 6 second reset to occur). Output #4 function follows DIP switch 8 setting. 50FF, 6 ON = Split Alarm FCPS configured as Master (switch 3 OFF), NAG Outputs I & 2 are controlled by Control Input #1 and Outputs 3 & 42 are controlled by Control Input #2; Sync Input is ignored. FCPS configured as Slave5 (switch 3 ON), NAC Outputs I & 2 are controlled by Control Input #1 and Outputs 3 & 42 are controlled by Control Input #2; Sync Input is monitored3. Only nonresettable Auxiliary Power is available from TB4 Terminals 9 & 10. Output #4 function follows DIP switch 8 setting. 5 ON, 60FF = Split Temporal FCPS configured as Master (switch 30FF), Control Input #1 controls NAC Outputs I & 2 and Control Input #2 controls Outputs 3 & 42 which will generate a Temporal code signal without sync; Sync Input is ignored. FCPS configured as Slave (switch 3 ON), Control Input #1 controls NAC Outputs I & 2 and Control Input #2 controls Outputs 3 & 42 which will generate a Temporal code signal without sync; Sync Input is monitored for Outputs 1 & 2. Only nonresettable Auxiliary Power is available from TB4 Terminals 9 & 10. Output #4 function follows DIP switch 8 setting. 5 ON, 6 ON = Selective Silence FCPS configured as Master (switch 30FF), NAC Outputs 1 through 42 are controlled by Control Input #1; Sync Input is ignored. FCPS configured as Slave (switch 3 ON), NAC Outputs 1 through 42 are controlled by Control Input #1; Sync Input is monitored3. Control Input #2 determines when Selective Silence for all outputs will occur4 Only nonresettable Auxiliary Power is available from TB4 Terminals 9 & 10. Output #4 function follows DIP switch 8 setting. 7 Disable Charger Enable Charger - default 8 Output Circuit #4 = Door Holder Output Circuit #4 = MAC - default 1 Strobe Synchronization only works with non-coded NAGs. 2 If Door Closer function is selected (switch 8 ON), Output 4 does not function as an MAC, therefore sync input is ignored for it 3 If no synchronization is selected by switches 1 & 2, the Sync Input is ignored. 4SeIective Silence allows the silencing of the sounder portion of a horn/strobe combination device without turning off the strobe. 5 When using Split Alarm with power supply configured in Slave Mode, System Sensor can not be used (Use System Sensor with Master Mode only). Table 3.1 DIP Switch Settings FCPS-24FS Series Instruction Manual— P/N 51883:G4 5/6/2010 21 Programming Options Programmable Features Description 3.2 Programmable Features Description 3.2.1 Synchronization Type Selection Synchronization is a feature that controls the activation of notification appliances in such a way that all devices will turn on and off at exactly the same time. This is particularly critical when activating strobes which must be synchronized to avoid random activation and a potential hazard or confusion. The FCPS can be programmed to operate with a variety of manufacturer's devices. Note that strobe synchronization works only with non-coded NACs. DIP switches I and 2 are used to select the type of synchronization as listed below: DIP Switch I DIP Switch 2 Synchronization Type OFF OFF no synchronization (steady 24V) OFF ON System Sensor ON OFF Gentex ON ON Wheelock Table 3.2 Sync Type Settings Maximum Number of Strobes for Synchronization The total current draw for each Notification Appliance Circuit cannot exceed 3.0 amps. Refer to the manufacturer's documentation supplied with the strobes to determine the maximum current draw for each strobe and ensure that the circuit maximum is not exceeded. To ensure proper strobe and circuit operation, there is also a limit to the number of strobes that can be attached to each circuit. Following is a table of the strobes that have been tested with the power supply and the maximum number that can be connected to each NAC when using the lowest candela setting. Make sure that the NA C maximum current is not exceeded: Strobe Manufacturer FCPS-24FS6 (max. strobes) FCPS-24F58 (max. strobes) System Sensor 51 51 Wheelock 30 40 Gentex 39 39 3.2.2 Synchronization Mode - Master/Slave The FCPS power supply can be configured for Master or Slave Synchronization by setting DIP switch 3 ON for Slave or OFF for Master mode. In some installations, it is necessary to synchronize the flash timing of all strobes in the system for ADA compliance. Strobes accomplish this by monitoring very short timing pulses on the NAC power which are created by an FACP with synchronization capability. When installed at the end of an NAC wire run, this power supply can track (that is follow) the strobe synchronization timing pulses on the existing NAC wire run. This maintains the overall system flash timing of the additional strobes attached to this power supply. When this power supply is configured as a sync generator (Master Synchronization mode), the Sync Input terminals are not used. The power supply is the originator of the strobe synchronization pulses on its NAC outputs. In sync generator mode, the sync type (System Sensor, Wheelock, or Gentex) is selectable via DIP switches I and 2. When this power supply is configured as a sync follower (Slave Synchronization mode), the power supply's NAC outputs track the strobe synchronization pulses present at the supply's Sync Input terminals. The pulses originate from an upstream FACP or other power supply. Some FACPs provide synchronization timing pulses from a dedicated sync output connector. Connect the FCPS sync input terminals to the FACP sync output connector instead of the FACP NAC. Note that the Synchronization Type configured by DIP switches 1 and must be set to the same type as the signal beingfed to the Sync Input circuit in the event that Selective Silence is employed 22 FCPS-24FS Series Instruction Manual— P/N 51883:134 5/6/20 10 Programmable Features Description Programming Options Important! In Slave Mode, if the Input is active, but no signal is present on the Sync Input circuit, the power supply will turn the NACs on steady until a sync signal appears. The NACs will turn off when the Input becomes inactive. Also in Slave Mode, if the Input is active and the Sync Input is suddenly lost (FCPS or wiring failure), there will be a three second period in which the NAC outputs are indeterminate. After this three second period, the power supply will turn the NACs on steady until the Input becomes inactive. 3.2.3 AC Fail Delay/Aux. Trouble Relay Function The AC Fail Delay feature provides the option to delay generation of a trouble signal upon the loss of AC power. In addition, the operation of the Aux. Trouble Relay is altered. DIP switch 4 set to the ON position will delay the generation of an AC Loss/brownout trouble signal for 2 hours. In addition, the Aux. Trouble Relay will immediately respond to all trouble conditions on the power supply. DIP switch 4 set to the OFF position will allow the FCPS to generate a trouble signal immediately on the loss of AC power. In addition, the Aux. Trouble Relay will respond only to AC power fail/brownout conditions. Refer to Section 4.1.2, "Supervision of FCPS-24FS Faults", on page 25 for operation of internal NAC trouble relay in response to AC loss. 3.2.4 Input/Output Function DIP switches 5 and 6 are used to determine the Input Control circuits that will activate the four output circuits and the function of the output circuits. For example, to configure a General Alarm operation in which Input Control Circuit #1 activates all four output NACs, DIP switches 5 and 6 are both set to the OFF position. In this configuration, the Sync Input circuit is ignored if the power supply is set as a Master but will be monitored if the supply is set as a Slave. In addition, if the Auxiliary Power output is set as a resettable output, the circuit connected to Control Input Circuit #2 will control the auxiliary power reset function. FCPS-24FS Series Instruction Manual— P/N 51883:G4 5/6/2010 23 Programming Options Programmable Features Description The following table details the four possible input/output configurations: DIP Switch 5 DIP Switch 6 Input/Output Function OFF OFF General Alarm FCPS configured as Master (switch 30FF), NAG Outputs I through 41 are controlled by Control Input #1; Sync Input is ignored. FCPS configured as Slave (switch 3 ON), NAC Outputs 1 through 42 are controlled by Control Input #1; Sync Input is monitored2. Resettable or nonresettable Auxiliary Power Output is available from TB4 Terminals 9 & 10. Control Input #2 determines if reset will occur (must go from On to Off for a 6 second reset to occur). OFF ON Split Alarm FCPS configured as Master (switch 30FF), NAG Outputs 1 & 2 are controlled by Control Input #1 and Outputs 3 & 41 are controlled by Control Input #2; Sync Input is ignored. FCPS configured as Slave4 (switch 3 ON), NAG Outputs I & 2 are controlled by Control Input #1 and Outputs 3 & 41 are controlled by Control Input #2; Sync Input is monitored2. Only nonresettable Auxiliary Power is available from TB4 Terminals 9 & 10 ON OFF Split Temporal FCPS configured as Master (switch 30FF), Control Input #1 controls NAG Outputs I & 2 and Control Input #2 controls Outputs 3 & 4' which will generate a Temporal code signal without sync; Sync Input is ignored. FCPS configured as Slave (switch 3 ON), Control Input #1 controls NAG Outputs I & 2 and Control Input #2 controls Outputs 3 & 41 which will generate a Temporal code signal without sync; Sync Input is monitored for Outputs I & 22. Only nonresettable Auxiliary Power is available from TB4 Terminals 9 & 10 ON ON Selective Silence3 FCPS configured as Master (switch 30FF), NAG Outputs I through 4' are controlled by Control Input #1; Sync Input is ignored. Control Input #2 determines when Selective Silence for all outputs will occur. Only nonresettable Auxiliary Power is available from TB4 Terminals 9 & 10 1 If Door Closer function is selected (switch B ON), Output 4 does not function as an NAG, therefore sync input is ignored for Output 4. 2 If no synchronization is selected by switches I & 2, the Sync Input is ignored. 3SeIective Silence allows the silencing of the sounder portion of a hom/strobe combination device without turning off the strobe. 4When using Split Alarm with power supply configured in Slave Mode, System Sensor can not be used (Use System Sensor with Master Mode only) Table 3.3 Input/Output Configurations Special Application Auxiliary Power Control The 24 VDC Auxiliary power from T114 Terminals 9(+) & lo(-) can be resettable or nonresettable power only when the power supply is configured for General Alarm operation. For all other configurations, the auxiliary power output is only nonresettable. In the General Alarm configuration, the Auxiliary power output can be made resettable by applying a steady signal to Control Input 2 (positive 12 to 24 VDC on TB4 Terminal 7 and common on Terminal 8). Temporarily removing the voltage or reversing the polarity will cause the Auxiliary power output to reset for 6 seconds. 3.2.5 Charger Enable/Disable The FCPS-24FS battery charger can be disabled to accommodate an external battery charger. Setting DIP switch 7 to the default setting of OFF will enable the battery charger. Setting DIP switch 7 to the ON position will disable the charger. It should only be disabled if an external battery charger is being used for the FCPS-24FS. 3.2.6 Door Closers Output Circuit #4 can be configured as an NAC or door closer circuit. Setting DIP switch 8 to the OFF position will configure Output Circuit #4 as an NAC. Setting DIP switch 8 to the ON position will configure only Output Circuit #4 as a door closer circuit which will provide a steady 24 VDC to door holders until an alarm or AC fail condition removes the power following a 10 second delay. 24 FCPS-24FS Series Instruction Manual— P/N 51883:G4 5/6/2010 Section 4: Trouble Supervision 4.1 Supervision via FACP Notification Appliance Circuit 4.1.1 Supervision of FACP to FCPS Wiring The FACP (Fire Alarm Control Panel) supervises the connection between itself and the FCPS-24FS via the control panels NAC End-of-Line Resistor (ELR). The ELR must be installed at the FCPS end of the circuit, after the last notification appliance on the circuit. If no additional devices are connected from the FCPS Control Input terminals, the ELR must be connected across terminals 5 & 6 for Control Input Circuit #1 and across terminals 7 & 8 for Control Input Circuit #2. An open or short anywhere on the control panel's NAC or power supply NAC will be detected at the FACP as an NAC trouble. IMPORTANT. If additional notification appliances are connected to the Out terminals 5 & 6 of Control Input Circuit #1 or extendedfrom Control Input Circuit #2 Terminals 7 & 8, the ELR must be installed after the last device on the circuit. 4.1.2 Supervision of FCPS-24FS Faults The FACP will detect FCPS power supply faults as an open circuit condition on its NAC. An internal trouble contact is located between TB4 Terminal 3 (In+) and TB4 Terminal 5 (Out+). Any of the following conditions will cause the trouble contact to open, provided the FACP Notification Appliance Circuit is not in alarm. The following trouble conditions will cause a general NAC trouble: A field wiring fault on the NAC output of the power supply An AC fail condition at the power supply (only if SW! switch 4 is ON and a two (2) hour delay has expired. If SW! switch 4 is OFF, the internal trouble contact will not respond to an AC Fail condition.) A battery fail condition at the power supply A battery charger fail on the power supply A ground fault condition on the power supply (zero impedance between the power supply and ground) Any power supply trouble will break the connection between the FACP and the ELR connected to Control Input #1 provided the FACP's NAC is nt in alarm. The FACP's ELR must be placed after the last notification appliance connected to FCPS terminals 5 & 6 on TB4 or, if no devices are connected to these terminals, the ELR must be connected directly across terminals 5 & 6. - If trouble monitoring is required when the power supply is in alarm, the Trouble Relay at TB5 can be used for this purpose. An addressable monitor module may be used to monitor these contacts. Refer to Aux.Trouble Relay/AC Fail Relay in the following section. NOTE: Control Input #2 (terminals 7 & 8) cannot be used to supervise the power supply for internal troubles, but an ELR is still required for FACP wiring supervision. 4.1.3 Aux..Trouble Relay/AC Fail Relay The FCPS-24F5 power supply has one fail-safe Form-C aux. trouble relay located at T135. The contacts can be monitored by an FACP input circuit or an addressable monitor module as illustrated below. The Aux. Trouble Relay responds to FCPS-24FS power supply troubles depending on the setting of SW! switch 4. FCPS-24F5 Series Instruction Manual— P/N 51883:G4 5/6/2010 25 Trouble Supervision AC Loss Reporting Delay With SW switch 4 set to the ON position, AC Fail/brownout reporting will be delayed 2 hours and the following trouble conditions will cause the normally energized trouble relay to change states regardless of whether the panel is in alarm or standby: - An AC fail condition at the power supply - A battery fail condition at the power supply - A battery charger fail on the power supply - A ground fault condition on the power supply (zero impedance between the power supply and ground) - A field wiring fault on the NAC output of the power supply. (If the panel is in alarm, only a short circuit on the NAC will be detected and indicated as a trouble). NOTE: the NAG Trouble LED will indicate which NAC circuit is in trouble by blinking once for Circuit 1, - twice for Circuit 2, three times for Circuit 3 and four times for Circuit 4. If more than one circuit is in trouble, the LED will blink the circuit numbers in sequence. With SW! switch 4 set to the OFF position, AC fail/brownout reporting will occur immediately and the Aux. Trouble Relay will change state only for AC fail/brownout conditions. A monitor module can be used to monitor relay. 0 [LI H SLC = Monitor Module ELR r L _ 1 2 3 4 5 6 [4j) • 3 Nil: IN FCPS Aux. Trouble Relay Monitor Module 1f the SLC device does not match the one in this figure, refer to the SLC manual appendix, which con- tains wiring conversion charts for type V and type H modules. 4.2 AC Loss Reporting Delay The reporting of AC loss to a central station is usually delayed in order to prevent multiple transmissions of AC loss and restoral, thus allowing AC power to stabilize. When a host FACP is programmed to delay AC loss reporting, the FCPS-24FS must be configured to delay the reporting of AC fail. This is accomplished by setting SWI DIP switch 4 to the ON position. This will prevent AC loss from being reported as a trouble condition for two hours. Note that the FCPS-2 4FS power supply will immediately indicate loss ofAC power by turning off the AC Power LED and turning on the Charger Tmuble/ACLoss LED, regardless of the setting of SWJ DIP switch 4. 26 FCPS-24FS Series Instruction Manual— P/N 51883:G4 5/6/2010 Notes FCPS-24FS Series Instruction Manual— P/N 51883:G4 5/6(2010 27 Section 5: Applications 5.1 Controlling Four NACs With One Input and Selective Silence R NOTE: The Relay Module is required only for this application with the power supply set as Master. If the power supply is set as Slave, the Relay Module is not required. In Slave mode, selective silence (horn mute) is provided by the FACP through the sync input. In this application, the power supply has been set as a master with synchronized outputs and selective silence (see SW switch settings in following illustration). All four FCPS-24FS output circuits, which are shown as NACs (Notification Appliance Circuits), can be controlled from one input such as an addressable control module as illustrated in Figure 5.1. The control module can be powered from the FCPS-24FS auxiliary 24 VDC power output (TB4, Terminals 9 & 10) and supervised by an EOL relay. An addressable relay module, programmed as an alarm output and a silenceable point, can be used as a selective silence input. 28 FCPS-24FS Series Instruction Manual— P/N 51883:G4 5/6/2010 Controlling Four NA Cs With One Input and Selective Silence Applications The control module is shown to demonstrate the use of a remotely mounted device associated with an addressable fire alarm control panel. The module could be replaced with any circuit capable of polarity reversal, such as an FACP NAC. Note: All NACs are supervised and power-limited Use listed ELR Style Z (ClassA)NAC_ Style Y (Class B) NAC LR not required for (4.71<0) to terminate Alarm Polarity Shown - - Alarm PoIati Show Horn/Strobes - HornlStrobe TB2 J T132 -- 1 812 8g - Style Z (Class AA$ Style J V(ClassB) Internal Trouble contact J' AC-4 a.,.öI1 Output/NAG 4 it Output/NAG 3 Thptbn Module ___ I FCPS-24F5 ' 1 j . Output/NAC 2 0 __ C7 31 0 do I Output/NAG 1 Fmlw 123458 p J 1 FCPS-24FS has been set for L0 ii ff1 _________________________________________ Selective Silence and Relay Module has been programmed ________________ I End-of-Line Resistor at FACP as a silenceable point 1 &2= sync (any sethng but OFF/OFF' SWI Switch Settings I I I supplied with control so it can perform selective 3= OFF (master) I I L Module silence when its Normally Open 4 = OFF (no AC Fail reporting delay) I C-Z. i I, contact(7&9)closesinalarm, then opens when silence is _ LC invoked at the FACP. __ Note: the Relay Module can be : g (selective silence) ' _7 = OFF (charger enabled) _ cr%1 •jg00 mounted on the power supply _0 0 inside the cabinet. This allows 8 OFF (circuit 4 NAC function I .. power witing to remain inside I Relay Module* the cabinet. Control Module EOL Power Supervision Relay EOLR-1 *If the SLC device does not match the one in this figure, refer to (energized) the SLC manual appendix, which contains wiring conversion charts for type V and type H modules. Figure 5.1 Controlling Four Outputs With One Input Notes: The following notes apply to Figure 5.1 on page 29. When the FCPS-24FS power supply is in an inactive state (control module not active), a trouble on the power supply will result in an open circuit condition on the control module output circuit (monitored by End-of-Line Resistor across TB4, Terminals 5 & 6). As an alternative, the trouble contacts at TBS of the power supply can also be used for independent trouble monitoring. The addressable relay module must be programmed as a silenceable point at the FACP to allow selective silence of horn/strobe devices. The Normally Open contact of the relay module is connected between TB4 Terminal 7 (1N2 +) and Terminal 9 (Aux. Power +). Do not loop wires under screw terminals. Break wires to maintain proper supervision. FCPS-24FS Series Instruction Manual— P/N 51883:G4 5/6/2010 29 Applications Controlling Three NACs and One Door Holder With One Input An End-of-Line Resistor must be installed between TB4, Terminals 5 & 6 for control module wiring supervision (the ELR value is dependent on the module employed). Supervise the power wiring between the FCPS-24FS auxiliary 24 VDC output on TB4, Terminals 9 & 10 with an EOL relay (P/N: A77-716B) For a list of compatible devices, refer to the Device Compatibility Document. IMPORTANT! When the power supply is programmed for both Selective Silence and Slave Mode, TB4 Terminal 7(114+) must be jumpered to Terminal 9 (AUX+) and Terminal 8 (IN-) must be jumpered to Terminal 10 (AUX-). The FACP will control the Selective Silence feature with this configuration. If the terminals are not jumpered as indicated, the horn portion of the horn/strobes will be silenced at all times. SYNC SYNC IN+ IN- OUT+ OUT- IN2+ IN2- AUX+ AUX- TB4 5.2 Controlling Three NACs and One Door Holder With One Input - - In this application, the power supply has been set as a master with synchronized outputs. All four FCPS-24FS output circuits, three NACs and one door holder, can be controlled from one input such as an addressable control module as illustrated in Figure 5.2. The control module can be powered from the FCPS-24FS auxiliary 24 VDC power output (TB4, Terminals 9 & 10). 30 FCPS-24FS Series Instruction Manual— P/N 51883:G4 5/6/20 10 Controlling Three NACs and One Door Holder With One Input Applications The control module is shown to demonstrate the use of a remotely mounted device associated with an addressable fire alarm control panel. The module could be replaced with any circuit capable of polarity reversal, such as an FACP Notification Appliance Circuit. Note: All NACs are sur,ervised and power-limited I, End -of-Line Resistor supplied with Control Module SWI Switch Settings I & 2 = sync (any setting but OFF/OFF) 3 = OFF (master) 4 = OFF (no AC Fail reporting delay) 5 OFF (general alarm) 6= OFF 7 = OFF (charger enabled) 8 = ON (circuit 4 door holder) Control Module* 917 the SLC device does not match the one in this figure, refer to the SLC manual appendix, which contains wiring conversion charts for type v and type H modules. - Figure 5.2 Controlling Three NACs and One Door Holder With One Input Notes: The following notes apply to Figure 5.2 on page 31. The Output 4 door holder circuit will deactivate 10 seconds after Control Input #1 is activated or AC power is lost. When the FCPS-24FS power supply is in an inactive state (control module not active), a trouble on the power supply will result in an open circuit condition on the control module output circuit (monitored by End-of-Line Resistor across Terminals 5 & 6). As an alternative, the trouble contacts at TB5 of the power supply can also be used for independent trouble monitoring. Do not loop wires under screw terminals. Break wires to maintain proper supervision. An End-of-Line Resistor must be installed between terminals 5 & 6 for control module wiring supervision (the ELR value is dependent on the module employed). For a list of compatible devices, refer to the Device Compatibility Document. FCPS-24FS Series Instruction Manual— P/N 51883:G4 5/6/2010 31 ed ELR to te Style SB) NA Bells tyle V (Class B) remporal Bell Circuit 4 èmporal Bell Circuit 3 Horn/Strobe Circuit 2 Horn/Strobe Circuit I I Switch Settings 2 = sync (any setting but OFF/OFF) DFF (master) DFF (no AC Fail reporting delay) DN Split Temporal DFF DFF (charger enabled) DFF (circuit 4 NAG)TL Intel End- Res!: with Modi Applications Split Temporal Mode of Operation 5.3 Split Temporal Mode of Operation In this application, the power supply has been set as a master with two synchronized and two nonsynchronized outputs as determined by the Split Temporal mode feature. Control Input #1 (TB4, Terminals 3 & 4) is connected to an addressable control module which will cause the synchronized power supply output circuits I & 2 to turn on. Control Input #2 (TB4, Terminals 7 & 8) is connected to an FACP Notification Appliance Circuit which is used to activate the power supply's temporal output circuits 3 & 4. Note: Al! NACs are supervised and power-limited *If the SLC device does not match the one in this figure, refer to the SLC manual appendix, which contains wiring conver- sion charts for type V and type H modules. Figure 5.3 Split Temporal Mode Application 32 FCPS-24F5 Series Instruction Manual— P/N 51883:G4 5/6/2010 Remote Supply With Resettable and No nresettable Power Applications Notes: The following notes apply to Figure 5.3 on page 32. I. When the FCPS-24FS power supply is in an inactive state (control module not active), a trouble on the power supply will result in an open circuit condition on the control module output circuit (monitored by End-of-Line Resistor across Terminals 5 & 6). As an alternative, the trouble contacts at TBS of the power supply can also be used for independent trouble monitoring. Do not loop wires under screw terminals. Break wires to maintain proper supervision. An End-of-Line Resistor must be installed between terminals 5 & 6 for control module wiring supervision (the ELR value is dependent on the module employed) and across terminals 7 & 8 for FACP NAC wiring supervision (the ELR value is dependent on the NAC). For a list of compatible devices, refer to the Device Compatibility Document. 5.4 Remote Supply With Resettable and Non resettable Power The FCPS-24FS can be used as a remote stand-alone power supply to provide power to any devices that require filtered, resettable or nonresettable power. The FCPS-24FS6 can provide up to 4 amps of continuous current and the FCPS-24FS8 can provide up to 6 amps of continuous current. The power supply must be set for Split Alarm mode. Output circuits 1 & 2 are configured as resettable power outputs by connecting the resettable power from an FACP to Control Input I Terminals 3(+) & 4(-) on TB4 of the FCPS-24FS. Output circuits 3 & 4 are configured as nonresettable power outputs by connecting jumpers between the auxiliary 24 VDC output on TB4 to the Control Input 2 terminals on TB4 [Terminals 9(+) to 7(+) and l(-) to 8(-)]. [NOTE: All four outputs can be configured as resettable or all four can be configured as - nonresettable by setting the power supply for General Alarm and then connecting a resettable power source to Control Input 1 or a non resettable power source, such as the Aux. Power output of the FCPS-24FS, to Control Input 1. FCPS-24FSSenes Instruction Manual— P/N 51883:G4 5/6/2010 33 Applications Remote Supply With Resettable and Nonres ettable Power For addressable panel applications, an addressable monitor module can be used to monitor the trouble contact of the FCPS-24FS and the resettable power connection from the FACP using an End-of-Line power supervision relay. If the FCPS-24FS enters a trouble condition, the Normally Closed trouble contact will open and if the resettable power from the FACP is lost, the Normally Closed power supervision relay contact will open. SLC 0 [ j 8 - Power Output 4 CPS-24FS FCPS 7 II _Nonresettable IS 6 5 ' PowerOutput3 Nonresettable dH PowerOutput2 <-C J 00 ____ZZ1 _______ 1-i Resettable + • I SC C 1 C)0 CC 2PowerOutput1 +. Resettable - R 2iL . . 0 0 . To 0 ç E: oL End-of-Une Resistor supplied Monitor Module* with Monitor Module I If the SLC device does not - - match the one in this figure, SLC refer to the SLC manual appendix, which contains wir- EOL Power ing conveision charts for type Supervision Relay V and type H modules. 24 VDC i I EOLR-1 (energized) Resettable Power I SWI Switch Settings FACP 1=OFF 2 = OFF No Sync 3 = OFF (master) 4 = ON (Aux. Trouble Relay responds to all troubles) 5 = OFF Split AJarm 6=ON 7 = OFF (charger enabled) 8= OFF (circuit 4 NAG) Figure 5.4 Remote Power Supply Application Notes: The following notes apply to Figure 5.4 on page 34. I. An End-of-Line Resistor must be installed between TB5, Terminal 1 (trouble relay common) and the monitor module input circuit for module wiring supervision (the ELR value is dependent on the module employed). An End-of-Line power supervision relay must be connected between TB4, Terminals 5 & 6. The Normally Closed (when energized) power supervision relay contact must be in series with the End-of-Line Resistor referred to in note 1. Do not loop wires under screw terminals. Break wires to maintain proper supervision. For a list of compatible devices, refer to the Device Compatibility Document. 34 FCPS-24FS Series Instruction Manual— P/N 51883:G4 5/6/2010 Master FACP With Slave FCPS-24FS Power Supply Applications 5.5 Master FACP With Slave FCPS-24FS Power Supply In this application, an FCPS-24FS power supply, configured as a Slave unit, is connected to a master FACP NAC programmed for synchronized output. The power supply should be set for synchronization which matches the FACP programming. SWI Switch Settings but OFF/OFF) Iby Polarity Shown 4 .OFF (no AC Fail FACP [1 . reporting delay) I11 w o L —i i 5= OFF FCPS-24FS • L...J ,! 6 = OFF general alarm I 2 7 = OFF (charger enabled) NAC programmed See note #3. LäV ° 8= OFF (circuit 4 NAG) for sync I NAC1 Horn/Strobes E a a 5.5a: Supervised Master/Slave Connections (Filtered, Synchronized NAC Source) SWI Switch Settings 1 & 2= sync (any setting but OFF/OFF) 3 = ON (slave) 4 = OFF (no AC Fail reporting delay) 5= OFF 6= OFF 7 = OFF (charger enabled) 8= OFF (circuit 4 NAG) 5.5b: Supervised Master/Slave Connections (Remote Sync Source) Figure 5.5 Supervised Master/Slave Connections Notes: The following notes apply to Figures 5.5. Refer to NFPA 72, Chapter 4-4, Visible Characteristics, Public Mode. Use only devices from the same manufacturer in each system. Some FACPs do not provide sync capability from the NAC output. Refer to the FACP user manual to determine the source of the sync signal. If the FACP has a dedicated sync output connector, wire the sync output connnector to the FCPS Sync In terminals, terminals 1 and 2 on T114. Refer to the Supervised Master/Slave Connections (Remote Sync Source) in 5.5b. FCPS-24FS Series Instruction Manual— P/N 51883:G4 5/6/2010 35 Applications Master FCPS-24FS Power Supply Connected to FACP 5.6 Master FCPS-24FS Power Supply Connected to FACP In this application, a master FCPS-24FS power supply, set for synchronization, is connected to an FACP NAC with no synchronized output. Trottible Internal 0 amfil 70 Contact []I Nil J02 3 LE jo !o &I" IT -24FS ---+. ti ie:erei 12 3 45878910 2 2 I! 88 2_ I ELR SWI Switch Settings for FACP 1 & 2 = sync (any setting 3~D NAC but OFF/OFF) Horn/Strobes 4= OFF (no AC Fail (no synchronization) reporting delay) general alarm 6= OFF 7 = OFF (charger enabled) 8= OFF (circuit 4 NAC) Figure 5.6 Supervised FACP to Master Connections Shown FACP NAC with no synchronization NAC 1 + Notes: The following notes apply to this Figure 5.6. Refer to NFPA 72, 'Visible Characteristics, Public Mode. Use only devices from the same manufacturer in each system. 36 FCPS-24FS Series Instruction Manual— PIN 51883:G4 5/6/2010 Canadian Applications Applications 5.7 Canadian Applications Canadian applications, per TJLC, require the following: The FCPS power supply must be used as a Notification Appliance Circuit extender only. The TB2 terminals cannot be configured as auxiliary power outputs. The host FACP must monitor for all ground fault conditions. The Ground Fault Detection circuit on the FCPS power supply must be disabled by cutting jumper JP I. the negative (-) battery terminal of the FCPS power supply must be connected to the negative (-) battery terminal of the host FACP. FCPS-24 Power Supply Host FACP 1f the SLC device does not match the one in this figure, refer to the SLC manual appendix, which contains wiring conversion chant for type V and type H modules. FCPS-24F5 Series instruction Manual— P/N 51883:G4 5/6/2010 37 Section 6: Power Supply Requirements 6.1 Overview This section contains instructions and tables for calculating power supply currents in alarm and standby conditions. This is a four-step process, consisting of the following: Calculating the total amount of AC branch circuit current required to operate the system Calculating the power supply load current for non-fire and fire alarm conditions and calculating the secondary (battery) load Calculating the size of batteries required to support the system if an AC power loss occurs Selecting the proper batteries for your system 6.2 Calculating the AC Branch Circuit The power supply requires connection to a separate, dedicated AC branch circuit, which must be labeled FIRE ALARM. This branch circuit must connect to the line side of the main power feed of the protected premises. No other non-fire alarm equipment may be powered from the fire alarm branch circuit. The branch circuit wire must run continuously, without any disconnect devices, from the power source to the power supply. Overcurrent protection for this circuit must comply with Article 760 of the National Electrical Codes as well as local codes. Use 14 AWG (2.00 mm2) wire with 600 volt insulation for this branch circuit. Use Table 6.1 to determine the total amount of current, in AC amperes, that must be supplied to the system Number of Current Draw Device Type Devices (AC amps) Total Current per Device FCPS-24FS6/8 3.2 or 1 X or = FCPS-24F56/8E 1.6 3.2 ] [ J X [ I = I [ I X [ I = Sum Column for AC Branch Current Required = Table 6.1 120/240 VAC Branch Circuit Requirements 6.3 Calculating the System Current Draw 6.3.1 Overview The power supply must be able to power all internal and external devices continuously during the non-fire alarm condition. To calculate the non-fire alarm load on the power supply when primary power is applied, use Calculation Column 1 in Table 6.3 on page 40. The power supply must support a larger load current during a fire alarm condition. To calculate the fire alarm load on the power supply, use Calculation Column 2 in Table 63 on page 40. The secondary power source (batteries) must be able to power the system during a primary power loss. To calculate the non-fire alarm load on the secondary power source, use Calculation Column 3 in Table 6.3 on page 40. When calculating current draw and the battery size, note the following: Primary refers to the main power source for the power supply. 38 FCPS-24FS Series Instruction Manual— P/N 51883:G4 5/6/2010 Calculating the System Current Draw Power Supply Requirements Secondary refers to the power supply's backup batteries. All currents are given in amperes (A). Table 6.2 shows how to convert milliamperes and microamperes to full amperes. To convert... Multiply Example Milliamperes (mA) to mA x 0.001 3 mA x 0.001 - 0.003 A amperes (A) Microamperes (ILA) to VA x 0.000001 300 pA x 0.000001 = 0.0003 A amperes (A) Table 6.2 Converting to Full Amperes 6.3.2 How to Calculate System Current Draw Use Table 6.3 on page 40 to calculate current draws as follows: Enter the quantity of devices in all three columns. Enter the current draw where required. Refer to the Device Compatibility Document for compatible devices and their current draw. Calculate the current draws for each in all columns. Sum the total current for each column. Copy the totals from Column 2 and Column 3 to Table 6.3 on page 40. Following are the types of current that can be entered into Table 6.3 on page 40 - Calculation Column 1 - The primary supply current load that the power supply must support during a non-fire alarm condition, with AC power applied - Calculation Column 2- The primary supply current load the power supply must support during a fire alarm condition, with AC power applied - Calculation Column 3- The standby current drawn from the batteries in a non-fire alarm condition during a loss of AC power FCPS-24F5 Series Instruction Manual— P/N 51883:G4 5/6/2010 39 Power Supply Requirements Calculating the Battery Size Table 6.3 contains three columns for calculating current draws. For each column, calculate the current and enter the total (in amperes) in the bottom row. When finished, copy the totals from Calculation Column 2 and Calculation Column 3 to Table 6.4 on page 41. Calculate Column I Calculate Column 2 Calculation Column 3 Primary, Non-Fire Alarm Current Primary Fire Alarm Current Secondary, Non-Fire Alarm Current Device Type (amps) (amps) (amps) MY X (current draw) Total QtyX (current draw) Total Qty X (current draw) = Total Main Circuit Board 1 X[0.091]= 1 X[0.145]= 1 X[0.065]= Power Supervision [ ] X [0.025] = F ] X [0.025] = Relay I I NAC/Output#1 [ I XL ] NAC/Output #2 F I XI I = E iji NAC/Output #3 [ ] X[ ] = NAC/Output #4 [ ] XL I Current Draw from I I I = I I I = I I I = TB4 Terminals 9 & 10 Sum each column Primary Non-Alarm = Primary Alarm = Secondary Alarm = for totals Table 6.3 System Current Draw Calculations 6.4 Calculating the Battery Size Use Table 6.4 to calculate the total Standby and Alarm load in ampere hours (All). This total load determines the battery size (in AH) required to support the power supply under the loss of AC power. Complete Table 6.4 as follows: Enter the totals from Table 6.3 on page 40, Calculation Columns 2 and 3 where shown. Enter the NFPA Standby and Alarm times. Refer to "NFPA Battery Requirements" on page 41. Calculate the ampere hours for Standby and Alarm, then sum the Standby and Alarm ampere hours. Multiply the sum by the derating factor of 1.2 to calculate the proper battery size (in All). 40 FCPS-24FS Series Instruction Manual— P/N 51883:G4 5/6/2010 Calculating the Battery Size Power Supply Requirements 5. Write the ampere hour requirements on the Protected Premises label located inside the cabinet door. Secondary Standby Load Required Standby Time (total from Table 6.3 (24 or 60 hours) Calculation Column 3) ] X[ I = AH Primary Alarm Load Required Alarm Time (total from Table 6.3 (for 5 mm., enter 0.084, Calculation Column 2) for 10 mm., enter 0.168) ] X[ = AH Sum of Standby and Alarm Ampere Hours = AH For nonULC applications, multiply by the Derating Factor X 1.2 For ULC applications, multiply by the Derating Factor X 2.5 Battery Size, Total Ampere Hours Required = AH Table 6.4 Total Secondary Power Requirements at 24 VDC * Multi ply by only one of the Derating Factors, depending on whether the power supply is being used for a ULC (Canadian) application or nonULC application. 6.4.1 NFPA Battery Requirements NFPA 72 Local and Proprietary Fire Alarm Systems require 24 hours of standby power followed by 5 minutes in alarm 6.4.2 Selecting and Locating Batteries Select batteries that meet or exceed the total ampere hours calculated in Table 6.4. The power supply can chaise batteries in the 7 AU to 18 AH range. The power supply cabinet is capable of housing batteries up to 7 AU. Batteries larger than 7 AH require the BB-17 or other UL listed external battery cabinet. FCPS-24F5 Series Instruction Manual— P/N 51883:G4 5/6/2010 41 Appendix A: Wire Requirements Connecting external system accessories to the main circuits must be carefully considered to ensure proper operation. It is important to use the correct type of wire, gauge and run length for each circuit. The following table lists NAC wiring requirements for the FCPS-24FS6 and FCPS-24FS8 Field Charger Power Supply. NAC Load (Amps) Max. allowable total loop resistance (ohms) CLASS-B Max. allowable wire pair length (feet) CLASS-A Max. allowable wire pair length (feet) AWG 12 solid AWG 14 solid AWG 16 solid AWG 18 solid AWG 12 solid AWG 14 solid AWG 16 solid AWG 18 solid 0.25 12.80 3316 2085 1309 824 1658 1042 654 412 0.5 6.40 1658 1042 654 412 829 521 327 206 0.75 4.27 1105 695 436 275 553 347 218 137 1.0 3.20 829 521 327 206 415 261 164 103 1.25 2.56 663 417 262 165 332 208 131 82 1.5 2.13 553 347 218 137 276 174 109 69 1.75 1.83 474 298 187 118 237 149 93 59 2.0 1.60 415 261 164 103 207 130 82 51 2.25 1.42 368 232 145 92 184 116 73 46 2.5 1.28 332 208 131 82 166 104 65 41 2.75 1.16 301 190 119 75 151 95 59 37 3.0 1.07 276 174 109 69 138 87 55 34 Table A.1 NAC Wiring Requirements for Power Supply Calculations are based on Direct-Current Resistance data for uncoated copper wire, per National Electrical Code (2005 Edition) Table 8, Conductor Properties. 42 FCPS-24FS Series Instruclion Manual— P/N 51883:G4 5/6/20 10 Manufacturer Warranties and Limitation of Liability Manufacturer Warranties. Subject to the limitations set forth herein, Manufacturer warrants that the Products manufactured by it in its Northford, Connecticut facility and sold by it to its authorized Distributors shall be free, under normal use and service, from defects in material and workmanship for a period of thirty six months (36) months from the date of manufacture (effective Jan. 1, 2009). The Products manufactured and sold by Manufacturer are date stamped at the time of production. Manufacturer does not warrant Products that are not manufactured by it in its Northford, Connecticut facility but assigns to its Distributor, to the extent possible, any warranty offered by the manufacturer of such product. This warranty shall be void if a Product is altered, serviced or repaired by anyone other than Manufacturer or its authorized Distributors. This warranty shall also be void if there is a failure to maintain the Products and the systems in which they operate in proper working conditions. MANUFACTURER MAKES NO FURTHER WARRANTIES, AND DISCLAIMS ANY AND ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT TO THE PRODUCTS, TRADEMARKS, PROGRAMS AND SERVICES RENDERED BY MANUFACTURER INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, INFRINGEMENT, TITLE, MERCHANTABILITY, OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE. MANUFACTURER SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH WHICH. MAY ARISE IN THE COURSE OF, OR AS A RESULT OF, PERSONAL, COMMERCIAL OR INDUSTRIAL USES OF ITS PRODUCTS. This document constitutes the only warranty made by Manufacturer with respect to its products and replaces all previous warranties and is the only warranty made by Manufacturer. No increase or alteration, written or verbal, of the obligation of this warranty is authorized. Manufacturer does not represent that its products will prevent any loss by fire or otherwise. Warranty Claims. Manufacturer shall replace or repair, at Manufacturer's discretion, each part returned by its authorized Distributor and acknowledged by Manufacturer to be defective, provided that such part shall have been returned to Manufacturer with all charges prepaid and the authorized Distributor has completed Manufacturer's Return Material Authorization form. The replacement part shall come from Manufacturer's stock and may be new or refurbished. THE FOREGOING IS DISTRIBUTOR'S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY IN THE EVENT OF A WARRANTY CLAIM. - Wam-HL-08-2009.fm FCPS-24FS Series Instruction Manual— P/N 51883:G4 5/6/2010 47 Flre-ure ALITflS by Honeywell World Headquarters 1 Firelite Place Northford, CT 06472-1653 USA 203484-7161 fax 203-484-7118 www.firelite.com 130 9001 CommCumm iurni IIMP1T $i1trS CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF FORESTRY & FIRE PROTECTION OFFICE OF THE STATE FIRE MARSHAL FIRE ENGINEERING - BUILDING MATERIALS LISTING PROGRAM LISTING SERVICE LISTING No. 7315-0075:0206 Page 1 of I CATEGORY: 7315— POWER UNITS LISTEE: FIRE-LITE ALARMS INC.One Fire-Lite Place, Northford, CT 06410-1653 Contact: Brian Reynolds (203) 484-7161 Fax (203) 484-7309 Email: Brian.Reynolds2©Honeywell.com DESIGN: Models FCPS-24F56 and FCPS-24FS8 are power limited power supply/battery chargers used for supervision and expanded power driving capability of up to four Notification Appliance Circuits (FACP Fire Circuits, Signaling Devices) or resettable/non resettable outputs. Model ZNAC-4 Class A converter. Refer to listee's data sheet for additional detailed product description and operational considerations. RATING: 120 VAC, 24 VOC INSTALLATION: In accordance with listee's printed installation instructions, applicable codes and ordinances and in a manner acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction. MARKING: Listee's name, product designation, electrical rating and UL label. APPROVAL: Listed as a Power Supply/Battery Charger for use with separately listed compatible fire alarm control units. NOTE: I *Rev. 05-06-05JW it This listing is based upon technical data submitted by the applicant. CSFM Fire Engineering staff has reviewed the test results and/or other data but does not make an independent verification of any claims. This listing is not an endorsement or recommendation of the item listed. This listing should not be used to verify correct operational requirements or installation criteria. Refer to listee's data sheet, installation instructions and/or other Date Issued: July 01, 2012 Listing Expires June 30, 2013 Authorized By: JASON DEWITT, Deputy State Fire Marshal Fire Engineering Division DF-52397:A • D-500 BAT Series Batteries 8 FireLiTeALarms Sealed Lead-Acid by Honeywell Power Supplies/Accessories General BAT Series Batteries feature a new part-numbering/listing sys- tem - providing an impioved method of delivery for Fire-Lite- approved sealed lead-acid batteries for all your fire alarm sys- tem needs. Multiple brands of batteries are now offered under generic part numbers, reducing backorder situations and permit- ting us to deliver these products in a more timely fashion. Fire-Lite has approved the multiple brands listed below as pos- sible product shipped for a given part number. Please note that any incoming orders for PS Series" batteries will be converted to the equivalent BAT Series part numbers. Features Provide secondary power for control panels. Sealed and maintenance-free. Overcharge protected. Easy handling with leakproof construction. Ruggedly constructed, high-impact case (ABS, polystyrene, or polypropylene, depending on models). Long service life. Compact design. 6933c0vjpg Agency Listings and Approvals The listings and approvals below apply to BAT Series Batteries. In some cases, certain modules may not be listed by certain approval agencies, or listing may be in process. Consult factory for latest listing status. UL Recognized Components: files MH19884 (B & B Bat- tery), MH20727 (UP( previously Jolt), MH20845 (Power- Sonic). Part Number Reference 6933kIthI PREVIOUS CURRENT BATTERY ALTERNATES APPROVED: Part Number Part Number DESCRIPTION manufacturers and P/Ns shipped under BAT PINs PS-612 Discontinued N/A N/A PS-695 Discontinued N/A. N/A PS-1242 BAT-1250 12 V, 5 AH, sealed. BP5-12 (B&B Battery); PS-1250 (Power-Sonic); SA1250 (Jolt) to be replaced with UB1250 (UPG). PS-1250 BAT-1250 12 V, 5 AH, sealed. BP5-12 (B&B Battery); PS-1250 (Power-Sonic) SA1250 (Jolt) to be replaced with UB1250 (UPG). PS-1270 BAT-1270 12 V, 7 AH, sealed. BP7-12 (B&B Battery); PS-1270 (Power-Sonic); SA1272 (Jolt) to be replaced with UB1270 (UPG). PS-12120 BAT-12120 12 V, 12 AH, sealed. BP12-12 (B&B Battery); PS-12120 (Power-Sonic) SA12120 (Jolt) to be replaced with UB12120 (UPG). PS-12170 BAT-12180 12 V, 18 AH, sealed. PS-12180 (Power-Sonic); SA12180 (Jolt) to be replaced with UB12180 (UPG). PS-12180 BAT-12180 12 V, 18 AH, sealed. PS-12180 (Power-Sonic); SA12180 (Jolt) to be replaced with UB12180 (UPG). PS-12250 BAT-12260 12 V, 26 AH, sealed. BP26-12 (B&B Battery); PS-12260 (Power-Sonic) SA12260 (Jolt) to be replaced with UB12260 (UPG). PS-12550 BAT-12550 12 V, 55 AH, sealed. PS-12550 (Power-Sonic); XSA12550 (Jolt) to be replaced with UB12550 (UPG). PS-12600 BAT-12550 12 V, 55 Aft sealed. PS-12550 (Power-Sonic); XSA12550 (Jolt) to be replaced with UBI 2550 (UPG). P5-12750 Discontinued N/A N/A P5-121000 BAT-121000 12 V, 100 AH, gell cell. PS-121000 (Power-Sonic): XSA121000A (Jolt) to be replaced with UB121000 (UPG). DF-52397:A • 12/29/06 - Page 1 of 10 0 80% 70% 60% 0 COL 50% 0 40% 0% 100% 2 80% 12 . 0 60% US CL 40% 20% 0% 0.5 C 0.1 C 0.25 C 0.GC 1C 2C 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 Standing Period (Months) 14.0 V 13.0 V 12.0 V 11.0 V C 10.0 V 9.OV 8.OV at left: PS-1210000 Discharge Characteristics 1.2 2.4 6 12 24 36481 2 4 6 810 20 40 MINUTES HOURS Discharge Time ===iiiii WIN 101 EN1011,001 mill uhllluli!!I!11IIUU POWER-SONIC MODEL Nominal Voltage V Nominal Capacity 20 hr. rate A.H. Discharge Current 20 hr. rate mA DIMENSIONS v41dth in. mm. -- Depth in, mm. Height in. mm. terminal HgIfloer in. mm. igltt lbs. kg. P8-1250 12 5.0 250 3.54 90 2.76 70 4.02 102 4.21 107 4.1 1.9 PS-1270 12 7.0 325 5.94 151 2.56 65 3.70 94 3.86 98 5.7 2.6 P8-12120 12 12 600 5.94 151 3.86 98 3.70 94 3.86 98 8.8 4.0 P8-12180 12 18 875 7.13 181 2.99 76 6.57 167 6.57 167 12.8 5.8 P8-12250 12 25 1300 6.89 175 6.54 166 4.92 125 4.92 125 18.7 8.5 P8-12550 12 55 3000 1025 260 6.60 168 8.20 208 9.45 240 39.7 18.0 P8-121000 12 100 5000 12.00 305 6.60 168 8.20 208 9.45 240 65.7 29.8 Characteristic Discharge Curves Effect of Temperature on Capacity 6.5 13 2 6.0-12 1 'ii 5.0-10 45 ,9 4.0 '8 'A II&1UIIU!W iuiiiiiiuiiii iuiiiuii•uiuii 211000011001 1 2 3 5 10 2030 60 2 3 5 10 2030 minutes . hours Discharge Time @ 20°C (68°F) at left: PS-121000 Shelf-Life and Storage -20° -106 06 106 20° 30° 40° 50° 60° 100% - Tempera Wre (Degrees C.) 90% A Charging Is NOT II necessary unless 100% of capacity is required. N, 5°C A Charging before _(.!!) I use is necessary to help recover - N, full capacity. may ail to restore ull capacity. 40°C 30°C 20°C (104°F) (86°F) (68°F) jCharge O NOT etbattenes each this state. 7 7 Page 2 of 10- DF-52397:A • 12/29/06 B & B BATTERY Model V Nominal Capacity (AH) Weight Terminal Dimensions Standard Optional L W H Th 20 hr 10 hr 5 hr 1 hr kg lbs Type P08. Type Pos. mm in mm In mm in mm in BP5-12 12 5.00 4.75 4.25 3.00 1.86 4.10 Ti 3 12 90 3.54 70 2.76 102 4.02 106 4.17 BP7-12 12 7.00 6.65 5.95 4.20 2.60 5.73 T2 5 Ti 151 5.94 65 2.56 93 3.66 98 3.86 BP12-12 12 12.00 11.40 10.20 7.20 4.03 8.89 Bi 5 Ti 151 5.94 98 3.86 94 3.70 98 3.86 BP26-12 12 26.00 24.70 22.101 15.60 9.40 20.73 1 Bi 7 T2.11 9 1 175 6.89 166 6.54 125 4.92 125 4.92 Charging Procedure 6933bbch.tbl Charging Temperature compensation Maximum Charging time 0.1 CA, 20°C (h) Application Charging method voltage at coefficient of charging current Temp (°C) 100% 50% 20°C (Vlcell) charging voltage (CA) (mVI°ClceIl) discharge discharge For standby Constant voltage and 2.25-2.30 3 0.3 24 20 power source constant current charging (thcUint restriction) 0- 40°C (32- 104°F) For cycle 2.40-2.50 4 0.3 16 10 rvi sece Temperature compensation of charging voltage is not needed vJen using the batteries Wthin 5°C to 35°C range. Final Voltage Discharge Time: for Model BPS-12 5 min 110 min 1 15 min 30 min I i hr 1 3 hr 1 5 hr 1 10 hr 20 hr Battery Output Power (W): for Model BPS-12 10.80 V 180.8 133.1 106.6 63.5 36.39 1457 10.05 5.62 2.94 10.50 V 1 209.2 1442 111.5 65.9 37.48 14.87 10.20 5.70 3.00 10.20 V 222.3 149.4 115.0 67.4 38.16 15.00 10.26 5.73 3.01 9.90 V 232.3 152.9 117.6 68.3 38.61 15.10 10.29 5.75 3.02 9.60 V 240.0 156.0 120.0 69.0 39.00 15.20 10.32 5.75 3.02 Fi nal Voltage DischargeTime: for Model B P7-12 5 min [10 min 15 min 30 min I 1 hr 1 3 hr 1 5 hr 1 10 hr 1 20 hr Battery Output Power (W): for Model BP742 10.80 V 2531 186.3 149.3 88.8 50.95 20.40 1407 7.86 4.11 10.50 V 1 292.9 201.8 156.2 922 52.47 20.81 14.28 7.98 4.20 1020 V 311.2 209.1 161.0 94.3 53.42 21.00 14.36 8.02 4.22 9.90 V 3252 214.1 164.7 95.6 54.06 21.15 14.41 8.04 4.23 9.60 V 336.0 218.4 168.0 96.6 54.60 21.27 14.45 8.04 4.23 Final Voltage Discharge Time: for Model BPI 2-12 s min 110 min 15 min 30 mini 1 hr 1 3 hr 1 5 hr [ 10 hr 1 20 hr Battery Output Power (W): for Model BPI2-12 10.80 V 433.9 319.4 256.0 152.3 87.34 3498 24.12 13.48 7.05 10.50 V 1 5022 346.0 267.7 158.1 89.96 35.68 24.48 13.68 7.20 1020 V 533.6 358.5 276.0 161.7 91.57 36.00 24.61 13.75 7.23 9.90 V 557.5 367.1 282.4 164.0 92.67 36.25 24.70 13.79 7.25 9.60 V 576.0 374.4 288.0 165.6 93.60 3647 24.77 13.79 7.25 Final Voltage Discharge Time: for Model 8P26-12 5 min 110_ min 15 min 30 min I 1 hr 1 3 hr 1 5 hr 1 10 hr 1 20 hr Battery Output Power (IM: for Model BP26-12 10.80 V 940.0 692.0 554.6 330.0 189.23 75.79 52.25 2920 15.26 10.50 V f 1088.0 749.7 580.0 342.5 194.91 77.30 53.04 29.64 15.60 10.20 V 1156.0 776.7 598.0 350.3 198.41 78.00 53.33 29.79 15.67 9.90 V 1208.0 795.3 611.8 355.2 200.79 78.54 53.52 29.88 15.71 9.60 V 1248.0 8112 624.0 358.8 202.80, 79.01 53.68 29.88 15.71 Constant Power Discharge Characteristics at 250c1776F for BP5-12 Constant Power Discharge Characteristics at 25°C77°F for BP7-12 Constant Power Discharge Characteristics at 25°C/77°F for BPI2-12 Constant Power Discharge Characteristics at 25°C/77°F for BP26-12 DF-52397:A ° 12/29/06 - Page 3 of 10 B & B BATTERY BP5-12 Battery Discharge Characteristics (25°C177°F) tao 12.0 > 7.0 . 1 23 5 10 2030 60 23 5 IC 2030 minutes t hours DISCHARGE TIME BP059.1I BPI2-12 Battery Discharge Characteristics (25°C/770F) --------- -.. 0110,111521!!• 0111111111§11001 .IIIIIIIIaAu.I iui•iiami I- minutes I hours w9als.m DISCHARGE TIME 7.0 7.0 70 BPO5-12 BPI2-12 Page 4 of 10— DF-52397:A • 12/29i6 BP7-12 Battery Discharge Characteristics (25°C/77 0F) lao 12.0 5. o 11.0 --------.---- ftb,%kq qh, I M MOM NOM MO. NO 01111111111111'!! 0115111110lI..I MINE11110011001 WIMION11001 1 2 3 5 10 minutes 20 30 60 2 hours 10 20 30 BP07s.9f DISCHARGE TIME — ======== 010,00,101,0100111 uiiiuiiiuii IllIflhlBIllIl 011011110011001 . iuIIuhI 235 10 2030 60 23 5 10 2030 minutes hours 8P26€6s.61 DISCHARGE TIME BP26-12 Battery Discharge Characteristics (250C177°F) 13.0 12.0 > 11.0 10.0 10.0 ao Ui I- to 70 BP26-12 --.---.----- ui•uiiiu•u• 4OC(104'F) UPG BATTERY UB1250 has the same specifications as previous Jolt SA 1250, SA 1272 to be replaced with UB1270 (specs/diagrams pending). UB1250 (previously 5A1250) Diagrams SA1272 Diagrams UB1250/SA1250 discharge current vs. time SA1272 discharge current vs. time 0 530 1 2 3 5 10 3330 53 100 203 0 330 1 2 3 5 10 5353 53 100 203 q.-4,'AI Pr F4-.nAJ 6933up01.bf Cisrext 6933up03.2f CrreM UB1250/SA 1250 discharge characteristics (25°C117°F) SA1272 discharge characteristics (25°C/77°F) / 01 II I I II I I I I I II 1 23 5 10 5333 53 23 5 10 5330 h 6933up02.5f Dsc1arge rune 1.1131 250, SAl 250 Specifications Nominal voltage: 12 V. Nominal capacity (20 hr): 5.0 AH. Dimensions: total height 107 mm (4.21'); container height 101 mm (3.98'); length 90 mm (3541); width 70 mm (2.76"). Weight: approximately 1.83 kg (4.03 Ibs). Container material: UL94HB ABS. UL94V-0 ABS. Internal resistance (25°C, 77°F): - 32 m. Discharge capacity under different temperatures: 40°C: - 102% 25°C: - 100% 0°C: - 85% Capacity 25°C177°F: 20hr@0.25A:5.OAH. 5 hr @ 0.8 A: 4.0 AM. 1 hr @ 3.0 A: 3.0 AM. I C @ 5.0 A: 2.5 AH. Charging voltage (25°C, 77°F): Standby use: 13.65V±0.15V. Cycle use: 14.7 V* 0.3 V. Maximum discharge current: 60 A (5 sec). Maximum charging current: 1.5 A. Self-discharge residual capacity (25°C, 77°F): After 3 months: - 90%. After 6 months: - 82%. After 12 months: - 70%. 0' II I II I II I I II I 23 5 10 5333 53 23 5 tO 5330 nih _4, 6933upO4.Iif Oiscttaiga rIme SAl 272 Specifications ° Nominal voltage: 12 V. ° Nominal capacity (20 hr): 7.2 AH. ° Dimensions: total height 100 mm (3.94"); container height 94 mm (3.79); length 151 mm (5.95"); width 65 mm (2.56"). ° Weight: approximately 2.66 kg (5.85 lbs). Container material: UL94HB ABS, UL94V-0 ABS. Internal resistance (25°C, 77°F): - 22 m. ° Discharge capacity under different temperatures: 40°C: - 102% 25°C: - 100% 0°C: - 85% ° Capacity 25°C/77°F: 20 hr @ 0.36 A: 7.2 AH. shr@ 1.15A: 5.76 AH. 1 hr @4.32 A: 4.32 AH. 1 C @ 7.2 A: 3.6 AH. Charging voltage (25°C, 77°F): Standby use: 13.65 V * 0.15 V. Cycle use: 14.7 V ± 0.3 V. ° Maximum discharge current: 90 A (5 sec). ° Maximum charging current: 2.16 A. ° Self-discharge residual capacity (25°C, 77°F): After 3 months: - 90%. After 6 months: - 82%. After 12 months: - 70%. DF-52397:A ° 12/29/06 - Page 5 of 10 I. I] UPG BATTERY Same specifications as previous Jolt models; packaging and part numbers are the only changes. UB12120 (was SA12120) Diagrams UB12120/SA12120 discharqe current vs. time - - mmommmm - ! - - ••i••i•• I.__••iuuuiiiuui UB12180 (was SA12180) Diagrams UB12180/SA12180 discharge current vs. time 0 500 1 2 3 3 10 2050 53 100 250 II 6933up07.5f Cient UB12180/SA 12180 discharqe characteristics (25°Cf17°F) 0. II I II I I II 01111111 I II I I II 1 2 3 510 60 2 3 5 10 20 I 2 3 5 10 5050 60 2 3 5 10 2330 Olin 6933up06.ttf Dihe lime 6933up0801 DISclWg5 lime UBI 2120, SAl 2120 Specifications UB12180, SAI2IBO Specifications Nominal voltage: 12 V. ° Nominal voltage: 12 V. Nominal capacity (20 hr): 12.0 AH. • Nominal capacity (20 hr): 18.0 AH. Dimensions: total height 100 mm (3.94"); container height 94 ° Dimensions: total height 167 mm (6.58"); container height mm (3.70"); length 151 mm (5.95"); width 98 mm (3.86"). 167 mm (6.58"); length 181 mm (7.13"); width 76 mm (2.29"). Weight: approximately 4.10 kg (9.04 Ibs). • Weight: approximately 6.06 kg (13.36 Ibs). Container material: UL94HB ABS, UL94V-0 ABS. • Container material: UL94HB ABS, UL94V-0 ABS. Internal resistance (25°C, 77°F): - 14 m. • Internal resistance (25°C, 77°F): - 13 m. Discharge capacity under different temperatures: • Discharge capacity under different temperatures: 40°C: - 102% 40°C: - 102% 25°C: - 100% 25°C: - 100% 0°C:-85% 0°C:-85% Capacity 250C177°F: • Capacity 25°C177°F: 20 hr @0.6 A: 12.0 AH. 20 hr@0.9 A: 18.0 AH. 5 hr @ 1.92 A: 9.6 AH. 5 hr @2.88 A: 14.4 AH. 1 hr @7.2 A: 7.2 AH. 1 hr@ 10.8 A: 10.8 AH. 1 C @ 12.0 A: 6.0 AH. I C @ 18.0 A: 9.0 AH. Charging voltage (25°C, 77'F): ° Charging voltage (25°C, 77°F): Standby use: 13.65 V* 0.15 V. Standby use: 13.65V±0.15V. Cycle use: 14.7 V 1 0.3 V. Cycle use: 14.7 V * 0.3 V. Maximum discharge current: 120 A (5 sec). • Maximum discharge current: 300 A (5 sec). Maximum charging current: 3.5 A. • Maximum charging current: 5.4 A. Self-discharge residual capacity (25°C, 77°F): • Self-discharge residual capacity (25°C, 77°F): After 3 months: - 90%. After 3 months: - 90%. After 6 months: - 82%. After 6 months: - 82%. After 12 months: - 70%. After 12 months: - 70%. Page 6 of 10- DF-52397:A • 12/29/06 • ____ __••i l• --.----- - ----''--- - - --.---.'--- ______I._.I._._ .uuululluuiu ____--.--..---- --.---.."--- ____-...-....-- uuuuuuiII... J UPG BATTERY Same specifications as previous Jolt models; packaging and part numbers are the only changes. U131 2260 (was SA12260) Diagrams (1B12260/SA 12260 discharge current vs. time UB12550 (was 5A12550) Diagrams UB12550/SA 12550 discharge current vs. time uiuu.IuuI...I 1: loco. I iuiii - '- ._._. - - - - - _ 'I uuu..IIIIh..I__ Min Ii 4 4 6933up10ii1 Discge Tune UB12260, 5A12260 Specifications Nominal voltage: 12V. Nominal capacity (20 hr): 26.0 AH. Dimensions: total height 125 mm (4.92"); container height 125 mm (4.92"); length 166 mm (6.54"); width 175 mm (6.89"). Weight: approximately 8.80 kg (19.40 Ibs). Container material: UL94HB ABS, UL94V-0 ABS. Internal resistance (25°C, 77°F): - 10 m. Discharge capacity under different temperatures: 40°C: - 102% 25°C:-100% 0°C:-85% Capacity 25°C177°F: 20hr@1.3A:26.OAH. 5 hr @4.16 A: 20.8 AH. 1 hr@ 15.6 A: 15.6 AH. 1 C@26.0A: 13.0 AH. Charging voltage (25°C, 77°F): Standby use: 13.65 V ± 0.15 V. Cycle use: 14.7 V ± 0.3 V. Maximum discharge current: 300 A (5 sec). Maximum charging current: 7.8 A. Self-discharge residual capacity (25°C, 77°F): After 3 months: - 90%. After 6 months: - 82%. After 12 months: - 70%. 0 0 1 2 3 5 10 30 100 0 l-m + 'I 6933up11 .51 Cuunnt UB12550/SA12550 discharge characteristics (25°Cf171) 13 II ' -L--" I 2 3 5 10 2 3 5 10 30 II Oscharge Tune U131 2550, SA12550 Specifications Nominal voltage: 12 V. Nominal capacity (20 hr): 55.0 AH. ° Dimensions: total height 234.5 mm (9.23°); container height 216.5 mm (8.52°); length 229 mm (9.02"); width 138 mm (5.43"). ° Weight: approximately 19.0 kg (41.8 lbs). ° Container material: UL94HB ABS. UL94V-0 ABS. Internal resistance (25°C, 77°F): - 8 m. ° Discharge capacity under different temperatures: 40°C: - 102% 25°C: - 100% 0°C:-85% Capacity 25°C/77°F: 20 hr @ 2.75 A: 55.0 AH. 5 hr @ 8.8 A: 44.0 AH. 1 hr @ 33.0 A: 33.0 AH. 1 C @ 55.0 A: 27.5 AH. ° Charging voltage (25°C. 77°F): Standby use: 13.65 V ± 0.15 V. Cycle use: 14.7 V± 0.3 V. ° Maximum discharge current: 600 A (5 sec). Maximum charging current: 16.5 A. Self-discharge residual capacity (25°C. 77°F): After 3 months: - 90%. After 6 months: - 82%. After 12 months: - 70%. 13 II12E111hAiUI FE 6933p12.51 DF-52397:A • 12/29/06 - Page 7 of 10 U 3 U UPG BATTERY Same specifications as previous Jolt models; packaging and part numbers are the only changes. U13I2I 000 (XSAI2I000A) Diagrams UBI2I000/XSAI2I000A discharqe current vs. time O'C(32F) 4O'C(1O4') 0 500 I 2 3 .5 10 5030 50 100 250 350 'I 6933up13.lif Current UBI2I000/XSAI2I000A discharge characteristics (25°C177°19 13 12 11 5 10 0 • •• I II I I II I 23 5 10 2350 50 22 5 10 5050 F mr 6933up14.tlf Disollerge Tens U131 21000 (XSAI2I000A) Diagrams Nominal voltage: 12 V. Nominal capacity (20 hr): 100.0 AH. Dimensions: total height 221 mm (8.70"); container height 214 mm (8.43"); length 329 mm (12.95"); width 172 mm (6.77'). Weight: approximately 34.00 kg (74.8 Ibs). Container material: UL94HB ABS. UL94V-0 ABS. Internal resistance (25°C, 77°F): — 6.5 m. Discharge capacity under different temperatures: 40°C: — 102% 25°C: — 100% 0°C:-85% Capacity 25°C/77°F: 20 hr@5.0 A: 100.0 AH. 5 hr @ 16.0 A: 80.0 AH. 1 hr © 60.0 A: 60.0 AH. IC@IOO.OA: 50.0 AH. Charging voltage (25°C, 77°F): Standby use: 13.65 V ±0.15 V. Cycle use: 14.7 V ± 0.3 V. Maximum discharge current: 600 A (5 sec). ° Maximum charging current: 30 A. ° Self-discharge residual capacity (25°C, 77°F): After 3 months: — 90%. After 6 months: — 82%. After 12 months: — 70%. 6933up15.wmf DISCHARGE TIME Summary discharge current vs. time curve (25°C177019 IMMMMMMMENNIOM • IUii!IlUIi 111111 0 i, ,giIi I------.-- 110i ' 5933UP1U.Wm1 DISCHARGE CURRENT UPG Summary Diagrams Summary discharge characteristics 101 13D CS 12.0 nO 114 04 104 nO t.0 00 L0 00 a a Pages of 10— DF-52397:A ° 12/29/06 UPG BATTERY Same specifications as previous Jolt models; packaging and part numbers are the only changes. Charging Procedure: UPO Battery RguhththI Temperature Maximum Charging time 0.1 CA, Charging compensation charging 25°C (h) Application Charging method voltage at coefficient of. current Temp (°C) 100% 50% 25°C (Vlceii) charging voltage (CA) (mVl°Clceii) discharge discharge For standby Constant voltage and 225-2.30 3.3 0.3 0.3 T 24 T > 20 power source constant Charging With current restriction) (-1.8 _ 0— 40°C (32 - 104°F) For cycle 2.40 —2.50 - 0.3 16<1<24 10<T<24 service (-2.8 mVl°F/cell) Temperature compensation of charging voltage is not needed Men using the battenes viithin 5°C to 35°C range. DF-52397:A • 12/29/06 - Page 9 of 10 Fire-Lite® Alarms is a registered trademark of Honeywell International Inc. Batteries display trademarks of the manufacturer. 02006 by Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use of this document is strictly prohibited. This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. Iso 9001 We try to keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. ft cannot cover all specific applications or anticipate all requirements. IMMUMC1IRINI All specifications are subject to change without notice. QUALITY SYSTEMS For more information, contact Fire-Lite Alarms. Phone: (600) 627-3473, FAX: (877) 699-4105. wwwfirelite.com Page 10 of 10— DF-52397:A • 12/29/06 Voltage Test Points Multiple Voltages 3 Audible Settings 90, 95, 99 dB 8 Candela Settings Wall - 15/1575/30/75/95/110/135/185 Ceiling - 15/30/60/75/95/115/150/177 Universal Mounting Base I Ceiling and Wall Mounts to 5 Backbox Types Environmentally Friendly Low Current Draw - COOPER Notification Strobe, Horn Strobe, and Horn Notification Appliances FIRE\\ Ceiling I AIR Wall Description: The Wheelock® Exceder Series of notification appliances feature a sleek modem design that will please building owners with reduced total cost of ownership. Installers will benefit from its comprehensive feature list, including the most candela options in one appliance, low current draw, no tools needed for setting changes, voltage test points, 12/24 VDC operation, universal mounting base and multiple mounting options for both new and retrofit construction. The Wheelock® Excedefrm Series incorporates high reliability and high efficiency optics to minimize current draw allowing for a greater number of appliances on the notification appliance circuit. All strobe models feature an industry first of 8 candela settings on a single appliance. Models with an audible feature 3 sound settings (90, 95, 99 dB). All switches to change settings, can be set without the use of a tool and are located behind the appliance to prevent tampering. Wall models feature voltage test points to take readings with a voltage meter for troubleshooting and AHJ inspection. The Wheelock® ExcederTM Series of wall and ceiling notification appliances feature a Universal Mounting Base (UMB) designed to simplify the installation and testing of horns, strobes, and combination horn strobes. The separate universal mounting base can be pre-wired to allow full testing of circuit wiring before the appliance is installed and the surface is finished. It comes complete with a Contact Cover for protection against dirt, dust, paint and damage to the contacts. The Contact Cover also acts as a shunting device to allow pre-wire testing for common wiring issues. The Contact Cover is polarized to prevent it from being installed incorrectly and prevents the appliance from being installed while it is on the UMB. When the Contact Cover is removed the circuit will show an open until the appliance is installed. The UMB allows for consistent installation and easy replacement of appliances if required. Wall models provide an optional locking screw for extra secure installation, while the ceiling, models provide a captivated screw to prevent the screw from falling during installation. - Save up to 48% in current draw* -Up to 9 models now in .1 appliance - Save up to 14% cost of installation" Sleek Modern Aesthetics Finger Slide Switches Compatibility and Requirements - Synchronize using the Wheelock" Sync Modules or panels with built-in Wheelock" Patented Sync Protocol - Compatible with UI "Regulated Voltage" using filtered VDC or unfiltered VRMS input voltage - Strobes produce 1 flash per second over the "Regulated Voltage" range * Compared to competitive models Patented Compared to previous models NOTE: All CAUTIONS and WARNINGS are identified by the symbol A. All warnings are printed In bold capital letters. A WARNING: PLEASE READ THESE SPECIFICATIONS AND ASSOCIATED INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY BEFORE USING, SPECIFYING OR APPLYING THIS PRODUCT. VISIT WWW.COOPERNOTIFICATION.COM OR CONTACT COOPER NOTIFICATION FOR THE CURRENT INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH ANY OF THESE INSTRUCTIONS, CAUTIONS OR WARNINGS COULD RESULT IN IMPROPER APPLICATION, INSTALLATION AND/OR OPERATION OF THESE PRODUCTS IN AN EMERGENCY SITUATION, WHICH COULD RESULT IN PROPERTY DAMAGE, AND SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH TO YOU AND/OR OTHERS. General Notes General Notes: Strobes are designed to flash at 1 flash per second minimum over their "Regulated Voltage Range. All candela ratings represent minimum effective strobe intensity based on UL Standard 1971. Series Exceder Strobe products are Listed under UL Standards 1971 and 464 for indoor use with a temperature range of 32F to 120F (0C to 49C) and maximum humidity of 93% (± 2%) UL 464 (85% UL 1971). Series Exceder horns are under UL Standard 464 for audible signal appliances (Indoor use only). Horn Strobe Ratings per UL 1971 & Anechoic at 24 VDC UL Max Current* at Anechoic 99 dBA 24VDC 12VDC Model Regulated Voltage 15 15/75 30 I 60 I 95 110 I 115 135 150 177 185 15 [15/75 Range VDC I I HS 8.0-33.0 0.082 0.095 0.102 I I 0.148 0.176 0.197 0.242 0.282 0.125 - 10.159 HSC 8.0-33.0 0.082 - -1 0.102 10.1411 0.148 0.176 10.197 I 0.242 0.282 = 0.125 24VDC 12VDC Model Regulated Voltage 15 15/75 30 I 60 I75195 110 I 115 135 I 150 177 185 15 15/75 Range VDC I HS 8.0-33.0 0.073 0.083 0.087 0.139 0163 0186 I 0.272 0.122 0.153 I HSC 8.0-33.0 0.073 0.087 0.128 0.139 0.163 0.186 I 0.230 0.272 0.122 I 24VDC I 12VDC Model Regulated Voltage 15 115/75 30 I 60 I75 95 110 I 115 I 135 I 150 I 177 I 185 15 15/75 Range VDC I I I I I HS 8.0-33.0 0.065 0.075 0.084 I 0.136 0.157 0.184j 10.2251 0.267 0.120 1 0.148 HSC 8.0-33.0 0.0651= 0.08410.120l0.136 0.157 = 0.184 10.22610.2671_,,.....,. 0.120 Horn Ratings per UL Anechoic - - - Model Regulated Voltage Range VDC 99dB 95dB 90d8 HN 16-33.0 0.064 0.044 0.022 HNC 16-33.0 0.084 0.044 0.022 HN 8.0-17.5 0.047 0.026 0.017 HNC 8.0-173 0.047 0.026 0.017 * UL max current rating is the maximum RMS current within the listed voltage range (16-33 VDC for 24 VDC units). For strobes the UL max current is usually at the minimum listed voltage (16 VDC for 24 VDC units). For audibles the max current is usually at the maximum listed voltage (33 VDC for 24 VDC units). For unfiltered ratings, see installation instructions. 'Specification & Ordering Information' Sync WI Strobe Model DSM or 12124 VDC Mounting Candela Wheelock Power Options I II Supplies HSR 15/1575/30/75/95/110/135/185 X X UMB** UMB** HSW 15/1575/30/75/95/110/135/185 X x HSRC 15/30/60/75/95/115/150/177 X X UMB** • HSWC 15130/60/75195/115/1501177 X X UMB** U II- STR 15/1575/30/75/95/110/135/185 X X UMB** SiW 15/1575/30/75/95/110/135/185 , X X UMB** STRC 15/30/60/75/95/115/150/177 X X UMB** STWC • 15/30/60/75/95/115/150/177 X X UMB — R X X UMB** HNW • X X UMB** X X UMB** HNRC • HNWC X X UMB MOTE: Due to continuous development of our products, specifications and offerings are subject to change without notice in accordance with Cooper Wheelock Inc., dba Cooper Notification standard terms and conditions. Notification Wheelock (MEDCJ Architects and Engineers Specifications . . . . . The notification appliances shall be Wheelock" Exceder"I Series HS Audible Strobe appliances, Series ST Visual Strobe appliances and Series HN Audible appliances or approved equals. The Series HS and ST Strobes shall be listed for UL Standard 1971 (Emergency Devices for the Hearing-Impaired) for Indoor Fire Protection Service. The Series HS and HNAudibles shall be UL Listed under Standard 464 (Fire Protective Signaling). All Series shall meet the requirements of FCC Part 15 Class B. All inputs shall be compatible with standard reverse polarity supervision of circuit wiring by a Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP) with the ability to operate from 8 to 33 VDC. Indoor wall models shall incorporate voltage test points for easy voltage inspection. The Series HS Audible Strobe and ST Strobe appliances shall produce a flash rate of one (1) flash per second over the Regulated Voltage Range and shall incorporate a Xenon flashtube enclosed in a rugged Lexan® lens. The Series shall be of low current design. Where Multi-Candela appliances are specified, the strobe intensity shall have 8 field selectable settings at 15, 15/75, 30, 75, 95, 110, 135, 185 candela for wall mount and 15, 30, 60, 75, 95, 115, 150, 177 candela for ceiling mount. The selector switch for selecting the candela shall be tamper resistant. The 15/75 candela strobe shall be specified when 15 candela UL Standard 1971 Listing with 75 candela on-axis is required (e.g. ADA compliance). Appliances with candela settings shall show the candela selection in a visible location at all times when installed. The audible shall have a minimum of three (3) field selectable settings for dBA levels and shall have a choice of continuous or temporal (Code 3) audible outputs. The Series HS Audible Strobe, ST Strobe and Series HN Audible shall incorporate a patented Universal Mounting Base that shall allow mounting to a single-gang, double-gang, 4-inch square, 3.5-inch octal, 4-inch octal or 100mm European type back boxes. Two wire appliance wiring shall be capable of directly connecting to the mounting base. Continuity checking of the entire NAC circuit prior to attaching any notification appliances shall be allowed. Product shall come with Contact Cover to protect contact springs. Removal of an appliance shall result in a supervision fault condition by the Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP). The mounting base shall be the same base among all horn, strobe, horn strobe, wall and ceiling models. All notification appliances shall be backwards compatible. The Series HS and ST wall models shall have a low profile measuring 5.24" H x 4.58"W x 2.19" D. Series HN wall shall measure 5.24" H x 4.58" W x 1.6' D. The Series HSC and STC shall been round and have a low profile with a diametr of 6.68"x 2.63" D. Series HNC ceiling shall have a diameter of 6.68" x 1.50" D. When synchronization is required, the appliance shall be compatible with Wheelock's DSM Sync Modules, Wheelock Power Supplies or other manufacturer's panels with built-in WheelockO Patented Sync Protocol. The strobes shall not drift out of synchronization at any time during operation. If the sync protocol fails to operate, the strobe shall revert to a non-synchronized flash-rate and still maintain (1) flash per second over its Regulated Voltage Range. The appliance shall also be designed so that the audible signal may be silenced while maintaining strobe activation when used with WheelockO synchronization protocol. Wall Appliances - UL Standard 1971, UL Standard 464, California State Fire Marshal (CSFM), ULC, FM Ceiling Appliances - UL Standard 1971, UL Standard 464, California State Fire Marshal (CSFM), ULC, FM WE ENCOURAGE AND SUPPORT NICET CERTIFICATION 3 YEAR WARRANTY Exceder - Spec Sheet 6111 CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF FORESTRY & FIRE PROTECTION OFFICE OF THE STATE FIRE MARSHAL I FIRE ENGINEERING - BUILDING MATERIALS LISTING PROGRAM LISTING SERVICE LISTING No. 7125-0785:0168 Page 1 of I CATEGORY: 7125— FIRE ALARM DEVICES FOR THE HEARING IMPAIRED LISTEE: Cooper Wheelock lnc.7246 16th St E., Ste. 105, Sarasota, FL 34243 Contact: Tom Conover (941) 487-2336 Email: thomas.conover@cooperindustries.com DESIGN: Exceder Series: Models ST strobe, HS horn strobe and HN horn. Model ST is a synchronous and non-synchronous strobe light Model HS a visual/audible appliance and Model HN is an audible signal appliance. All units followed by R (red) or W (white). Additionally, a 'C' may be added for ceiling models and/or a '-NR' may be added for non-resettable models. For non -NR models and optional S' for silver fascia may be added*.Refer to listee's data sheet for additional detailed product description and operational considerations. RATING: Electrical: 12 VDC/24VDC/FWR Candela (wall)*: 15, 15/75, 30, 75, 95, 110, 135 & 185 Candela (ceiling)*: 15, 30, 60, 75, 95, 115, 150, & 177 INSTALLATION: In accordance with listee's printed installation instructions, applicable codes and ordinances and in a manner acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction. All models are for indoor use and for wall mount only or ceiling mount only* MARKING: Listee's name, model number, electrical/candela rating, and UL label. APPROVAL: Listed as horn for fire alarm signaling and strobe, horn/strobe for the hearing impaired when used with separately listed electrically compatible fire alarm control units. Refer to listee's Installation Instructions Manual for details. *Rev. 9-24-09 fm This listing is based upon technical data submitted by the applicant. CSFM Fire Engineering staff has reviewed the test results and/or other data but does not make an independent verification of any claims. This listing is not an endorsement or recommendation of the item listed. This listing should not be used to verify correct operational requirements or installation criteria. Refer to listee's data sheet, installation instructions and/or other Date Issued: July 01, 2012 Listing Expires June 30, 2013 Authorized By: JASON DEWITT, Deputy State Fire Marshal Fire Engineering Division (E)POTTER The Symbol of Protection U.S. Pat. No. 3921989 Canadian Pat. No. 1009680 Other Patents Pending Potter Electric, Rd., 1990 GENERAL INFORMATION The Model VSR-F is a vane type waterfiow switch for use on wet sprinkler systems. It is UL Listed and FM Approved for use on steel pipe; schedules 10 through 40, sizes 2" thru 8" (50mm thru 200mm). LPC approved sizes are 2" thru 8" (50mm thru 200mm). The unit may also be used as a sectional waterfiow detector on large systems. The unit contains two single pole, double throw, snap action switches and an adjustable, instantly recycling pneumatic retard. The switches are actuated when a flow of 10 gallons per minute (38 LPM) or more occurs downstream of the device. The flow condition must exist for a period of time necessary to overcome the selected retard period. ENCLOSURE: The unit is enclosed in a general purpose, die-cast housing. The cover is held in place with two tamper resistant screws which require a special key for removal. A field installable cover tamper switch is available as an option which may be used to indicate unauthorized removal of the cover. See bulletin no. 5400775 for installation instructions of this switch. VSR-F VANE TYPE WATERFLOW ALARM SWITCH WITH RETARD UL, ULC and CSFM Listed, FM and LPCB Approved, NYMEA Accepted, CE Marked Service Pressure: Up to 450 PSI (31 BAR) Minimum Flow Rate forAlarm: 10 GPM (38 LPM) Maximum Surge: 18 FPS (5.5 m/s) Contact Ratings: Two sets of SPDT(Form C) 15.OAmps at 125/250VAC 2.0Ainps at 30VDC Resistive Conduit Entrances: Two knockouts provided for 1/2" conduit Environmental Specifications: Suitable for indoor or outdoor use with factory installed gasket and die-cast housing. NEMA4/IP54 Rated Enclosure - use with appropriate conduit fitting. Temperature Range: 40°F/120°F, 4,5°C/49°C Non-corrosive sleeve factory installed in saddle. Caution: This device is not intended for applications in explosive environments. Sizes Available: Steel Pipe schedules 10 thru 40, sizes 2" thru 8" BS 1387 pipe 50mm thru 200mm Note: For copper or plastic pipe use Model VSR-CF. Service Use: Automatic Sprinkler NFPA-13. One or two family dwelling PA-13D Residential occupancy up to four stories NFPA-13R National Fire Alarm Code NFPA-72 Optional: Cover Tamper Switch Kit, Stock No. 0090018 INSTALLATION: See Fig.2 These devices may be mounted on horizontal or vertical pipe. On horizontal pipe they should be installed on the top side of the pipe where they will be accessible. The units should not be installed within 6" (15cm) of a fitting which changes the direction of the waterfiow or within 24" (60 cm) of a valve or drain. Drain the system and drill a hole in the pipe using a circular saw in a slow speed drill. The 2" (50mm) and 2 1/2" (65mm) devices require a hole with a diameter of 1 1/4" + 1/8" - 1/16" (33mm ±2mm). All other sizes require a hole with a diameter of 2" ±1/8" (50mm ±2mm). Clean the inside pipe of all growth or other material for a distance equal to the pipe diameter on either side of the hole. Roll the vane so that it may be inserted into the hole; do not bend or crease it. Insert the vane so that the arrow on the saddle points in the direction of the waterfiow. Install the saddle strap and tighten nuts alternately to an eventual 50 ft-lbs. (68 n-m) of torque (see Fig. 2). The vane must not rub the inside of the pipe or bind in any way. Specifications subject to change without notice. Potter Electric Signal Company • 2081 Craig Road, St. Louis, MO, 63146-4161 • Phone: 800-325-3936/Canada 888-882-1833 • wwwpottersignal.com PRINTED IN USA MKT. #8800001 - REV W PAGE 1 OF 2 MFG. #5400761 -7/02 TIGHTEN NUTS ALTERNATELY TO AN EVENTUAL 50F1.-LBS (68 n-m) OF TORQUE MOUNT ON PIPE SO ARROW ON SADDLE POINTS IN DIRECTION OF WATERFLOW ROLL PADDLE IN OPPOSITE DIRECTION OF WATERFLOW APPROX. RETARD SETTINGS (IN SECS.) o o 1 A 10-25 B 20-40 C 35-55 0 50-70 I E 60-90 (E)POTTER The Symbol of Protection VSR-F VANE TYPE WATERFLOW ALARM SWITCH WITH RETARD FIG.! SWITCH TERMINAL CONNECTIONS CLAMPING PLATE TERMINAL DWG# 923.3 CAUTION: An uninsulated section of a single conductor should not be looped around the terminal and serve as two separate connections. The wire must be severed, thereby providing supervision of the connection in the event that the wire becomes dislodged from under the terminal. FIG. 2 OPTIONAL TAMPER SWITCH RETARD ADJUSTMENT: TO CHANGE TIME TURN KNOB (EITHER DIRECTION) FOR DESIRED TIME DELAY. USE THE MINIMUM AMOUNT OF RETARD NECESSARY TO PREVENT FALSE ALARMS. A "B' SETTING IS USUALLY ADEQUATE FOR THIS. FACTORY IS SET TO B. TO INSTALL, DRILL HOLE AS INDICATED: PIPE SIZE HOLE SIZE to 2 1/2" 1 1/4' +1/8" —1/16" (50mm to 65mm) (33mm ±2mm) to 8" 2" ±1/8" (80mm to 200mm) 50mm ±2mm) Cover Tamper (with cover in place) I DIRECTION OF V WATERFLOW C NO. N.C. (WIlT) (RED) (BLK) DWG. #761-30 FIG. 3 TYPICAL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS 2 SETS OFNORMALLY OPEN CONTACTS WATERFLOW ZONE EOLR FROM CLOSE ONALAR,M ON FIRE PANEL FIRE PANEL [Com NO NC WC THE N.C. AND N.O. MARKINGS ON POSITIV EDC Th THE SWITCH ARE FOR AN ALARM OR HOTAC CONDITION. BELL NEGATIVE DC OR THE CONTACTS ARE REVERSED NEUTRALAC WHEN THE DEVICE IS IN THE NORMAL CONDITION. 5W59761.2 NOTES: I. The Model VSR-F has two switches, one can be used to operate a central station, proprietary or remote signaling unit, while the other contact is used to operate a local audible or visual annunciator. A condition of LPC Approval of this product is that the electrical entry must be sealed to exclude moisture. For supervised circuits see "Switch Terminal Connections" drawing and caution note (Fig. I). FIG. 4 To remove knockouts: Place screwdriver at edge of knockouts, not in the center. . 8761-4 APPLICATION WARNING! Due to the possibility of unintended discharges caused by pressure surges, trapped air, or short retard times, waterfiow switches that are monitoring wet pipe sprinkler systems should not be used as the sole initiating device to discharge AFFF, deluge, or chemical suppression systems. TESTING The frequency of inspection and testing for the model VSR-F and its associated protective monitoring system should be in accordance with applicable NFPA Codes and Standards and/or the authority having jurisdiction (manufacturer recommends quarterly or more frequently). If provided, the inspector's test valve, that is usually located at the end of the most remote branch line, should always be used for test purposes. If there are no provisions for testing the operation of the flow detection device on the system, application of the VSR-F is not recommended or advisable. A minimum flow of 10 gpm (38 Lpm) is required to activate this device. IMPORTANT NOTICE: Please advise the person responsible for testing of the fire protection system that this system must be tested in accordance with the testing instructions. PRINTED IN USA MKT. #8800001 -REV W PAGE 2 OF 2 MFG. #5400761 - 7/02 CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF FORESTRY & FIRE PROTECTION OFFICE OF THE STATE FIRE MARSHAL I - FIRE ENGINEERING - BUILDING MATERIALS LISTING PROGRAM - - LISTING SERVICE LISTING No. 7770-0328:0001 Page 1 of I . CATEGORY: 7770 - VALVES/SWiTCHES LISTEE: Potter Electric Signal Co1609 Park 370 Place, Hazelwood, MO 63042 Contact: Bill Witherspoon (314) 595-6900 Fax (314) 595-6999 Email: BiIlWpottersignal.com DESIGN: Vane and pressure type water flow alarm switches listed below. Refer to listee's data sheet for detailed product description and operational considerations. Vane Types: VSR-CF VSR-D VSR-FE-2 VS-SP VSR-SFT VSG VSR-C VSR-ST Pressure Type: VSR-F VSR-SF VS-F VSR-SFG VSR VSR-S VSR-SG WFS-B WFSR-C WFSPD-B PSIO PS-10A PS-100A WFSR-F PSIOD INSTALLATION: In accordance with listee's printed installation instructions, applicable codes and ordinances and in a manner acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction. MARKING: Listee's name, model number and UL or FM label. APPROVAL: Listed as waterfiow alarm switches for use with fire sprinkler systems. Vane models may be used in wet pipe systems; pressure models may be used in wet or dry systems. Model VSR-CF is for use on K, L or M copper pipe (2", 2-1/2", 3", 4") and listed CPVC pipe (2', 2-1/2', 3"). Model VSR-SF for use on 1', 1-1/4", 1-1/2" and *2 steel, copper or listed plastic pipe. Model VSG is for low flow rate. Model VSR-SFG and VSR-SFT are for use on 1", 1-1/4", 1-1/2" and *2 plastic pipe. Models VS-F, VSR-F, VSR-FE and VSR-FE-2 is for use on 2', 2-1/2", 3", 3-112", 4", 5", 6", 8" and 10" pipe. *Model VSR is for use on steel pipe sizes from 2" through 8". Vane type switches may be used outdoors when the outdoor temperature never falls below 400F. Rev*5172007 1w This listing is based upon technical data submitted by the applicant. CSFM Fire Engineering staff has reviewed the test results and/or other data but does not make an independent verification of any claims. This listing is not an endorsement or recommendation of the item listed. This listing should not be used to verify correct operational requirements or installation criteria. Refer to listee's data sheet, installation instructions and/or other Date Issued: July 01, 2012 Listing Expires June 30, 2013 Authorized By: JASON DEWITT, Deputy State Fire Marshal Fire Engineering Division ®POTTER CE The Symbol of Protection SUPERVISORY SWITCH Conduit Entrances: Two knockouts for 1/2" conduit provided. Service Use: Automatic Sprinkler NFPA-13 One or two family dwelling NFPA-13D Residential occupancy up to four stories NFPA-13R National Fire Alarm Code NFPA-72 The Model PCVS is a weather proof and tamper resistant switch for monitoring the open position of fire sprinkler control valves of the post indicator, butterfly and other types. Depending on the model, one or two SPDT (Form C) contacts are provided which will operate when the valve position is altered from an open state. The unit mounts in a 1/2" NPT tapped hole in the post indicator or butterfly valve housing. The device is engaged by the indicating assembly of the post indicator or the operating mechanism of the butterfly valve, actuating switch(es) when the valve is fully open. The unit should be installed where it is accessible for service. The cover is held in place by two tamper resistant screws that require a special tool to remove. The tool is furnished with each device and UL, ULC, and CSFM Listed, FM Approved, NYMEA Accepted, CE Marked Dimensions: 4.75"L x 2.25"W x 8.2"H (stem extended) 12,1cmLx5,7cmWx18,3cmH Weight: 1.35 lb. (0,61 kg.) Enclosure: Cover - Die-cast Finish - Red Spatter Enamel Base - Die Cast Zinc All parts have corrosion resistant finishes. Cover Tamper: Tamper Resistant Screws, Optional cover tamper kit available Mounting: 1/2" NPT Contact Rating: PC VS-I: One set of SPDT (Form C) PCVS-2: Two sets of SPDT (Form C) 15.00 Amps at 125/250VAC 2.50 Amps at 30VDC resistive Environmental Limitations: -40°F to +140°F (-40°C to 60°C) NEMA 4 and NEMA 6P Enclosure (1P67) when used with appropriate watertight conduit fittings. Indoor or Outdoor Use (Not for use in hazardous locations. See bulletin no. 5400694 PIVS-U-EX for hazardous locations.) should be left with the building owner or responsible party. Replacement or additional cover screws and hex keys are available. See ordering information. Optional Cover Tamper Switch Afield installable covertamper switch is available as an option which may be used to indicate removal of the cover. See ordering information. Testing The PCVS and its associated protective monitoring system should be tested in accordance with applicable NFPA codes and standards and/or the authority having jurisdiction (manufacturer recommends quarterly or more frequently). Ordering Information Model Description Stock No. PCVS-1 Potter Control Valve Switch (single switch) 1010107 PCVS-2 Potter Control Valve Switch (double switch) 1010207 -- Cover Screw 5490344 -- Hex Key for Cover Screws and Installation Adjustments 5250062 PBK-S Pratt Butterfly Valve Kit - Up to 12" (300mm) 0090133 PBK-L Pratt Butterfly Valve Kit - 14" (355mm) and Up 0090132 PVK Pratt Valve Kit 1000060 -- Optional Cover Tamper Switch .Kit 0090131 KBK Kennedy Butterfly Valve Kit 0090143 For pressure reducer type valve installation kits (if required) contact valve manufacturer. Potter Electric Signal Company 2081 Craig Road, St. Louis, MO, 631464161 • Phone: 800-325-3936/Canada 888-882-1833" www.pottersignal.com PRINTED IN USA MKT. #8820001 - REV U PAGE 1 OF 4 MFG. #5400980 - 9/07 (V.1011 IRE ELM GROUND SCREW TRIPROD LOCKING SCREW CET HEAD 1W I.E KNUT 5flfl KNOCKOUTS FOR ELECTRiCAL CONNECTIONS _____________ 4.75 • - 2.25 -. (12.1cm) (5.7cm) 3.62 _________ 2,00 - (9,2cm) 3.00 (7,6cm) I 5.20 I ______ (13 am) .75 .5 oj [O(22cm ._.1.12_4 820 (1.9cm) 28cm i (20,8c m) 1• - .85 1.20 (2,2cm) ROD RETRACTEDAND .12 BREAKAWAY SECTION (0,30cm) REMOVED ' 1.56 Ii ,0cm) 3.12 II (7,6cm) Ii II II ROD EXTENDED Ii Ii Li DWGN 980.1 PCVS-19 -2 (E)POTTER CE The Symbol of Protection SUPERVISORY SWITCH Fig. I Dimensions Fig. 2 Parts Typical Installations On Post Indicator Valve Housings (See Figs. 3 Thru 6) Refer to Fig. 2 for the location of parts described in the following instructions. Note: lfthe sprinkler system is in service the owner or authorized representative should be notified, before any work is done on the system, that the valve controlling the water supply to the system may be closed for periods of time during the installation and testing of this device, resulting in all or portions of the system being inoperative during these periods. If the system is not in service and valve is closed, be sure that opening the valve will not allow any unwanted water flow due to openings in the system, such as heads off, broken or incomplete piping, etc. Position the valve to fully open ("OPEN" should appear in the window of the housing). Partially close the valve while observing the direction that the target assembly moves. Reopen the valve. If the valve housing is predrilled with a 112" NPT for installation of a monitoring switch, remove the 1/2" plug and fully open the valve. Make sure that "OPEN" appears in the window of the housing. GO TO STEP NO. 6. Remove the head and target assembly (consultation with valve manufacturer is recommended). If the target assembly moved up as the valve was closed, measure the distance from the bottom of the head to the lower part of the target assembly that will contact the trip rod of the PCVS (see Fig. 3). This is usually a plate or bar on the target assembly, on a side adjacent to the "OPEN/SHUT' plates. Subtract 1/8" from the measurement. If the target moved down as the valve was closed, measure the distance from the bottom of the head to the upper portion of the target assembly that will contact the trip rod of the PCVS (see Fig. 4). Add 1/8" (3,2mm) to this measurement. Mark the housing at the proper location. Using a 23/32" (18,2mm) drill bit, drill and then tap a 1/2' NPT inthe housing on the side that coincides with the portion of the target assembly that will engage the trip rod of the PCVS. Replace the head and target assembly. Loosen the socket head screw that holds the nipple in the PCVS and remove the nipple. Screw the locknut that is provided onto the nipple. Screw the nipple into the 1/2" NPT hole in the valve housing - hand tighten. Tighten the lockout against the valve housing to secure the nipple firmly in place. Insert a scale or probe thru the nipple to measure the distance from the open end of the nipple to the target assembly. Subtract 1/2" (12,5mm) from this measurement. NOTE: In some cases, it may be necessary to attach an angle bracket to the target assembly to engage the PCVS trip rod. Using the special tool provided, loosen the two cover screws and remove the cover from the PCVS. Loosen the locking screw that holds the trip rod in place and adjust the rod length, from the end of the collar to the end of the rod, using the dimension determined in Step 9. Tighten the locking screw to hold the rod in place. NOTE: If trip rod length is excessive, loosen the locking screw and remove the trip rod from the trip lever. Using pliers, break off the one (1) inch long notched section (see Fig. 7). Reinstall trip rod and repeat Step 11 procedure. Partially close the valve (3 to 4 revolutions of the handle/hand wheel). Slide the PCVS unit as far as possible onto the nipple, observing which direction the rod will move when the valve is closed. Orient the device to actuate the switches when the valve is open. Tighten the socket head screw in the collar. Carefully open the valve to the fully open position. As the target moves to the open position it should engage the trip rod and actuate the switch(es). There should be a minimum overiravel of 1/2 revolution of the handle/ hand wheel after the switch(es) actuate (a continuity meter connected to each set of contacts is one method that could be used to determine this). Slowly close the valve. The switch must operate during the first two revolutions of the handle/hand wheel or during 1/5 of the travel distance of the valve control apparatus from its normal condition. NOTE: Small adjustments of the target position may be necessary (consultation with valve manufacturer is recommended). Complete the required electrical wiring, connections and tests. The valve should be operated through the entire cycle of fully closed and fully open to determine the integrity of the PCVS installation and the signaling system. Check that all electrical and mechanical connections are secure. When the installation and testing are complete, return valve to its proper position. Alternative installation for other post indicator valve housing shown in Fig. 5 and 6. PRINTED IN USA MKT. #8820001 - REV U PAGE 2 OF 4 MFG. #5400980 - 9/07 c C PCVS-1, -2 POTTER CONTROL VALVE The Symbol of Protection SUPERVISORY SWITCH Fig. 3 Fig. 4 Fig. 5 Fig. 6 METAL PLATE REPLACES STEEL LOCKNUT MOVESUP BLOCK- REPLACES 0 TRIPPING AS VALVE TAMPER REPLACES OPE IS SMUT SWITCH UT OPEN MARKER 0 OPEN 0 OPEN . 0 TAMPER SWITCH ur . a 'I TARGET GLASS jtiiii SHUT MAR TARGET PLEERLA TAMPER MOVES SWITCH DOWN AS SHUT VALVE IS II 3/8" ASSEMBLY CONDUIT (2R,9m) HOODMOVES TARGET DOWN AS MOVES UP VALVE IS SHUT AS VALVE ___________________ IS SHUT DWG# 950-30 Notes: 1. Subject to the approval of the "authority having jurisdiction" the 2. alternate method of installation shown in Fig. 5 may be used. In this method, one of the glass windows of the housing is replaced with a 1/4" thick metal plate that is cut to fit in place of the glass and drilled and tapped to receive the 1/2" NPT pipe nipple. In some cases it may be necessary to attach an angle bracket to the target assembly to engage the PCVS trip rod. If the target is stationary and a hood arrangement is used, such as is shown in Fig. 6, the hood must be drilled with a 23/32" drill and tapped with a 1/2" NPT. The center line of this hole should be 1/8" below the portion of target assembly that strikes the PCVS trip rod. The 113/8" dimension shown is for a Clow Valve. Flexible conduit must be used for this type of installation. Typical Installation On A Butterfly Valve (See Figs. 9 And 10). Refer to Fig. 2 for location of parts described in the following instructions: BI. Remove the 1/2" NPT plug from the gear operator case. Loosen the set screw that holds the Tipple in the PCVS and remove the nipple. Screw the locknut that is provided Onto the nipple. Screw the nipple into the 1/2" NPT hole in the gear operator - hand tighten. Tighten the locknut against the case, to secure the nipple firmly in place. Partially close the valve (3 or revolutions of the hand wheel or crank). Using the special tool provided, loosen the two cover screws and remove the cover from the PCVS. Loosen the locking screw that holds the trip rod in place. Estimate trip rod length required and extend slightly past that point. Slide the PCVS unit as far as possible onto the nipple, observing which * direction the rod will move when the valve is closed. Orient the device to actuate switches when valve is open. Note: if trip rod length is excessive, loosen the locking screw and remove the trip rod from the trip lever. Using pliers, break off the one (1) inch long notched section (see Fig. 7). Reinstall trip rod and repeat Step B7 procedure. Remove device from nipple and withdraw trip rod 1/32" (0,80mm) (this dimension is important). Tighten the locking screw to hold the rod in place. Re-install the device on the nipple. Tighten the screw in the collar against the nipple. Note: In some cases it may be necessary to remove the gear box cover to ensure correct operation (consultation with the valve manufacturer is recommended). Carefully open the valve to its full open position, as the boss on the gear hub moves to the open position it must engage the PCVS trip rod and actuate the switch(es). There should be a minimum overtravel or revolution of the crank or hand wheel after the switch(es) actuate (a continuity meter connected to each set of contacts is one method that could be used to determine this). Note: Slightadjustsnentofgearstopsmaybenecessaiytopreventovertmvel of the nip rod (consultation with valve manufacture is recommended). BI 0. Carefully close the valve. The switch(es) must operate duringthe first two revolutions ofthe crank or hand wheel or during 1/5 of the travel distance of the valve control apparatus from its normal condition. Bl 1. Complete the required electrical wiring, connections and tests. The valve should be operated through the entire cycle of fully closed and fully open to determine the integrity of the PCVS installation Fig. 7 Breaking Excessive Rod Length Fig. 8 Switch Terminal Connections Clamping Plate Terminal DWGHIOO.I3 I ACAUTION I An uninSulated section of a single conductor Should not be looped around the terminal and serve as two separate connections. The wire muss be severed, thereby providing supervision of the connection in the event that the wire becomes dislodged from under the terminal. PRINTED IN USA MKT. #8820001 . REV U PAGE 3 OF 4 MFG. #5400980 . 9/07 DWG# 910-6 VALVE OPEN (2.)POTTER The Symbol of Protection PCVS-1, -2 CONTROL VALVE SUPERVISORY SWITCH ITT Grinnell/Kennedy Indicating Butterfly Valve Fig. 9 PBK - Pratt IBV Butterfly Valve Kit Fig. 12 LUL BOTE BRACKE AND LOCHNI. SUPPLIE WITH PE MOUNT) lOT Model PBK-L Stock No. 0090132 (MDT-4S Actuator) Model PBK.M Stock No. 0090146 (NOT-3S Actuator) Model PBK-S Stock No. 0090133 (MDT-2S Actuator) Pratt Butterfly Valve Kit as used to mount a PCVS on a Pratt Model IBV Valve. Kits contain: Bracket, nuts and instructions Note: This application is subject to the approval of the authority having jurisdiction. PRINTED IN USA Dresser Indicating Butterfly Valve Fig. 10 (13mm) DWO# 910-7 PYK - Pratt PIVA Post Indicator Valve Kit (Stock No. 1000060) Fig. 13 MACHINE SCREW #8-32 Pratt Valve Kit as used to mount a PCVS on a Pratt Model PIVA Valve. Kit contains: Instructions, template, screw and nut. Note: This application is subject to the approval of the authority having jurisdiction. MKT. #8820001 - REV U MPG. #5400980 - 9/07 Typical Pressure Reducer Type Valve Installation Fig. 11 COLLAR LOCK) rHl1il NIPPLE PCVS I/I6"(I.6mm) MIN. GAP DWGII 95040 Thisfigure shows theModel PCVS mounted on the valve yoke, with abracket supplied by the valve manufacturer, to supervise a pressure reducer type valve. Note: This application is subject to the approval of the authority having jurisdiction. Typical Electrical Connections Please Note: This device should be wired in accordance with the applicable parts of the National Electrical Code, allstate and local codes, applicable NFPA Standards and the requirements of the authority having jurisdiction. Fig. 14 LOCAL IT N.0. 2& N.C. L.,i INDICATING TO POWER FOR I DEVICE INDICATING DEVICE I TO SUPERVISORY LL~N-O i CIRCUIT OF CONILOL END OF LINE PANEL COM. A NC. RESISTOR Contacts shown in normal (valve open) condition Typical Switch Action OPEN VALVE POSITION CLOSED VALVE POSrrION 5W #1 cOM. COM. 4N0 5W 91 It cJ o com I SV#2 SW #2 DWGO 950-I1 Switches Shown in Valve Open Position PAGE 4 OF 4 OSYSU-19-2 . (E)POTTER OUTSIDE SCREW AND YOKE The Symbol of Protection VALVE SUPERVISORY SWITCH UL, ULC and CSFM Listed, FM Approved, NYMEA Accepted, J CE Marked Dimensions: 6.19"L X 2.25"W X 5.88"H 15,7cm LX 5,7cm W X 14,6cm H Weight: 2 lbs (0,9 kg) Enclosure: Cover - Die-Cast Finish - Red Spatter Enamel Base - Die Cast Zinc All parts have corrosion resistant finishes Cover Tamper: Tamper Resistant Screws Optional Cover Tamper Switch Available Contact Ratings: OSYSU-l: One set of SPDT (Form C) OSYSU-2: Two sets of SPDT (Form C) 15 Amps at 125/250VAC 2.5 Amps at 30VDC resistive Environmental Limitations: -40°F to 140°F (400C to 60°C) NEMA 4 and NEMA 6P Enclosure (1P67) Indoor or outdoor use (Not for use in hazardous locations. See Bulletin No. 5400705 OSYS-U-EX for hazardous locations). Conduit Entrances: 2 knockouts for 1/2" conduit provided II Service Use: J:----. Automatic Sprinkler NFPA-1 3 One or two family dwelling NFPA-13D Residential occupancy up to four stories NFPA-13R National Fire Alarm Code NFPA-72 General information The OSYSU is used to monitor the open position of an OS&Y (outside screw and yoke) type gate valve. This device is available in two models; the OSYSU-1, containing one set of SPDT (Form C) contacts and the OSYSU-2, containing two sets of SPDT (Form C) contacts. These switches mount conveniently to most OS&Y valves ranging in size from 2" to 12" (50mm to 300mm). They will mount on some valves as small as '/2" (12,5mm). The cover is held in place by two tamper resistant screws that require a special tool to remove. The tool is furnished with each device and should be left with the building owner or responsible party. Replacement or additional cover screws and hex keys are available. See Ordering Information. Optional Cover Tamper Switch A field installable cover tamper switch is available as an option which may be used to indicate removal of the cover. See Ordering Information. Testing The OSYSU and its associated protective monitoring system should be inspected and tested in accordance with applicable NFPA codes and standards and/or the authority having jurisdiction (manufacturer recommends quarterly or more frequently). Ordering Information Model Description Stock No. OSYSU-1 Outside Screw & Yoke 1010106 Supervisory Switch (Single switch) OSYSU-2 Outside Screw & Yoke 1010206 Supervisory Switch (Double _switch) Cover Screw 5490424 Hex Key for Cover Screws and 5250062 Installation Adjustments Optional Cover Tamper Switch Kit 0090131 Potter Electric Signal Company, LLC • St. Louis, MO • Phone: 866-956-0988/Canada: 888-882-1833 . www.pottersignal.com PRINTED IN USA MFG. #5400979 - REV S PAGE 1 OF 4 5/09 (E)POTTER The Symbol of Protection OSYSU-1,-2 OUTSIDE SCREW AND YOKE VALVE SUPERVISORY SWITCH FIG.! SMALL VALVE INSTALLATION - 1/2" THRU 2 1/2" SIZES These switches mount conveniently to most 2" to 12" OS& Y valves. They will mount on some valves as small as 1/2" J-hooks may be required on valves with limited clearance. CLAMP BAR CARR SLOTTED MOUNTING HOLES MAY BE USED FOR FINE ADJUSTMENT OF SWITCH ON BRACKET BRACKET SMALL VALVE INSTALLATION Remove and discard "C" washer and roller from the trip rod. With the valve in the FULL OPEN position, locate the OSYSU across the valve yoke as far as possible from the valve gland, so that the trip rod lays against the non-threaded portion of the valve stem. Loosen the locking screw that holds the trip rod in place and adjust the rod length (see Fig. 4). When adjusted properly, the rod should extend past the valve screw, but not so far that it contacts the clamp bar. Tighten the locking screw to hold the trip rod in place. NOTE: If trip rod length is excessive, loosen the locking screw and remove the trip rod from the trip lever. Using pliers, break off the one (1) inch long notched section (see Fig. 5). Reinstall trip rod and repeat Step 3 procedure. Mount the OSYSU loosely with the carriage bolts and clamp bar supplied. On valves with limited clearance use J-hooks supplied instead of the carriage bolts and clamp bar to mount the OSYSU. Mark the valve stem at the center of the trip rod. Remove the OSYSU. File a 1/8" deep groove centered on the mark on the valve stem utilizing a 3/16" diameter straight file. Round and smooth the edges of the groove to prevent damage to the valve packing and to allow the trip rod to move easily in and out of the groove as the valve is operated. Mount the OSYSU with the trip rod centered in groove. Final adjustment is made by loosening 2 screws (see Fig. 1) and sliding the OSYSU on the bracket. Adjustment is correct when switches are not activated with the trip rod seated in the valve stem groove and that the switches activate when the trip rod moves out of the groove. Tighten the adjustment screws and all mounting hardware. Check to insure that the rod moves out of the groove easily and that the switches activate within one turn when the valve is operated from the FULL OPEN towards the CLOSED position. NOTE: CLOSE THE VALVE FULLY TO DETERMINE THAT THE STEM THREADS DONOTACTIVATE THE SWITCH. THE SWITCH BEING ACTIVATED BY THE STEM THREADS COULD RESULT IN A FALSE VALVE OPEN INDICATION. PRINTED IN USA MFG. 95400979 - REV S PAGE 2 OF 4 5/09 3" THRU 12" (76mm THRU 300mm) VALVES USE CARRIAGE BOLTS. BOLTS MOUNT ON INSIDE OF YOKE, IF THERE IS SUFFICIENT CLEARANCE. SLOTTED MOUNTING HOLES. MAY BE USED FOR FINE ADJUSTMENT OF SWITCH ON BRACKET. CLAMP BAR - CARRIAGE BOLTS (2 REQUIRED) ROLLER GROOVE .- YOKE (E)POTTER OUTSIDE SCREW AND YOKE The Symbol of Protection VALVE SUPERVISORY SWITCH FIG. 2 LARGE VALVE INSTALLATION -3" THRU 12" SIZES STEM DWG# 979.4 LARGE VALVE INSTALLATION I. With the valve in the FULL OPEN position, locate the OSYSU across the valve yoke as far as possible from the valve gland, so that the trip rod lays against the non-threaded portion of the valve stem. Mount the OSYSU loosely with the carriage bolts and clamp bar supplied. Loosen the locking screw that holds the trip rod in place and adjust the rod length (see Fig. 4). When adjusted properly, the rod should extend past the valve screw, but not so far that it contacts the clamp bar. Tighten the locking screw to hold the trip rod in place. NOTE: If trip rod length is excessive, loosen the locking screw and remove the trip rod from the trip lever. Using pliers, break off the one (1) inch long notched section (see Fig. 5). Reinstall trip rod and repeat Step 3 procedure. Mark the valve stem at the center of the trip rod. Remove the OSYSU. File a 1/8" deep groove centered on the mark of the valve stem utilizing a 3/8" diameter straight file. Round and smooth the edges of the groove to prevent damage to the valve packing and to allow the trip rod to move easily in and out of the groove as the valve is operated. Mount the OSYSU loosely with the trip rod centered in groove. Final adjustment is made by loosening 2 screws (see Fig. 2) and sliding the OSYSU on the bracket. Adjustment is correct when switches are not activated with the trip rod seated in the valve stem groove and that the switches activate within one turn when the valve is operated from the FULL OPEN towards the CLOSED position. Tighten the adjustment screws and mounting hardware. Check to insure that the rod moves out ofthe groove easily and that the switches activate within one turn when the valve is operated from the FULL OPEN towards the CLOSED position. NOTE: CLOSE THE VALVE FULLY TO DETERMINE THAT THE STEM THREADS DO NOTACTI VATE THE SWITCH. THE SWITCH BEING ACTIVATED BY THE STEM THREADS COULD RESULT IN A FALSE VALVE OPEN INDICATION. ROD PRINTED IN USA MFG. #5400979 - REV S PAGE 3 OF 4 5/09 DIMENSIONS FIG. 3 I II ROD EXTENDED FIG. 4 PARTS rmiR TAUPPR (WHITE) CC (RED)N (BLACK) N KNOCKOUTS FOR ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS CREW CREW ROD 979-6 a (E)POTTER The Symbol of Protection OSYSU-1 ,-2 OUTSIDE SCREW AND YOKE VALVE SUPERVISORY SWITCH TYPICAL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS LOCAL CIRCUIT 4, N.O. TOPOWERFOR COM. j N.C. INDICATING INDICATING DEVICE I DEVICE TO SUPERVISORY CIRCUIT I ! ~I N-O. LINE END OF OF CONTROL PANEL COjNC. RESISTOR DWG# 979-I Contacts shown in normal (valve open) condition. TYPICAL SWITCH ACTION OPEN VALVE CLOSED VALVE POSITION POSITION COM. COM r— SW #1 SW #I I COM. 1 4, N.O. COM' SW #2 ::; F'N.O. SW#2 s IC . DWG# 979-2 BREAKING EXCESSIVE ROD LENGTH SWITCH TERMINAL CONNECTIONS CLAMPING PLATE TERMINAL 0 CAUTION: An uninsulated section of a single conductor should not be looped around the terminal and serve as two separate connections. The wire must be severed, thereby providing supervision of the connection in the event that the wire becomes dislodged from under the terminal. PRINTED IN USA MFG. #5400979 - REV S PAGE 4 OF 4 5109 CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF FORESTRY & FIRE PROTECTION OFFICE OF THE STATE FIRE MARSHAL FIRE ENGINEERING - BUILDING MATERIALS LISTING PROGRAM LISTING SERVICE LISTING No. 7770-0328:0010 Page 1 of I CATEGORY: 7770 - VALVES/SWITCHES LISTEE: DESIGN: Potter Electric Signal Co1609 Park 370 Place, Hazelwood, MO 63042 Contact: Bill Witherspoon (314) 595-6900 Fax (314) 595-6999 Email: BiIIW©pottersignal.com Supervisory switches listed below to monitor pressure, OS&Y, gate, globe/gate, Ply, tank temperature or water level valves. Refer to listee's data sheet for detailed product description and operational considerations. HLS-B WLS-W. PS-120A OSYSU-2 PTS-B OSYSU-1 PIVS-B US-S WLS PTS-C *RBVS WLS-S PS-40A OSYS-B PMS GVS PCVS-1 US-W PCVS-2 PS4O PS12O RATING: INSTALLATION: MARKING: - APPROVAL: NOTE: n accordance with listee's printed instructions, applicable codes and ordinances and in a manner acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction. Listee's name, model designation and FM or UL label. Listed as sprinkler system supervisory switches. Formerly 7738-0328:010 *Rev 5-17-20071w it This listing is based upon technical data submitted by the applicant. CSFM Fire Engineering staff has reviewed the test results and/or other data but does not make an independent verification of any claims. This listing is not an endorsement or recommendation of the item listed. This listing should not be used to verify correct operational requirements or installation criteria. Refer to listee's data sheet, installation instructions and/or other Date Issued: July 01, 2012 Listing Expires June 30, 2013 Authorized By: JASON DEWITT, Deputy State Fire Marshal Fire Engineering Division SECTION2 FIRE -ALARM CABLE PART NUMBER 1 AWG CONDUCTOR SHIELDED! I OVERALL I UNSHIELDED DIAMETER CONDUCTOR J JACKET VOLTAGE WEIGHT MARKINGS TEMP PUT COLOR COLOR RATING (Ibs)IUnit _____ UPS _____ BLACK, WHITE, I I WHITE - 300v I 18.0 ADT 494469 60°c I RED, GREEN, LBS 12/C 22 AWG BROWN BLUE O CMP TYPE FPLP/ 7REEL RANGE, YELLOW. . cmp (UL) nvL VIOLET, GRAY, PINK, TAN BLACK, RED RED 493490 75°C 1000 FLB~S2/C 8 AWG BOX FPLPI 8.0 ADT 493490 500 LBS 2/C 18 AWG BOX TYPE FP LP/ CMP Yi LIGHT BLUE, 16.0 ADT 493493 60°C 1000 YELLOW LBS 2/C 18 AWG BOX TYPE FPiP/ CMP r8.0 ADT 493493 500 S 2/C18AWG BOX TYPE FPLP/ CMP J C rAMJ 2.20 DON'T SEE IT? CALL 1-888-423-8947 ORDERS: PHONE 1-888-423-8947, FAX 847-797-3853 2.21 PART NUMBER I AWG CONDUCTOR SHIELDED/ I OVERALL I UNSHIELDED DIAMETER Y" COLOR I CONDUCTOR I JACKET COLOR [VOLTAGE J RATING WEIGHT (Ibs)IIJnit MARKINGS TEMP PUT 1 I I BLACK. RED, • RED 300v I 16.0 ADT 494449 • LIGHT BLUE. LBS 41C18AW6 REEL YELLOW TYPE FPIPI CMP (lJ) BLACK. RED. 26.0 CMP/FPLP 16/4G. BROWN, BLUE LBS((UL) 16AWG WHITE 36.0 AOl 493496 BLACK! RED. IBS IPR1GAWG 19 AM I PR 19 AWG ,- LIGHT BLUE/ TYPE IPLP! tU) YELLOW RED AOl 493498 1000 1.R1&AWG REEL 1PRI9AWG TYPE FPLP/ (Z 16 CMP (UL) 18.0 AOl 493498 500 LBS 1PR16AWG REEL 1PR19AWG TYPE FPLP! YL CMP (LJL) 13 SECTION2 FIRE ALARM CABLE DON'T SEE IT? CALL 1-888-423-8947 ORDERS: PHONE I-888-4238947, FAX 847-797-3853 SECTION "2 FIRE' ALARM CABLE I PART NUMBER I AWG I CONDUCTOR I SHIELDED! I OVERALL I I I J UNSHIELDED I DIAMETER CONDUCTOR JACKET VOLTAGE I WEIGHT r MARKINGS TEMP PUT COLOR COLOR RATING (Ibs)/UniI UPS 14 AWG I - RED • 300v 50.0 I ADT 494472 2/0 I 75°C I 500 BLACK/RED. LBS 14AW62/C18AWG REEL 18 AWG TYPE F PIP! LIGHT BLUE/ CL3P (UL) YELLOW BLACK. RED 38.0 ADT 493491 1000 LBS 2/C 14 AWG REEL TYPE FPLP/ C1-3P SUtL 19.0 ADT 493491 500 LBS 2/C 14 AWG REEL TYPE FPLP JCL3P () (UI) BLACK, RED 72.0 FPLPJCL3P BROWN, BLUE LBS 14AWG (UL) I 2.26 DON'T SEE Ii? CALL 1-888-423-8947 ORDERS: PHONE 1-888-423-8947, FAX 847-797-3853 I 2.27 CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF FORESTRY & FIRE PROTECTION OFFICE OF THE STATE FIRE MARSHAL - FIRE ENGINEERING - BUILDING MATERIALS LISTING PROGRAM - LISTING SERVICE 146 LISTING No. 7161-1295:0100 Page 1 of I r CATEGORY: 7161 - CABLES-FIRE PROTECTIVE SIGNALING LISTEE: Comtran Cable, LLC.330A Turner Street, South Attleboro, MA 02703-7714 Contact: Richard Wagner (508) 399-7004 Ext: 245 Fax (508) 399-7360 Email: richard.wagnercomtrancorp.com DESIGN: Types FPL, FPLR and FPLP. Refer to listee's data sheet for detailed product description and operational considerations. INSTALLATION: In accordance with listee's printed installation instructions, applicable codes, NEC Article 760 and ordinances and in a manner acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction. MARKING: Listee's name, NEC rating and UL label. APPROVAL: Listed as power-limited fire protective signaling cable. 6-16-10 MA This listing is based upon technical data submitted by the applicant. CSFM Fire Engineering staff has reviewed the test results and/or other data but does not make an independent verification of any claims. This listing is not an endorsement or recommendation of the item listed. This listing should not be used to verify correct V operational requirements or installation criteria. Refer to listee's data sheet, installation instructions and/or other Date Issued: July 01, 2012 Listing Expires June 30, 2013 Authorized By: JASON DEWITT, Deputy State Fire Marshal Fire Engineering Division